Sunteți pe pagina 1din 210

Perfect protection - smallest space

SIPROTEC Compact
7SD80, 7SJ80, 7SJ81, 7SK80, 7SK81,
7RW80, 7SC80
Catalog SIP 3.01 Edition 4

siemens.com/protection
Overview of Documentation

SIPROTEC
Compact

Catalog
SIPROTEC
Compact SIPROTEC 5 /
DVD DIGSI 5
SIPROTEC 4
Tutorial
Tutorial
Reyrolle
DVD
SIPROTEC 4
SIPROTEC 5
Catalog
Selection Devices
Catalog Reyrolle
Guide - SIPROTEC easy
SIPROTEC and - SIPROTEC
Protection, Catalog 1) 2)
Reyrolle Automation
600 Series
- Communication
and Monitoring
- Accessories

1) only in English
2) In preparation

Fig. 1/1 Overview of Siemens protection catalogs

SIPROTEC Compact catalog SIPROTEC 4, SIPROTEC series 600, SIPROTEC easy,


communication and accessories
The catalog describes the features of the SIPROTEC Compact
series and presents the available devices and their applica- This catalog describes the features of the device series
tion possibilities. SIPROTEC 4, SIPROTEC series 600 and SIPROTEC easy, as
well as their devices. In further chapters, the accessories of
Selection guide the complete SIPRROTEC family for communication,
The selection guide offers an overview of the device series of auxiliary relays and test equipment are described.
the Siemens protection devices, and a device selection table.
Reyrolle catalog
SIPROTEC 5 catalog This catalog gives an overvoew of the Reyrolle devices and
The catalog describes the system features and the devices features.
of SIPROTEC 5.
Contents

SIPROTEC Compact Introduction Page

7SD80, 7SJ80, 7SJ81,


Editorial
Overview of all SIPROTEC device series
1/4
1/5 to 1/10 11
7SK80, 7SK81, 7RW80, SIPROTEC Compact

7SC80 Selection table, system features,


operating programs 2/1 to 2/16
22
Products
Catalog SIP 3.01 Edition 4
Line Differential Protection SIPROTEC 7SD80
Invalid: Catalog SIP 3.01 Edition 3
3/1 to 3/22
33
www.siemens.com/protection
Overcurrent Protection SIPROTEC 7SJ80

4/1 to 4/30
44
Overcurrent Protection SIPROTEC 7SJ81
for Low-Power Current Transformer Applications

5/1 to 5/22 55
Generator and Motor Protection SIPROTEC 7SK80

6/1 to 6/28
66
Generator and Motor Protection SIPROTEC 7SK81
for Low-Power Current Transformer Applications

7/1 to 7/26 77
Voltage and Frequency Protection SIPROTEC 7RW80

8/1 to 8/16
88
Feeder Protection SIPROTEC 7SC80

9/1 to 9/32
99
Attachment

Ordering examples and accessories 10/3


Selection and ordering data 10/4
Dimension drawings 10/5
Legal notice 10/7

10
The products and systems described in this catalog are
manufactured and sold according to a certified
management system (acc.to ISO 9001, ISO 14001 and
BS OHSAS 18001).

SIPROTEC Compact SIEMENS SIP 3.01 Edition 4 1/3


Introduction
Editorial

We are pleased to have the opportunity to introduce our new


SIPROTEC Compact catalog to you.
1 The SIPROTEC Compact series has been especially conceived
for the requirements of the medium-voltage and industrial
sector, but it can of course also be used for other applications
such as high-voltage switchgear, for example.
The outstanding feature of the SIPROTEC Compact series
2 is the compact design offering, at the same time, a high
functional density and user friendliness. In the development
of the SIPROTEC Compact series we have integrated our
experience from more than 100 years of protection systems,
the proven functions of SIPROTEC 4, and many customer
suggestions.
3 The Compact series fits perfectly into the SIPROTEC concept,

LSP3.01-0001.eps
and can be combined with other devices of this system as
required.
With SIPROTEC we are offering you an open and future-proof
system family to solve the requirements of modern power
4 supply systems.
Fig. 1/2 SIPROTEC Compact front

At the beginning, please orientate yourself by means of a


short overview of the complete SIPROTEC family, and then
discover the system features of the SIPROTEC Compact series.

5 Please convince yourself of the performance of SIPROTEC


Compact series, and develop the possible solutions for your
requirements.
SIPROTEC safe, reliable and efficient.

6
Yours sincerely,
Ingo Erkens

LSP3.01-0002.eps
General Manager

Municipal_utilities.tif
Energy Management
Digital Grid
8 Automation Products

Fig. 1/3 Application in medium voltage

10

1/4 SIPROTEC Compact SIEMENS SIP 3.01 Edition 4


Introduction
SIPROTEC device series

Solutions for todays and future power supply systems


for more than 100 years

SIPROTEChas established itself on the energy market for 1


decades as a powerful and complete system family of
numerical protection relays and bay controllers from
Siemens.
SIPROTECprotection relays from Siemens can be consis-
tently used throughout all applications in medium and high
2
voltage. With SIPROTEC, operators have their systems firmly
and safely under control, and have the basis to implement
cost-efficient solutions for all duties in modern, intelligent
and smart grids. Users can combine the units of the
different SIPROTECdevice series at will for solving manifold
3

LSP3.01-0003.eps
duties because SIPROTEC stands for continuity, openness
and future-proof design.
As the innovation driver and trendsetter in the field of
protection systems for more than 100 years, Siemens helps
system operators to design their grids in an intelligent, eco-
logical, reliable and efficient way, and to operate them eco-
Fig. 1/4 SIPROTEC family
4
nomically. As a pioneer, Siemens has decisively influenced
the development of numerical protection systems (Fig.1/5). How can system operators benefit from this experience?
The first application went into operation in Wrzburg, Proven and complete applications
Germany, in 1977. Consistent integration of protection and
control functions for all SIPROTECdevices was the innova-
Easy integration into your system
Highest quality of hardware and functionality
5
tion step in the 90ies. After release of the communication
standard IEC61850 in the year 2004, S iemens was the first Excellent operator friendliness of devices and tools
manufacturer worldwide to put a system with this com- Easy data exchange between applications
munication standard into operation. In the meantime we
have delivered more than 500,000 devices with IEC 61850
Extraordinary consistency between product and
system-engineering 6
included. Reduced complexity by easy operation
Many users have approved SIPROTEC protection devices Siemens as a reliable, worldwide operating partner.
for use in their power systems. The devices have also been
certified by independent test institutes and universities
(KEMA, EPRI, LOYD, UR Laboratories). Information about the SIPROTEC 4 and SIPROTEC 5 product 7
families can be found in the related catalogs or at:
www.siemens.com/siprotec

10
LSP3.01-0004-en.eps

Fig. 1/5 SIPROTEC Pioneer over generations

SIPROTEC Compact SIEMENS SIP 3.01 Edition 4 1/5


Introduction
SIPROTEC device series

SIPROTEC5 the new benchmark for protection,


automation and monitoring of grids
1 The SIPROTEC5 series is based on the long field experience
of the SIPROTECdevice series, and has been especially
designed for the new requirements of modern systems. For
this purpose, SIPROTEC5 is equipped with extensive func-
tionalities and device types. With the holistic and consistent
2 engineering tool DIGSI 5, a solution has also been provided
for the increasingly complex processes, from the design via
the engineering phase up to the test and operation phase.

LSP3.01-0013.eps
Thanks to the high modularity of hardware and software,
the functionality and hardware of the devices can be
tailored to the requested application and adjusted to the
3 continuously changing requirements throughout the entire
life cycle.
Besides the reliable and selective protection and the com-
plete automation function, SIPROTEC5 offers an extensive
database for operation and monitoring of modern power
4 supply systems. Synchrophasors (PMU), power quality data
Fig. 1/6 SIPROTEC 5 modular hardware

and extensive operational equipment data are part of the


scope of supply.
Powerful protection functions guarantee the safety of the

5 system operators equipment and employees


Individually configurable devices save money on initial in-
vestment as well as storage of spare parts, maintenance,
expansion and adjustment of your equipment
Arc protection, detection of transient ground fault and
6 process bus simply integrable and retrofittable
Clear and easy-to-use of devices and software thanks to

LSP3.01-0014.eps
user-friendly design
Increase of reliability and quality of the engineering

7 process
High safety by consistent implementation of Safety and
Security
Powerful communication components guarantee safe and
effective solutions
8 Full compatibility between IEC61850 Editions1 and 2
Fig. 1/7 SIPROTEC 5 modular process connection

Integrated switch for low-cost and redundant optical and


electrical Ethernet rings
Ethernet redundancy protocols RSTP, PRP and HSR for
9 highest availability
Efficient operating concepts by flexible engineering of
IEC61850 Edition2
Comprehensive database for monitoring of modern power
grids
Optimal smart automation platform for grids based on
integrated synchrophasor measurement units (PMU) and
power quality functions.

10
LSP3.01-0012.eps

Fig. 1/8 Application in a high-voltage power system

1/6 SIPROTEC Compact SIEMENS SIP 3.01 Edition 4


Introduction
SIPROTEC device series

SIPROTEC Compact
Maximum protection minimum space
Reliable and flexible protection for energy distribution and 1
industrial systems with minimum space requirements. The
devices of the SIPROTECCompact family offer an extensive
variety of functions in a compact and thus space-saving
1/6 x 19 housing. The devices can be used as main pro-
tection in medium-voltage applications or as back-up pro- 2
tection in high-voltage systems.

LSP3.01-0007-en.eps
SIPROTECCompact provides suitable devices for many
applications in energy distribution, such as the protection
of feeders, lines or motors. Moreover, it also performs tasks
such as system decoupling, load shedding, load restoration,
as well as voltage and frequency protection. 3
The SIPROTECCompact series is based on millions of opera-
tional experience with SIPROTEC4 and a further-developed,
compact hardware, in which many customer suggestions
were integrated. This offers maximum reliability combined
with excellent functionality and flexibility.
Fig. 1/9 SIPROTEC Compact
4
Simple installation by means of pluggable current and
voltage terminal blocks
Thresholds adjustable via software (3 stages guarantee a
safe and reliable recording of input signals)
Easy adjustment of secondary current transformer values
5
(1A/5A) to primary transformers via DIGSI 4
Quick operations at the device by means of 9 freely
programmable function keys
Clear overview with six-line display 6

LSP3.01-0008.eps
Easy service due to buffer battery replaceable at the front
side
Use of standard cables via USB port at the front
Integration in the communication network by means of 7
two further communication interfaces
Integrated switch for low-cost and redundant optical
Ethernet rings
Ethernet redundancy protocols RSTP, PRP and HSR for
highest availability
Fig. 1/10 SIPROTEC Compact rear view
8
Reduction of wiring between devices by means of cross-
communication via Ethernet (IEC61850 GOOSE)
Time synchronization to the millisecond via Ethernet with
SNTP for targeted fault evaluation 9
Adjustable to the protection requirements by means of
flexible protection functions
Comfortable engineering and evaluation via DIGSI 4.
7SC80 mit HMI.png

10

Fig. 1/11 Feeder Protection SIPROTEC 7SC80 with HMI

SIPROTEC Compact SIEMENS SIP 3.01 Edition 4 1/7


Introduction
SIPROTEC device series

SIPROTEC4 the proven, reliable and future-proof


protection for all applications
1 SIPROTEC4 represents a worldwide successful and proven
device series with more than 1 million devices in field use.
Due to the homogenous system platform, the unique
engineering program DIGSI 4 and the great field experience,

2 the SIPROTEC4 device family has gained the highest ap-


preciation of users all over the world. Today, SIPROTEC4 is
considered the standard for numerical protection systems in
all fields of application.
SIPROTEC4 provides suitable devices for all applications
from power generation and transmission up to distribution
and industrial systems.
3

LSP3.01-0010.eps
SIPROTEC4 is a milestone in protection systems. The
SIPROTEC4 device series implements the integration of
protection, control, measuring and automation functions
optimally in one device. In many fields of application, all

4 tasks of the secondary systems can be performed with one


single device. The open and future-proof concept of
Fig. 1/12 SIPROTEC 4

SIPROTEC4 has been ensured for the entire device series


with the implementation of IEC61850.
Proven protection functions guarantee the safety of the
5 systems operators equipment and employees
Comfortable engineering and evaluation via DIGSI 4
Simple creation of automation solutions by means of the
integrated CFC

6 Targeted and easy operation of devices and software


thanks to user-friendly design
Powerful communication components guarantee safe and

LSP2174-afp.tif
effective solutions
Maximum experience worldwide in the use of SIPROTEC4
7 and in the implementation of IEC61850 projects
Future-proof due to exchangeable communication inter-
faces and integrated CFC
Integrated switch for low-cost and redundant optical

8 Ethernet rings
Ethernet redundancy protocols RSTP, PRP and HSR for
Fig. 1/13 SIPROTEC 4 rear view

highest availability.

10
LSP3.01-0011.eps

Fig. 1/14 SIPROTEC 4 application in power stations

1/8 SIPROTEC Compact SIEMENS SIP 3.01 Edition 4


Introduction
SIPROTEC device series

SIPROTEC easy
SIPROTECeasy are CT power supplied, numerical overcurrent
protection relays, which can be used as line and transformer 1
protection (back-up protection) in electrical power supply
systems with single-ended supply. They offer overcurrent
protection and overcurrent protection functions according
to IECand ANSI. The comfortable operation via DIP switch is
self-explanatory and simple. 2
Two-stage time-overcurrent protection
Saving the auxiliary power supply by operation via

LSP3.01-0005.eps
integrated current transformer supply
Cost-efficient due to the use of instrument transformers
with low ratings
Tripping via pulse output (DC 24 V / 0.1 Ws) or tripping
3
relay output
Simple, self-explanatory parameterization and operation
via DIP switch directly at the device
Easy installation due to compact assembly on DIN rail. 4
Fig. 1/15 SIPROTEC easy
SIPROTEC Compact (series 600)
The devices of the SIPROTECCompact series (series 600)
are compact, numerical protection devices for application
5
in medium-voltage or industrial power supply systems. The
corresponding device types are available for the different
applications such as time-overcurrent protection, line dif-
ferential protection, transient ground-fault relay or busbar
protection.
6
Space-saving due to compact design
Reliable process connections by means of solid terminal
blocks
Effective fault evaluation by means of integrated fault LSP3.01-0006.eps
7
recording and SIGRA4
Communication interface
Operable and evaluable via DIGSI 4
Different device types available for directional and non- 8
directional applications.

9
Fig. 1/16 SIPROTEC Compact (series 600)

10

SIPROTEC Compact SIEMENS SIP 3.01 Edition 4 1/9


Introduction

10

1/10 SIPROTEC Compact SIEMENS SIP 3.01 Edition 4


Protection Systems
SIPROTEC Compact
Protection Systems SIPROTEC Compact

Seite
1
SIPROTEC Compact selection table 2/3

SIPROTEC Compact system features 2/5

2 Operation 2/7

Construction and hardware 2/8

Control and automation functions 2/9

Operating programs DIGSI 4 and SIGRA 4 2/10

3 Communication 2/13

10

2/2 SIPROTEC Compact SIEMENS SIP 3.01 Edition 4


Protection Systems SIPROTEC Compact
SIPROTEC Compact selection table

Overcurrent

Voltage and
differential
basic

and feeder
protection

protection

protection

protection

protection
and motor
Generator

frequency


optional
1

Feeder
not available

Line
1) in preparation

SIPROTEC Compact

7RW80
7SD80

7SK80

7SK81

7SC80
7SJ80

7SJ81
ANSI Siemens function Abbr. 2
Protection functions for 3-pole tripping 3-pole
Protection functions for 1-pole tripping 1-pole
14 Locked rotor protection I> + V<
FL Fault locator FL
24 Overexcitation protection V/f
25 Synchrocheck, synchronizing function Sync
27 Undervoltage protection
Undervoltage-controlled reactive power protection
V<
Q>, V>














3
32 Directional power supervision P<>, Q<>
37 Undercurrent protection, underpower I<, P<
38 Temperature supervision >

46
46
Unbalanced-load protection
Negative-sequence system overcurrent protection
I2>
I2>, I2/I1>



4
47 Phase-sequence-voltage supervision LA, LB, LC
47 Overvoltage protection, negative-sequence system V2>
48 Starting-time supervision I2start
49 Thermal overload protection , I2t
50/50N
SOFT
Definite time-overcurrent protection
Instantaneous tripping at switch onto fault
I>










5
50Ns Sensitive ground-current protection INs>
Intermittent ground-fault protection Iie>
50L Load-jam protection I>L
50BF Circuit-breaker failure protection CBFP
51C
51/51N
Cold load pickup
Inverse time-overcurrent protection IP, INP












6
51V Voltage dependent overcurrent protection t=f(I)+V<
55 Power factor cos j
59 Overvoltage protection V>

7
59N Overvoltage protection, zero-sequence system V0>
59R, 27R Rate-of-voltage-change protection dV/dt
60FL Measuring-voltage failure detection
66 Restart inhibit I 2t
67 Directional time-overcurrent protection, phase I>, IP (V,I)
67N Dir.time-overcurrent protection for ground-faults IN>, INP (V,I)
67Ns
Dir. sensitive ground-fault detection for systems
with resonant or isolated neutral
INs (V,I) 8
Directional intermittent ground fault protection Iie dir>
74TC Trip-circuit supervision TCS
79 Automatic reclosing AR
81 Frequency protection f<, f>
81R Rate-of-frequency-change protection
Vector-jump protection
df/dt
U>














9
81LR Load restoration LR
85 Teleprotection
86 Lockout
87 Differential protection I
87N Differential ground-fault protection IN
Broken-wire detection for differential protection

Further functions see next page

10

SIPROTEC Compact SIEMENS SIP 3.01 Edition 4 2/3


Protection Systems SIPROTEC Compact
SIPROTEC Compact selection table

Overcurrent

Voltage and
differential
basic

and feeder
protection

protection

protection

protection

protection
and motor
Generator

frequency

1
optional

Feeder
not available

Line
1) in preparation

SIPROTEC Compact

7RW80
7SD80

7SK80

7SK81

7SC80
7SJ80

7SJ81
2 ANSI Siemens function Abbr.
Further functions
Measured values
Switching-statistic counters
Circuit breaker wear monitoring Ix, I2t, 2P
Logic editor
Inrush-current detection
3 External trip initiation
Control














Fault recording of analog and binary signals
Monitoring and supervision
Protection interface, serial

4 No. Setting groups


Changeover of setting group
4

4 4

4 4

4 16

Circuit breaker test

Table 2/1 SIPROTEC Compact relay selection table

10

2/4 SIPROTEC Compact SIEMENS SIP 3.01 Edition 4


Protection Systems SIPROTEC Compact
SIPROTEC Compact system features

Field devices in energy distribution systems and in industrial Fig.2/1 shows exemplary how the most different tasks can
applications must cover the most varying tasks, and yet be be easily and safely solved with the matching
adjustable easily and at short notice. These tasks comprise,
for example:
SIPROTECCompact devices.
1
Operation
Protection of different operational equipment such as
lines, cables, motors and busbars During the development of SIPROTECCompact, special value
was placed not only on a powerful functionality, but also on
Decoupling and disconnecting of parts of the power
supply system
simple and intuitive operation by the operating personnel.
Freely assignable LEDs and a six-line display guarantee an
2
Load shedding and load restoration unambiguous and clear indication of the process states.
Voltage and frequency protection In conjunction with up to 9 function keys and the control
Local or remote control of circuit-breakers keys for the operational equipment, the operating personnel
Acquisition and recording of measured values and events can react quickly and safely to every situation. This ensures
Communication with neighboring devices or the control
center.
a high operational reliability even under stress situations,
thus reducing the training effort considerably. 3

5
Infeed

7SJ80 7RW80
6
SIEMENS
Backup transformer SIEMENS

52 Voltage/frequency protection
protection
Load shedding
Busbar protection via
Load restoration
reverse interlocking

MV-Substation
7
52 7SD80 52 7SJ80 52
7SJ80 52
7SC80 52 7SK80 7SJ80
SIEMENS
Busbar protection via SIEMENS SIEMENS SIEMENS 52 SIEMENS

reverse interlocking
possible
8

G M 9
7SD80 7RW80 7SK80
SIEMENS SIEMENS SIEMENS
1_17_Visio_Compact.pdf

52 52

Cable Generation Transformer Feeder Motor Bus Coupler 10

Fig. 2/1 Fields of application in a typical MV system

SIPROTEC Compact SIEMENS SIP 3.01 Edition 4 2/5


Protection Systems SIPROTEC Compact
SIPROTEC Compact system features

Feeder Protection SIPROTEC 7SC80 Load balancing


The Feeder Automation device SIPROTEC 7SC80 is designed Balance the load within a feeder by moving the disconnec-
1 for decentralized as well as for centralized feeder automa-
tion applications. This solution allows various flexible high
tion.
Activation of individual line sections
speed applications like
Isolate a dedicated section of a feeder for maintenance
FLISR (Fault Location, Isolation, and Service Restoration) without affecting other sections. Fig. 2/2 shows an example

2 Detect and locate a fault in the feeder, isolate the faulty


section and set the healthy portions of the feeder back into
of a typical ring main application with overhead lines and 5
sections. Every section is protected and automated by the
SIPROTEC 7SC80 Feeder Protection.
service

Source transfer
Detect and isolate a faulty source and set the de-energised

3 sections of the feeder back into service

6 Substation
A
Substation
B

7 52 52

50/50N 50/50N
OR Start fault isolation OR Start fault isolation
Current-jump detection Current-jump detection

8
Communication network

52 52

9
50/50N 50/50N
OR Start fault isolation OR Start fault isolation
Current-jump detection Current-jump detection

50/50N
OR Start fault isolation
Current-jump detection

10
52

Fig. 2/2 Fields of application with feeder protection SIPROTEC 7SC80

2/6 SIPROTEC Compact SIEMENS SIP 3.01 Edition 4


Protection Systems SIPROTEC Compact
Operation

Local operation
All operations and information can be executed
via an integrated user interface: 1
2 operation LEDs

In an illuminated 6-line LC display, process and


2
device information can be indicated as text in
different lists.

4 navigation keys

8 freely programmable LEDs serve for indication 3


of process or device information. The LEDs can
be labeled user-specifically. The LED reset key
resets the LEDs.

4
9 freely configurable function keys
support the user in performing frequent
operations quickly and comfortably. 5

LSP2899.eps
Fig. 2/3
SIPROTEC Compact
Numerical operation keys with open board

USB user interface (type B) for modern


6
and fast communication with the
operating software DIGSI.

Keys O and I for direct control of


operational equipment.
7

9
LSP2900.eps

10
Fig. 2/4
SIPROTEC Compact
Battery cover accessible from outside.
with closed board and
open battery cover

SIPROTEC Compact SIEMENS SIP 3.01 Edition 4 2/7


Protection Systems SIPROTEC Compact
Construction and hardware

Connection techniques and housing with


many advantages
1 The relay housing is 1/6 of a 19" rack and

LSP3.01-0033.eps
makes replacement of predecessors model
very easy. The height is 244 mm (9.61").
Pluggable current and voltage terminals

2 allow for pre-wiring and simplify the


exchange of devices in the case of support.
Fig. 2/6 Voltage terminal block

CT shorting is done in the removable current


terminal block. It is thus not possible to open-

LSP3.01-0008.eps
circuit a secondary current transformer.
All binary inputs are independent and

LSP3.01-0034.eps
the pick-up thresholds are settable using
3 software settings (3 stages). The relay
current transformer taps (1 A / 5 A) are new
software settings. Up to 9 function keys
can be programmed for predefined menu
Fig. 2/57SK80, 7SJ80, 7SD80 Fig. 2/7 Current terminal block
entries, switching sequences, etc. The as-
4 signed function of the function keys can be
rear view

shown in the display of the relay.


With overcurrent protection SIPROTEC 7SJ81
there is also a device for low-power current

5 transformer applications.

Current terminals ring-type lugs

Connection Wmax = 9.5 mm

6 Ring-type lugs d1 = 5.0 mm


LSP3.01-0015.eps

LSP3.01-0016.eps
Wire size 2.0 5.2 mm2 (AWG 14 10)
Current terminals single cables
Cable cross-section 2.0 5.2 mm2 (AWG 14 10)
7 Conductor sleeve with
plastic sleeve
L = 10 mm (0.39 in) or
L = 12 mm (0.47 in)
Stripping length 15 mm (0.59 in)
(when used without Only solid copper wires may
conductor sleeve) be used. Fig. 2/8 7SJ81, 7SK81 rear view Fig. 2/9 7RW80 rear view

8 Voltage terminals single cables


Cable cross-section 0.5 2.0 mm2 (AWG 20 14)
Conductor sleeve with L = 12 mm (0.47 in)
plastic sleeve
Stripping length 12 mm (0.427 in)
9 (when used without
conductor sleeve)
Only solid copper wires may
be used. w
Table 2/2 Wiring specifications for process connection
SIP C-0002.ai
d1

Fig. 2/11 Ring-type lug


LSP2901.eps

10
Fig. 2/10 F
 ront view,
surface-mounting housing

2/8 SIPROTEC Compact SIEMENS SIP 3.01 Edition 4


Protection Systems SIPROTEC Compact
Control and automation functions

Control Assignment of feedback to command


In addition to the protection functions, SIPROTEC Compact The positions of the circuit-breaker or switching devices
units also support all control and monitoring functions that and transformer taps are acquired through feedback. These 1
are required for operating medium-voltage or high-voltage indication inputs are logically assigned to the corresponding
substations. The status of primary equipment or auxiliary command outputs. The unit can therefore distinguish
devices can be obtained from auxiliary contacts and com- whether the indication change is a result of switching
municated to the unit via binary inputs. Therefore it is operation or whether it is an undesired spontaneous change
possible to detect and indicate both the OPEN and CLOSED of state. 2
position or a fault or intermediate circuit-breaker or auxiliary
contact position. Chatter disable
The switchgear or circuit-breaker can be controlled via: The chatter disable feature evaluates whether, in a set
integrated operator panel period of time, the number of status changes of indication
input exceeds a specified number. If exceeded, the indica-
binary inputs
substation control and protection system
tion input is blocked for a certain period, so that the event
list will not record excessive operations.
3
DIGSI 4.
Indication filtering and delay
Automation / user-defined logic
Binary indications can be filtered or delayed. Filtering serves
With integrated logic, the user can create, through a graphic to suppress brief changes in potential at the indication 4
interface (CFC), specific functions for the automation of a input. The indication is passed on only if the indication
switchgear or a substation. Functions are activated using voltage is still present after a set period of time. In the event
function keys, a binary input or through the communication of an indication delay, there is a delay for a preset time. The
interface. information is passed on only if the indication voltage is still

Switching authority
present after this time. 5
Indication derivation
Switching authority is determined by set parameters or
through communications to the relay. Each switching User-definable indications can be derived from individual
operation and switch-position change will be noted in the
operational log. Command source, switching device, cause
or a group of indications. These grouped indications are of
great value to the user that need to minimize the number of 6
(spontaneous change or command) and result of indications sent to the system interface.
a switching operation will be stored.

Command processing
All functionalities of the command processing are available.
7
This includes the processing of single and double commands
with or without feedback, sophisticated monitoring of the
control hardware and software, checking of the external
process, control actions using functions such as runtime
monitoring and automatic command termination after
8
output. Here are some typical applications:
Single and double commands using 1, 1 plus 1 common
or 2 trip contacts
User-definable bay interlocks 9
Operating sequences combining several switching opera-
tions, such as control of circuit-breakers, disconnectors
and grounding switches
Triggering of switching operations, indications or alarms
by combination with existing information.

10

SIPROTEC Compact SIEMENS SIP 3.01 Edition 4 2/9


Protection Systems SIPROTEC Compact
Operating programs DIGSI 4 and SIGRA4

DIGSI 4, an operating software for


all SIPROTECprotectiondevices
1 The PC operating program DIGSI 4 is the user interface With DIGSI 4, SIPROTECdevices are configured and evalu-
to the SIPROTECdevices, regardless of their version. It is ated it is the tailored program for industrial and energy
designed with amodern, intuitive user interface. distribution systems.

Fig. 2/12 DIGSI 4 operating program

10

2/10 SIPROTEC Compact SIEMENS SIP 3.01 Edition 4


Protection Systems SIPROTEC Compact
Operating programs DIGSI 4 and SIGRA4

Simple protection setting


From the numerous protection
functions it is possible to easily select 1
only those which are really required
(see Fig.2/13). This increases the
clearness of the other menus.

Device setting with primary or


secondary values
2
The settings can be entered and
displayed as primary or secondary
values. Switching over between
primary and secondary values is done

LSP3.01-0017.eps
with one mouse click in the tool bar
(see Fig.2/13).
3
Assignment matrix
Fig. 2/13 DIGSI 4, main menu, selection of protection functions
The DIGSI 4 matrix shows the user
the complete configuration of the 4
device at a glance (Fig.2/14). For
example, the assignment of the LEDs,
the binary inputs and the output
relays is displayed in one image. With
one click, the assignment can be 5
changed.

LSP3.01-0018.eps
IEC61850 system configurator
The IEC61850 system configurator,
which is started out of the system 6
manager, is used to determine the Fig. 2/14 DIGSI 4, assignment matrix
IEC61850 network structure as well as
the extent of data exchange between
the participants of a IEC61850
station. To do this, subnets are added 7
in the network working area if
required , available participants
are assigned to the subnets, and ad-
dressing is defined. The assignment
working area is used to link data 8
objects between the participants, e.g.,
the starting message of the V /inverse
time-overcurrent protection I > func-
tion of feeder1, which is transferred
to the incoming supply in order to 9
prompt the reverse interlocking of the
V / inverse time-overcurrent protection
I >> function there (see Fig.2/15).
System Configurator.tif

10
Fig. 2/15 DIGSI 4, IEC61850 system configurator

SIPROTEC Compact SIEMENS SIP 3.01 Edition 4 2/11


Protection Systems SIPROTEC Compact
Operating programs DIGSI 4 and SIGRA4

CFC: Projecting the logic instead of


programming
1 With the CFC (continuous function
chart), it is possible to link and
derive information without software
knowledge by simply drawing technical
processes, interlocks and operating
2 sequences.
Logical elements such as AND, OR,
timers, etc., as well as limit value re-
quests of measured values are available
(Fig.2/16).

3 Commissioning

LSP2324-afpen.tif
Special attention has been paid to
commissioning. All binary inputs and
outputs can be set and read out in
targeted way. Thus, a very simple
4 wiring test is possible. Messages can Fig. 2/16 CFC plan
be sent to the serial interface delibe-
rately for test purposes.

SIGRA4, powerful analysis of all


5 protection fault records
lt is of crucial importance after a line
fault that the fault is quickly and fully
analyzed so that the proper measures

6 can be immediately derived from the


evaluation of the cause. As a result,
the original line condition can be
quickly restored and the downtime
reduced to an absolute minimum. lt is

7 possible with SIGRA4 to display records


from digital protection units and fault
recorders in various views and measure
them, as required, depending on the
relevant task.
LSP2330-afpen.tif
8 FASE and FAST: Convenient
engineering and test tool for Feeder
Automation Applications
FASE is a standalone engineering
9
Fig. 2/17 Typical time-signal representation
tool to create easy and flexible feeder
automation applications with 7SC80
feeder protection devices. By using
predefined standard or customized S1 P01 A P02 B P03 C P04 D P05 S2
DIGSI parameter set files, engineers can
use defined templates to create the MV E P06
topology graphically via drag&drop.

FASE offers as well an editable table S3 P07 F P08 G P09 H P10 I P11 S4
with most relevant protection and
10 communication settings of all SIPROTEC
7SC80 devices at a glance.
J P12

Within FASE you can create flexible


sequences step by step for several S5 P13 K P14 L P15 P16 M P17 S6
applications with the graphical user
interface. Bild 2/18 FASE configuration

2/12 SIPROTEC Compact SIEMENS SIP 3.01 Edition 4


Protection Systems SIPROTEC Compact
Communication

Communication System interface protocols (retrofittable)


As regards communication, the devices offer high flexibility IEC 61850
for the connection to industrial and energy automation The ethernet-based protocol IEC 61850 is established as 1
standards. The concept of the communication modules a worldwide standard for protection and systems control.
running the protocols enables exchangeability and retrofit- SIPROTEC devices work as IEC 61850 servers and, via
tability. Thus, the devices can also be perfectly adjusted to a the protocol, they can exchange extensive data with up
changing communication infrastructure in the future, e.g., to 6 clients (e.g. SICAM PAS or SICAM TM1703) which
when Ethernet networks will be increasingly used in the are defined in logical nodes in the IEC 61850 Standard 2
utilities sector in the years to come. for protection and systems control functions. Static and
dynamic reports are supported. Additionally, fault records
USB interface can be transmitted which are stored in the binary Comtrade
There is a USB interface on the front of the relay. All the format in the device. Switching commands can be executed
relay functions can be parameterized on PC by using DIGSI- in the controlling direction. Data can be transmitted within
programs. Commissioning tools and fault analysis are built
into the DIGSI program and are used through this interface.
few milliseconds between devices via GOOSE messages of
the IEC 61850. This efficient intercommunication between
3
devices replaces the former parallel wiring through com-
Interfaces munication connections via the ethernet network.
A number of communication modules suitable for various IEC 61850 is supported in Edition 1 and Edition 2 and the
applications can be fitted at the bottom of the housing. devices are certified independently in compliance with
IEC 61850 Part 10.
4
The modules can be easily replaced by the user. The inter-
face modules support the following applications: The time synchronization can be made redundantly via
System/service interface two SNTP timers which are integrated in the IEC 61850
engineering.
Communication with a central control system takes place
through this interface. Radial or ring type station bus In addition to the IEC 61850 protocol, further protocols are 5
topologies can be configured depending on the chosen in- available on the ethernet module. They can be activated and
terface. Furthermore, the units can exchange data through deactivated through DIGSI 4 so that safety requirements are
this interface via Ethernet and the IEC 61850 protocol and fulfilled. The devices can be accessed completely with DIGSI 4
can also be accessed using DIGSI. Alternatively, up to 2 ex-
ternal temperature detection devices with max. 12 metering
via the ethernet network with the ethernet module. Diag-
nostic pages of the module can be accessed via a browser, 6
sensors can be connected to the system/service interface. e.g. for supporting the commissioning. The device can be
Ethernet interface integrated into a network monitoring system via SNMP V2
The Ethernet interface has been designed for quick access to which allows monitoring permanently the behavior of the
several protection devices via DIGSI. In the case of the motor
protection 7SK80, it is possible to connect max. 2 external
device in the network. The network redundancy protocols
RSTP and HSR which are integrated on the ethernet module 7
temperature detection devices with max. 12 metering permit the construction of economical ring structures.
sensors to the Ethernet interface. As for the line differential Interruption-free redundancy can be achieved via parallel
protection, the optical interface is located at this interface. networks with PRP.

10

SIPROTEC Compact SIEMENS SIP 3.01 Edition 4 2/13


Protection Systems SIPROTEC Compact
Communication

IEC 60870-5-103 The time synchronization is performed via the DNPi client
The IEC 60870-5-103 protocol is an international standard or SNTP. The device can also be integrated into a network
1 for the transmission of protective data and fault recordings.
All messages from the unit and also control commands can
monitoring system via the SNMP V2 protocol.
Parallel to the DNP3 TCP protocol the IEC 61850 protocol
be transferred by means of published, Siemens-specific (the device works as a server) and the GOOSE messages
extensions to the protocol. of the IEC 61850 are available for the intercommunication
Optionally, a redundant IEC 60870-5-103 module is avail- between devices.
2 able. This redundant module allows to read and change
individual parameters.
PROFINET
PROFINET is the ethernet-based successor of Profibus DP
IEC 60870-5-104
and is supported in the variant PROFINET IO. The protocol
The IEC 60870-5-104 substation and power system which is used in industry together with the SIMATIC systems
automation protocol is supported via the electrical and control is realized on the optical and electrical Plus ethernet
optical Ethernet module. Indications (single and double), modules which are delivered from November 2012. All
3 measured values, metered values can be transmitted to one
or two (redundant) masters. IEC 104 file transfer is also
network redundancy procedures which are available for
the ethernet modules, such as RSTP, PRP or HSR, are also
supported and fault recordings can be read out of the device available for PROFINET. The time synchronization is made
in Comtrade format. In the command direction, secured via SNTP. The network monitoring is possible via SNMP V2
switching of switching objects is possible via the protocol. where special MIB files exist for PROFINET. The LLDP protocol
4 Time synchronization can be supported via the
IEC 60870-5-104 master or via SNTP across the network. Re-
of the device also supports the monitoring of the network
topology. Single-point indications, double-point indications,
dundant time servers are supported. All auxiliary services on measured and metered values can be transmitted cyclically
Ethernet such as the DIGSI 5 protocol, network redundancy, in the monitoring direction via the protocol and can be
or SNMP for network monitoring can be activated concur- selected by the user with DIGSI 4. Important events are also
5 rently with IEC 60870-5-104. Moreover, GOOSE messages of
IEC 61850 can be exchanged between devices.
transmitted spontaneously via configurable process alarms.
Switching commands can be executed by the system control
PROFIBUS-DP via the device in the controlling direction.
PROFIBUS-DP is a widespread protocol in industrial automa- The PROFINET implementation is certified.
tion. Through PROFIBUS-DP, SIPROTEC units make their
6 information available to a SIMATIC controller or receive com-
mands from a central SIMATIC controller or PLC. Measured
The device also supports the IEC 61850 protocol as a server
on the same ethernet module in addition to the PROFINET
protocol. Client server connections are possible for the
values can also be transferred to a PLC master.
intercommunication between devices, e.g. for transmitting
MODBUS RTU fault records and GOOSE messages.
This simple, serial protocol is mainly used in industry and
7 by power utilities, and is supported by a number of relay
Redundancy protocols for Ethernet (RSTP, PRP and HSR
SIPROTEC Compact supports the redundancy protocols RSTP,
manufacturers. SIPROTEC units function as MODBUS slaves,
making their information available to a master or receiving PRP and HSR. These protocols can be loaded and activated
information from it. A time-stamped event list is available. easily via software on the existing optical Ethernet modules.
PRP and HSR guarantee a redundant, uninterruptible and
8 DNP 3.0 protocol
Power utilities use the serial DNP 3.0 (Distributed Network
seamless data transfer in Ethernet networks without exten-
sive parameter settings in the switches.
Protocol) for the station and network control levels.
SIPROTEC units function as DNP slaves, supplying their infor-
mation to a master system or receiving information from it.

9 DNP3 TCP
The ethernet-based TCP variant of the DNP3 protocol is sup-
ported with the electrical and optical ethernet module. Two
DNP3 TCP clients are supported.
Redundant ring structures can be realized for DNP3 TCP
with the help of the integrated switch in the module.
For instance, a redundant optical ethernet ring can be
constructed. Single-point indications, double-point indica-
tions, measured and metered values can be configured with

10 DIGSI 4 and are transmitted to the DNPi client. Switching


commands can be executed in the controlling direction.
Fault records of the device are stored in the binary Comtrade
format and can be retrieved via the DNP 3 file transfer.

2/14 SIPROTEC Compact SIEMENS SIP 3.01 Edition 4


Protection Systems SIPROTEC Compact
Communication

System solutions

IEC 60870
1
Devices with IEC60870-5-103 interfaces can be connected
Substation
to SICAM in parallel via the RS485 bus or radially via optical control system
fiber. Via this interface, the system is open for connection of
devices from other manufacturers.
Due to the standardized interfaces, SIPROTECdevices can 2
also be integrated into systems from other manufacturers, or
into a SIMATIC system. Electrical RS485 or optical interfaces
are available. Optoelectronic converters enable the optimal
selection of transmission physics. Thus, cubicle-internal wir-
ing with the RS485 bus, as well as interference-free optical

SIP-0003a-en.ai
connection to the master can be implemented at low cost. 3
IEC 61850 SIPROTEC 4 SIPROTEC 4 SIPROTEC Compact

An interoperable system solution is offered for IEC61850


together with SICAM. Via the 100 MBit/s Ethernet bus, the
devices are connected electrically or optically to the station
Fig. 2/19 IEC 60870-5-103: Radial fiber-optic connection
4
PC with SICAM. The interface is standardized, thus enabling
the direct connection of devices from other manufacturers to
the Ethernet bus. Option: Control
DIGSI SICAM center
With IEC61850, the devices can also be installed in systems
of other manufacturers.
PAS
5

switch

SIP-0004a-en.ai
7

Fig. 2/20 Bus structure for station bus with Ethernet and IEC 61850, 8
fiber-optic ring

10
LSP3.01-0021.eps

Fig. 2/21Optical Ethernet communication module for IEC 61850

SIPROTEC Compact SIEMENS SIP 3.01 Edition 4 2/15


Protection Systems SIPROTEC Compact
Communication

System solution (continued)


1 Operating and Telecontrol interface to
Time syncronization
monitoring system control centers
(e.g. IEC60870-5-104) DCF77, GPS

Max. 12

2 Substation
controller
e.g. temperature sensor

RJ45
Station bus
RTD box

3 1) 1) 1) 1)

4 DIGSI

LSA4868b-en.ai
7SK80 7SK80 7SK80 7SK80 DIGSI 4
Telecontrol
DIGSI via modem

5 DIGSI 4
(Local for IBS)
Fig. 2/22 System solution/communication

2_23_Visio-SICAM-IO-Unit-02-20120731-us.pdf
Port A Y cable
To substation Max. 12 RJ45 cable 7KE6000-8GD00-0BA2
controller temperature sensor
RJ45 cable

Y cable
7 RTD box
7SK80 only
7KE6000-8GD00-0BA2

RJ45 cable RJ45 cable

Switch Switch
RTD-Unit

8 7XV5673
SICAM I/O Unit
7XV5673
SICAM I/O Unit
7XV5662

Port B Port A Fig. 2/24 


Connection of 2 SICAM I/O Units and 1 RTD-box using Y cable
RJ45 1) (maximum 2 SICAM I/O-Units lockable)

9 s
2_24_Visio-SICAM-IO-Unit-01-20120731-us.pdf

Port A Y cable
RJ45 cable 7KE6000-8GD00-0BA2
7SK80
LSA4825b-en.ai

RJ45 cable

DIGSI
7SJ80 or
DIGSI 4 7SK80
(Local for IBS)

10 Fig. 2/23Connection of an RTD box to 7SK80


Switch Switch

using Ethernet interface


7XV5673 7XV5673
1) On SIPROTEC 7SK80, the RJ45 interface at port A Fig. 2/25 SICAM I/O Unit SICAM I/O Unit
can be used for connection of a thermo-box. On Connection of 2 SICAM I/O Units on port A using Y cable
SIPROTEC 7SD80, port A is reserved for the optical
(maximum 2 SICAM I/O-Units lockable)
interface.

2/16 SIPROTEC Compact SIEMENS SIP 3.01 Edition 4


Line Differential Protection 7SD80
SIPROTEC Compact
Line Differential Protection SIPROTEC 7SD80

Page
1
Description 3/3

Function overview 3/4

2 Applications 3/5

Application sheets 3/6

Application examples 3/9

Selection and ordering data 3/12

3 Connection diagrams 3/14

Connection examples 3/20

10
You will find a detailed overview of the technical data
(extract of the manual) under:
http://www.siemens.com/siprotec

3/2 SIPROTEC Compact SIEMENS SIP 3.01 Edition 4


Line Differential Protection SIPROTEC 7SD80
Description

Description
The line differential protection SIPROTEC 7SD80 has been
conceived for selective line protection of power cables and 1
overhead lines up to 24km for all kind of starpoint configura-
tions.
The implemented phase comparison algorithm is a fast and
stable method for line protection in industry and distribution
grids. The protection interface communication is carried 2
out directly without external equipment over copper wires,
optical fibers or both in redundancy. The wide scope of non

3_2_LSP3.01-0008.eps
directional and directional functions can be applied miscella-
neously as emergency functions as well as backup functions.
For instance the 7SD80 enables simplified and cost saving
concepts for meshed grids and busbar protection by means of
reverse interlocking. Fast and selective tripping is guaranteed
3
even if the communication fails between the relays. The
scope of functions includes protection functions as well
as functions for control and monitoring. The interoperable
connectivity to substation control systems is give by standard
protocols like IEC61850. The general concept of redundance
4
Fig. 3/1 SIPROTEC 7SD80 front view
for protection and its communication gets completed by
Ethernet redundancy protocols (PRP, HSR, RSTP) and thus
increases the total system availability. Integrated functions
for commissioning help and easy settings lead to short com-
missioning times.
5
Protection interface communication

3_1_LSP3.01-0030.eps
Data exchange takes place via integrated interface in
two-wire and fiber-optic respectively. By parallel use of 6
both options communication redundancy is realised. Com-
munication via the protection interface can further be used
to send an intertripping command to the circuit-breaker at
the opposite end, and to exchange at the same time up to
16 freely assignable binary signals between the SIPROTEC 7
7SD80 devices.

Highlights
Pluggable current and voltage terminals
Binary input thresholds settable using DIGSI (3 stages) Fig. 3/2 SIPROTEC 7SD80 rear view
8
Secondary current transformer values (1 A / 5 A) settable
using DIGSI
SIPROTEC 7SD80-specific features
9 programmable function keys
6-line display
Short commissioning times by an easy parameterization
and integrated commissioning help for protection and
9
Buffer battery exchangeable from the front communication
USB front port Integrated interfaces for exchanging differential protec-
2 additional communication ports tion data (fiber-optic up to 24 km / 15 miles and/or two-
Integrated switch for low-cost and redundant optical wire copper cables up to 20 km / 12 miles)
Ethernet rings Application for differential protection
Ethernet redundancy protocols RSTP, PRP and HSR for Integrated monitoring function of the protection inter-
highest availability face, both in the commissioning phase and in running
Relay-to-relay communication through Ethernet with operation 10
IEC 61850 GOOSE Integrated non-directional and directional time-
Millisecond-accurate time synchronization through overcurrent protection
Ethernet with SNTP. Transmission of a circuit-breaker intertripping signal and
16 further binary signals to the opposite end.

SIPROTEC Compact SIEMENS SIP 3.01 Edition 4 3/3


Line Differential Protection SIPROTEC 7SD80
Function overview

Protection functions IEC ANSI No. Comment


Differential protection, line 87L
1
I
3I0 differential protection 3I0 87N L
Ground-fault differential protection for systems with resonant or isolated neutral IEE 87Ns L Optional
Definite time-overcurrent protection with delay for phase I>, I>>, I>>> 50 TD (3 stages)
Definite time-overcurrent protection with delay for earth IE>, IE>>, IE>>> 50N TD (3 stages)
2 Inverse time-overcurrent protection (phase) IP 51
Inverse time-overcurrent protection (ground) IEP 51N
Inrush current detection
Circuit-breaker failure protection LSVS 50BF
Trip-circuit supervision AKU 74TC
3 Lockout 86
Circuit-breaker intertripping scheme 85 DT
External trip initiation
Undervoltage/overvoltage protection V<, V> 27/59 Optional
4 Underfrequency/overfrequency protection f<, f> 81 U/O Optional
Directional time-overcurrent protection (phase) I>, I>>, IP 67 (3 stages) Optional
Directional time-overcurrent protection (ground) IE>, IE>>, IPE 67N (3 stages) Optional
Automatic reclosing ARE 79 Optional
5 Flexible protection functions for current, voltage, power, cosj, frequency Flex Funk Partly optional
2
Thermal overload protection I t 49
Control functions

Table 3/1 Function overview


6
Control functions / programmable logic Communication interface
Commands (e.g. for the control of circuit-breakers, discon- System interface
nect switches, grounding switches, etc.) through: IEC 61850 Edition 1 and 2
7 keyboard IEC 60870-5-103
binary inputs MODBUS RTU
DIGSI 4 DNP 3.0
communication interface PROFIBUS-DP
8 User-defined PLC logic with CFC (e.g. interlocking). Ethernet redundancy protocols RSTP, PRP and HSR
Service interface
Monitoring functions
USB front interface for DIGSI 4
Operational measured values V, I, f
RS232/RS485 (instead of the system interface)
9 Energy metering values Wp, Wq
Protection interface
Circuit-breaker wear monitoring
Fiber-optic connection and/or
Minimum and maximum values
Two-wire connection.
Trip circuit supervision
Fast measuring voltage failure fuse-failure-monitor Hardware
8 oscillographic fault records. 4 current transformers
0/3 voltage transformers

10 3/5/7 binary inputs (thresholds configurable using


software)
5/8 binary outputs (2 changeover)
1 life contact
Pluggable current and voltage terminals.

3/4 SIPROTEC Compact SIEMENS SIP 3.01 Edition 4


Line Differential Protection SIPROTEC 7SD80
Applications

The SIPROTEC 7SD80 is a numerical line differential Operational measured values


protection relay, which in addition to its main function,
the selective protection of overhead lines and cables, also
Extensive measured values (e.g. I, V), metered values
(e.g.Wp,Wq) and limit values (e.g. for voltage, frequency) 1
covers control and monitoring tasks.
provide improved system management as well as simplifi-
Line protection cation by the commissioning
As for the operational measured values, a special focus was
SIPROTEC 7SD80 devices are suitable as selective line protec-
tion for application in high-voltage and medium-voltage
placed on the measured values critical for differential pro-
tection. So, the attenuation values and the signal-to-noise
2
systems of all types of neutral designs (solid, low-resistance
ratio of the communication connection, for example, are
or high-resistance earthed, isolated or compensated).
acquired and indicated in addition to the measurement of
Apart from the main protection function, the line differen- the quality of the telegram exchange per time unit.
tial protection, SIPROTEC 7SD80 offers a lot of additional
Particular attention was paid to making the commission-
protection functions. These can be used in parallel as a
backup protection function, or as an emergency function if
ing of the differential protection easier and safer. In this
context, the amplitude and angle of the currents and of 3
the main protection function fails, and they complement the
the voltages, if applicable, are displayed additionally with
range of functions of 7SD80 for application in transmission
reference to the local measuring variable. In this way, a pos-
lines.
sible incorrect connection (polarity reversal) of the current
Control transformers can be detected and eliminated early enough.
4
The integrated control function permits control of discon- Operational indication
nect devices, grounding switches or circuit-breakers through
Monitoring of operation is ensured and documented by stor-
the integrated operator panel, binary inputs, DIGSI 4 or the
age of event logs, trip logs, fault records and statistics.
control or automation system (e.g. SICAM)
5
Programmable logic
The integrated logic characteristics (CFC) allow the user to
add own functions for automation of switchgear (e.g. inter-
locking) or switching sequence. The user can also generate
user-defined messages. This functionality can form the base
6
to create extremely flexible transfer schemes.

7
Busbar

Control/Remote Control
Commands/Feedbacks
Measurement and metered value

PDI-FO
Supervision functions Protection Data Interface
(PDI) 8
Threshold value
opt. Budget V-Trans.monitor. BERT fiber-optic interface
52 Mean value I, V, Watt Rec. Power
I/V-Symmetry Rec.Power (4 km MMF or 20 km SMF)
Energy value Vars, p, f PDI-Cu S/N-Ratio
74TC 86 S/R-Ratio Fast Sum. I
min/max-memory AND / OR
Rec. Power

2-Wire-Copper interface
(SH-DSL to approx. 20 km) 9

87L 87N L 87NsL 67 67N 79 85 DT DT binTrans

directional emergency- and/or


Main protection function backup protection function
3_3_Bild-001-us.pdf

Inrush 50TD 51 50NTD 51N 50BF

non-directional emergency- and/or backup protection


FlexFunk 49 81U/O 27/59
10
Current Monitoring function Additional protection functions

1) Not available if function package 'Q' (synchrocheck, ANSI 25) is selected.

Fig. 3/3 Function diagram

SIPROTEC Compact SIEMENS SIP 3.01 Edition 4 3/5


Line Differential Protection SIPROTEC 7SD80
Application sheets

Protection functions Each of the overcurrent protection stages can be set as


emergency or backup protection independently of each
1 Differential protection (ANSI 87L, 87N L, 87Ns L)
The differential protection SIPROTEC 7SD80 consists of two
other. This enables the integration of the SIPROTEC 7SD80
in a simple busbar protection concept by means of reverse
separately operating differential protection algorithms: interlocking. When voltage transformers are connected, a
directional time-overcurrent protection emergency function
Phase comparison protection (PCP)
can be activated if the protection interface communication
2
Earth-fault differential protection (EFD). fails.
The phase comparison protection, PCP, offers a safe and Available inverse-time characteristics
robust short-circuit protection for all types of neutral treat-
ment. Of course, this is also valid for application in systems Characteristics acc. to IEC 60255-3 ANSI / IEEE
with isolated or resonant-earthed neutral. Adaptation of Inverse

the phase comparison protection according to the neutral


Short inverse

3
treatment is done by setting parameters via DIGSI.
Long inverse
The earth-fault differential protection, EFD, operates with
Moderately inverse
two different algorithms, depending on the neutral treat-

ment in the power system to be protected. Very inverse
Extremely inverse
For application in solidly, low-resistance or high-resistance
4 earthed systems, the EFD analyzes the measured
zero-sequence current. The fundamental wave of the
Table3/2 Available inverse-time characteristics

Inrush restraint
zero-sequence current is determined by filtering. The filtered
zero-sequence currents of the local side and the opposite When the second harmonic is detected while energizing a
side are added and provide the zero-sequence differential transformer inside or outside of the protection zone, pickup
5 current. The adaptive stabilizing facilitates the parameteriza-
tion and assured stability and selectivity.
of the differential protection stages or the overcurrent
protection stages can be suppressed.
For application in power systems with isolated or resonant-
Breaker failure protection (ANSI 50BF)
earthed neutrals, the connection of voltages at least
of the zero-sequence voltage and the use of a sensitive If a faulted portion of the electrical circuit is not disconnected
6 earth-current transformer is required. From the zero-
sequence current and the voltage, the apparent power of
when a trip command is issued to a circuit-breaker, another
trip command can be initiated using the breaker failure pro-
the zero-sequence system is calculated, and compared with tection which trips the circuit-breaker of an upstream feeder.
the opposite end. Depending on the direction of the power Breaker failure is detected if, after a trip command is issued
flow, an internal or external earth fault is detected. This is
7 only indicated, and can be shut down immediately or with a
set delay.
the current keeps on flowing into the faulted circuit. It is also
possible to make use of the circuit-breaker position contacts
for indication as opposed to the current flowing through the
circuit-breaker.
Circuit-breaker intertripping (ANSI 85 DT)
The 7SD80 devices have an integrated circuit-breaker inter- External trip initiation
8 tripping function for tripping the circuit-breaker at the oppo- Through a binary input, an external protection device
site end. The circuit-breaker intertripping can be activated or monitoring equipment can be coupled into the signal
directly by the differential protection functions, but also processing of the SIPROTEC 7SD80 to trip the local circuit-
through binary signals of any other external or internal pro- breaker.
tection function. The circuit-breaker intertripping can be
9 combined with an integrated phase and/or zero-sequence
current threshold, which permits to trip the circuit-breaker
if there is a sufficiently high current.

Overcurrent protection, non-directional / directional


(ANSI 50, 50N, 51, 51N, 67, 67N)
This function is based on the phase-selective measurement
of the three phase currents and the earth current (4 instru-
ment transformers).
10 In the SIPROTEC 7SD80, three definite time-overcurrent
protection stages are integrated for protection against phase
faults, as well as for protection against earth faults. The
current threshold and the delay time can be set for each stage.
Furthermore, inverse time-overcurrent protection characteris-
tics can be added.

3/6 SIPROTEC Compact SIEMENS SIP 3.01 Edition 4


Line Differential Protection SIPROTEC 7SD80
Application sheets

Trip circuit supervision (ANSI 74TC) Undervoltage protection (ANSI 27)


One or two binary inputs can be used for monitoring the The two-element undervoltage protection provides protec-
circuit-breaker trip coil including its incoming cables. An alarm tion against dangerous voltage drops (especially for electric 1
signal is generated whenever the circuit is interrupted. machines). Applications include the isolation of generators
or motors from the network to avoid undesired operating
Flexible protection functions conditions and a possible loss of stability. Proper operating
conditions of electrical machines are best evaluated with the
2
SIPROTEC 7SD80 enables the user to easily add up to 20
additional protective functions. Parameter definitions are positive-sequence quantities. The protection function is ac-
used to link standard protection logic with any chosen tive over a wide frequency range ( 10 % rated frequency).
characteristic quantity (measured or calculated quantity). Even when falling below this frequency range the function
The standard logic consists of the usual protection elements continues to work, however, with decreased accuracy. The
such as the pickup set point, the set delay time, the TRIP function can operate either with phase-to-phase, phase-
command, a block function, etc. The mode of operation for to-ground or positive phase-sequence voltage, and can be
current, voltage, power and power factor quantities can be
three-phase or phase-selective. Almost all quantities can be
monitored with a current criterion. Three-phase and single-
phase connections are possible.
3
operated with ascending or descending pickup stages (e.g.
Frequency protection (ANSI 81O/U)
under and over voltage). All stages operate with protection
priority or speed. Frequency protection can be used for overfrequency and
underfrequency protection. Electric machines and parts
of the system are protected from unwanted frequency
4
deviations. Unwanted frequency changes in the network
SIP-0002.en.EPS.pdf

can be detected and the load can be removed at a specified


frequency setting. Frequency protection can be used over
a wide frequency range ( 10 Hz rated frequency). There
are four elements (individually set as overfrequency,
5
underfrequency or OFF) and each element can be delayed
separately. Blocking of the frequency protection can be
performed by activating a binary input or by using an
undervoltage element. 6
Customized functions (ANSI 32, 51V, 55 etc.)
dV/dt
SIP-0002.en.ai Additional functions can be implemented using CFC or
flexible protection functions. Typical functions include
Fig. 3/4 Flexible protection functions
reverse power, voltage controlled overcurrent, phase angle 7
detection, and zero-sequence voltage detection.
Lockout (ANSI 86)
All binary output statuses can be memorized. The LED reset Fast current monitoring
key is used to reset the lockout state. The lockout state is and further monitoring functions
also stored in the event of supply voltage failure. Reclosure SIPROTEC 7SD80 incorporates comprehensive monitoring 8
can only occur after the lockout state is reset. func-tions for hardware and software. Monitoring comprises
the measuring circuits, the analog-digital conversion, the
Thermal overload protection (ANSI 49) protection data communication connection the internal
To protect cables, an overload protection function with an
integrated warning/alarm element for temperature and
supply voltages, the memories and the software sequence
(watchdog). 9
current can be used. The temperature is calculated using
a thermal homogeneous body model (per IEC 60255-8),
it considers the energy entering the equipment and the
energy losses. The calculated temperature is constantly
adjusted according to the calculated losses. The function
considers loading history and fluctuations in load.

Overvoltage protection (ANSI 59)


The two-element overvoltage protection detects unwanted 10
network and machine overvoltage conditions. The function
can operate either with phase-to-phase, phase-to-ground,
positive phase-sequence or negative phase-sequence
voltage. Three-phase and single-phase connections are
possible.

SIPROTEC Compact SIEMENS SIP 3.01 Edition 4 3/7


Line Differential Protection SIPROTEC 7SD80
Application sheets

Local measured values Measured values of protection data communication


The r.m.s. values are calculated from the acquired current Extensive measured values serve for the monitoring of
1 and voltage along with the power factor as well as cos j, the quality and the availability of the used protection data
frequency, active and reactive power. The following func- communication connections. For the fiber-optic interface,
tions are available for measured value processing: the following measured values are available:
Currents IL1, IL2, IL3, IN, IEE Sending and receiving power of the optical communica-

2 Voltages VL1, VL2, VL3, V12, V23, V31


Symmetrical components I1, I2, 3I0; V1, V2, 3V0
tion module
Optical damping of the fiber-optic cable
Power Watts, Vars, VA/P, Q, S (P, Q: total and phase Telegrams sent per second, minute and hour
selective) Sum of correct and incorrect telegrams received per
Power factor cos j (total and phase selective) second, minute and hour
Frequency Availability of the protection interface.
3 Energy kWh, kVarh, forward and reverse power flow For the two-wire interface, the following measured values
are available:
Operating hours counter
Damping of the copper cable
Mean operating temperature of the overload function
Signal-to-noise ratio of the signal received
Limit value monitoring.
4 Limit values can be monitored using programmable logic
Telegrams sent per second, minute and hour
in the CFC. Commands can be derived from this limit value Sum of correct and incorrect telegrams received per
indication. With each measured value a limit value is second, minute and hour
possible. Availability of the protection interface.

5 Zero suppression: Metered values


In a certain range of very low measured values, the value is For internal metering, the unit can calculate an energy me-
set to zero to suppress interference. tered value from the measured current and voltage values. If
an external meter with a metering pulse output is available,
Measured values of the opposite end
6 Every two seconds, the currents and voltages of the other
the SIPROTEC 7SD80 can obtain and process metering pulses
through an indication input. The metered values can be dis-
end of the line are transmitted through the communication played and passed on to a control center as an accumulated
connection, and indicated in relation to the locally measured value with reset. A distinction is made between forward,
currents and voltages. The following measured values are reverse, active and reactive energy.
7 available:
Amplitude of currents IL1, IL2, IL3
Phase angle of currents jIL1, jIL2, jIL3
Amplitude of voltages VL1, VL2, VL3

8 Phase angle of voltages jVL1, jVL2, jVL3.

10

3/8 SIPROTEC Compact SIEMENS SIP 3.01 Edition 4


Line Differential Protection SIPROTEC 7SD80
Application examples

Radial feeder
The protection of a radial feeder with Infeed Infeed
several substations via overcurrent- 1
time protection leads to comparably
high shutdown times at the point 52 I> 1.2 IN; TI> = 1.2 s 52
of infeed due to the necessary
7SJ80 7SD80
time grading. The stipulated fault
clearance time may therefore not be
I> I
2
attainable.
Protection Data Interface
Here, using the line differential pro- Station A
tection SIPROTEC 7SD80 is a simple
7SD80
remedy. This relay clears faults I
between the substations selectively
and instantaneously, thus reducing
the maximum fault clearance time of
Station A
Load
Station A
Load
3
the radial feeder.
52 I> 1.2 IN; TI> = 0.9 s 52 I> 1.2 IN; TI> = 0.9 s
In the example shown, this is repre-
sented generally for the line between 7SJ80 7SJ80
the infeed and substation A.
I> I>
4
Station B Station B
Load Load

52 I> 1.2 IN; TI> = 0.6 s 52 I> 1.2 IN; TI> = 0.6 s
5
7SJ80 7SJ80
I> I>

Station C
Load
Station C
Load 6
52 I> 1.2 IN; TI> = 0.3 s 52 I> 1.2 IN; TI> = 0.3 s

7SJ80 7SJ80
I> I>
7
Station D Station D
Load Load

52 I> 1.2 IN ; TI > = 0 s 52 I> 1. 2 IN ; TI > = 0 s


8
7SJ80 7SJ80
3_5_Bild-002-us.pdf

I> I>

Load Load
9
3_5_7SD80_Protection concept.tif

max. fault clearance time from power utility


Tripping time for overcurrent protection only
Tripping time when using differential protection

10
Fig. 3/5 Protection concept to reduce the shutdown times at the
point of infeed of a radial feeder

Trafo 2 Wickl mit Erdung

SIPROTEC Compact SIEMENS SIP 3.01 Edition 4 3/9


Line Differential Protection SIPROTEC 7SD80
Applications examples

Parallel feeder
Parallel feeders with bidirectional
1 power flow can be ideally protected Infeed

with the line differential protection


SIPROTEC 7SD80.
52 52
As a difference to the alternative

2 concept of the direction comparison 7SD80 7SD80


I I
protection, SIPROTEC 7SD80 does not
require voltage transformers.
Protection Data Interface Protection Data Interface
The communication connection
required in each case only leads to
7SD80 7SD80
instantaneous, strictly selective trip- I I
ping when the differential protection
3 is used Station A
In addition, the shorter fault clear-
ance time prevents damage to the 52 52

3_6_Bild-003-us.pdf
generators at the opposite end.
7SJ80 7SJ80

4 I> I>

5 Fig.3/6 Protection of parallel feeders via SIPROTEC 7SD80

10
Trafo 2 Wickl mit Erdung

3/10 SIPROTEC Compact SIEMENS SIP 3.01 Edition 4


Line Differential Protection SIPROTEC 7SD80
Application examples

Ring feeder
The line differential protection
SIPROTEC 7SD80 is ideally suited to Infeed Infeed
1
protect ring feeders. Faults on the
connection cables/lines of the ring
52 52 52
are cleared strictly selectively and 7SD80 7SD80
instantaneously. For this purpose,
connection of the SIPROTEC 7SD80
I >Z >Z I
2
devices to a current transformer is
Protection Data Interface Ring feeder Protection Data Interface
sufficient. For the main protection
function of the SIPROTEC 7SD80, Station A Station B
I
voltage transformers are not neces- I

sary. Even intermediate infeeds in 7SD80 7SD80


the substations of the ring are
completely covered by this protection
52 52
3
concept.
52 52 52 52
Common alternative protection con- 7SD80 7SJ80 7SJ80 7SD80
cepts are mostly based on the use of
4
I I> I> I
directional time-overcurrent protec-
tion, which on the other hand also Load Load
requires voltage transformers in
the substations. An inverse grading Station C Station D
I
of these directional definite time- I

overcurrent protection devices, how-


ever, leads to long fault clearance 52
7SD80
52
7SD80 5
times. The use of the definite time-
overcurrent relays as direction com-
52 52 52 52
parison protection requires like

3_7_Bild-004-us.pdf
7SD80 7SJ80 7SJ80 7SD80
the differential protection a com-
munication connection between the
I I> I> I 6
protection devices at the ends of the
Load Load
corresponding ring segment, but this
does not reach the fault clearance
time of the differential protection. 7
The definite time-overcurrent pro- Ring feeder

tection integrated in SIPROTEC 7SD80


includes three stages, two thereof Fig.3/7 Protection concept for ring feeders via SIPROTEC 7SD80
can also be used as directional
definite time-overcurrent protection 8
stages. The operating mode of each
stage is settable. The stage can be
activated permanently, or only if
the differential protection function
fails, e.g. if the communication 9
connection fails. These definite-
time stages allow to configure an
integrated backup protection concept
with the SIPROTEC 7SD80 relays in
the ring-main panels. Moreover, a
busbar protection system can also be
implemented in the substations by
means of a reverse interlocking. Trafo 2 Wickl mit Erdung

10

SIPROTEC Compact SIEMENS SIP 3.01 Edition 4 3/11


Line Differential Protection SIPROTEC 7SD80
Selection and ordering data

Product description Order No. Short code


123 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19

1 7SD80 - - +

Housing 1/6 19, binary inputs and outputs, 1 life contact


4 x I, 3 BI, 5 BO (Incl. 2 changeover / Form C), prot. data interface FO for

2 mono- (24 km) and multimode (4 km), LC-duplex connector


4 x I, 7 BI, 8 BO (Incl. 2 changeover / Form C), prot. data interface FO for
1

mono- (24 km) and multimode (4 km), LC-duplex connector 2


4 x I, 5 BI, 8 BO (Incl. 2 changeover / Form C), prot. data interface, 2 wires copper, twisted 3) 3 see
4 x I, 3 x V, 3 BI, 5 BO (Incl. 2 changeover / Form C), prot. data interface FO for next
mono- (24 km) and multimode (4 km), LC-duplex connector 5 page
4 x I, 3 x V, 7 BI, 8 BO (Incl. 2 changeover / Form C), prot. data interface FO for

3 mono- (24 km) and multimode (4 km), LC-duplex connector


4 x I, 3 x V, 5 BI, 8 BO (Incl. 2 changeover/Form C), prot. data interface, 2 wires copper twisted 3)
6
7

Measuring inputs, default settings I


Iph = 1 A / 5 A, IE = 1 A / 5 A 1
Iph = 1 A / 5 A, IEE (sensitive) = 0.001 to 1.6 A / 0.005 to 8 A 2
4 Rated auxiliary voltage
DC 24 V to 48 V 1
DC 60 V to 250 V; AC 115 V; AC 230 V 5

Unit version
5 Surface mounting housing, screw-type terminal B
Flush mounting housing, screw-type terminal E

Region-specific default- and language settings


Region DE, IEC, language German (Language selectable), standard face plate A

6 Region World, IEC/ANSI, language English (Language selectable), standard face plate
Region US, ANSI, language US-English (Language selectable), US face plate
B
C

Port B (at bottom of device)


No port 0
IEC 60870-5-103 or DIGSI 4/modem or time sync. port, electrical RS232
7
1
IEC 60870-5-103 or DIGSI 4/modem or time sync. port, electrical RS485 2
IEC 60870-5-103 or DIGSI 4/modem time sync. port, optical 820 nm, ST connectors 3
Further protocols see supplement L

PROFIBUS DP slave, electrical RS485 9 L 0 A

8 PROFIBUS DP slave, optical, double ring, ST connector


MODBUS, electrical RS485
9
9
L 0 B
L 0 D
MODBUS, optical 820 nm, ST connector 9 L 0 E
DNP 3.0, electrical RS485 9 L 0 G
DNP 3.0, optical 820 nm, ST connector 9 L 0 H

9 IEC 60870-5-103, redundant, electrical RS485, RJ45 connector


IEC 61850, 100 Mbit Ethernet, 2 electrical ports, RJ45 connector
9
9
L 0 P
L 0 R
IEC 61850, 100 Mbit Ethernet, 2 FO ports, LC-duplex connector 9 L 0 S

Port A (at bottom of device)


No port 1) 0
Redundant FO protection data interface to the 2 wire copper interface
Protection data interface FO for mono- (24 km) and multimode (4 km), LC-duplex connector 2)3) 7

Measuring / fault recording

10 With fault recorder


With fault recorder, average values, min/max values
1
3

3) B y using 2-wire-protection interface a external isolating


1) T he FO interface is equipped, transformer should be used
if MLFB position 6 = 1, 2, 5 or 6 PCM-transformer 6 kV orderno. C53207-A406-D195-1
2) Only if MLFB position 6 = 3 or 7 PCM-transformer 20 kV order no. 7XR9516
A detailed overview of the technical data (extract of the manual) you will find under: http://www.siemens.com/siprotec

3/12 SIPROTEC Compact SIEMENS SIP 3.01 Edition 4


Line Differential Protection SIPROTEC 7SD80
Selection and ordering data

ANSI No. Variants Order No. Short code


123 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
7SD80 - - +
1
1)
Medium voltage differential protection device F A
87L / 87N L Line differential protection
(phase comparison and 3IO differential protection 1))

50 TD / 51
Inrush-current detection
Definite/inverse time-overcurrent protection phase I>, I>>, I>>>, Ip
2
50N TD / 51N Definite/inverse time-overcurrent protection ground IE>, IE>>, IE>>>, IEp
49 Thermal overload protection
74TC Trip circuit supervision
50BF Circuit-breaker failure protection
86 Lockout
85 DT Circuit-breaker intertripping function (trip of the remote circuit-
breaker)
External trip initiation
3
Parameter changeover (parameter group change)
Supervision functions
Circuit-breaker test
Control of circuit-breaker
Flexible protection function current, voltage 2),
cos 2), power 2), frequency 2) 4
27 / 59 Under-/Overvoltage protection 2) V<, V>
81 U / O Under-/Overfrequency protection 2) f<, f>
Basic version included F B
67 Directional definite/inverse time-overcurrent protection, phase 3)

67N
(V,I) I>, I>>, Ip
Directional definite/inverse time-overcurrent protection ground 3)
5
(V,I) IE>, IE>>, IEp
Basic version included F C
87Ns L Ground-fault differential protection for isolated/
resonance-earthed networks 3) 4)
Basic version included F E
6
3)
67 Directional definite/inverse time-overcurrent protection, phase
(V,I) I>, I>>, Ip
67N Directional definite/inverse time-overcurrent protection, ground 3)
(V,I) IE>, IE>>, IEp
87Ns L Ground-fault differential protection for isolated/
resonance-earthed networks 3) 4)
7
Additional functions
Without 0
Transmission of 16 binary signals via the protection data interface 1
79
79
With automatic reclosure function (AR)
Transmission of 16 binary signals via the protection data interface
2
3
8
and with automatic reclosure function (AR)

Conformal Coating
for 7SD801, 7SD80
for 7SD802, 7SD803, 7SD806, 7SD807
Z Y 1 5
Z Y 1 6
9

10
1) MLFB position 7 = 1 required (Iph = 1 A / 5 A, IE = 1 A / 5 A)
2) Function available if MLFB position 6 = 5, 6 or 7 (voltage transformer inputs)
3) MLFB position 6 = 5, 6 or 7 required (voltage transformer inputs)
4) MLFB position 7 = 2 required (Iph = 1 A / 5 A, IEE (sensitive) = 0.001 to 1.6 A / 0.005 to 8 A)

SIPROTEC Compact SIEMENS SIP 3.01 Edition 4 3/13


Line Differential Protection SIPROTEC 7SD80
Connection diagrams

1 Surface / flush-mounting housing

F1 IA BO1 C11
C10
F2 C9
F3 IB
BO2 C14
2 F4
F5 IC
C12
C13
F6
BO3 E1
F7 I N, INS
E2
F8
BO4 E3
E4

3 BO5 E5
E6

C3
4 C4
BI1

C5 BI2
C6
C7 BI3 Life Contact E10
C8
5
E7
E8

= + C1
Power Supply (~)
=
- C2

6 Port B
B
e.g. System interface

Port A
A
7
3_8_Visio-kl-uebers-7sd80-1-100801-us.pdf

FO-Protection Data Interface


Contacts, Ceramic, 2.2 nF,
Interference Suppression
Capacitors at the Relay

USB-DIGSI-Interface

8 Grounding on the case


250 V

Fig.3/8Line differential protection SIPROTEC 7SD801

10

3/14 SIPROTEC Compact SIEMENS SIP 3.01 Edition 4


Line Differential Protection SIPROTEC 7SD80
Connection diagrams

Surface / flush-mounting housing


1
F1 IA BO1 C1 1
F2 C10
C9
F3 IB
BO2 C1 4
F4
F5 IC
C12
C13
2
F6
BO3 E1
F7 I N, INS
E2
F8
BO4 E3
E4
BO5 E5
E6
3
BO6 D9
D10
BO7 D11
C3
C4
BI1
BO8
D12
D13
4
C5 BI2 D14
C6
C7 BI3 Life Contact E10
C8
5
E7
E8
D1 BI4
D2 = +
(~) C1
Power Supply
D3 BI5
=
- C2
D4
D5
D6
BI6
Port B
6
B
D7 BI7 e.g. System interface
D8
Port A
A
7
3_9_Visio-kl-uebers-7sd80-2-100801-us.pdf

FO-Protection Data Interface


Contacts, Ceramic, 2.2 nF,
Interference Suppression
Capacitors at the Relay

USB-DIGSI-Interface

Grounding on the case 8


250 V

Fig.3/9Line differential protection SIPROTEC 7SD802

10

SIPROTEC Compact SIEMENS SIP 3.01 Edition 4 3/15


Line Differential Protection SIPROTEC 7SD80
Connection diagrams

1 Surface / flush-mounting housing

F1 IA BO1 C1 1
F2 C10
C9
F3 IB
BO2 C1 4
2 F4
F5 IC
C12
C13
F6
BO3 E1
F7 I N, INS
E2
F8
BO4 E3
E4

3 BO5 E5
E6
BO6 D9
D10
BO7 D11
C3
4 C4
BI1
BO8
D12
D13
C5 BI2 D14
C6
C7 BI3
C8 Life Contact E10
5 E7
E8
D1
Cu-Protection Data Interface
D2 = +
(~) C1
Power Supply
D5 BI4
=
- C2
D7
6 D6 BI5 Port B
D8 B
e.g. System interface

Port A
3_10_Visio-kl-uebers-7sd80-4-100801-us.pdf

A
7 FO-Protection Data Interface
Contacts, Ceramic, 2.2 nF,
Interference Suppression
Capacitors at the Relay

USB-DIGSI-Interface

8 Grounding on the case


250 V

Fig.3/10Line differential protection SIPROTEC 7SD803

9 The fiber-optic interface at port A is only available in connection with position 12 = 7

10

3/16 SIPROTEC Compact SIEMENS SIP 3.01 Edition 4


Line Differential Protection SIPROTEC 7SD80
Connection diagrams

Surface / flush-mounting housing


1
F1 IA BO1 C1 1
F2 C10
C9
F3 IB
BO2 C1 4
F4
F5 IC
C12
C13
2
F6
BO3 E1
F7 I N, INS
E2
F8
BO4 E3
E9 Q2 VA E4
E11
E12
VB BO5 E5
E6
3
E13 VC
E14

C3
C4
BI1
4
C5 BI2
C6
C7 BI3
C8 Life Contact E10
E7
E8 5
= + C1
Power Supply (~)
=
- C2

Port B
6
B
e.g. System interface

Port A
3_11_Visio-kl-uebers-7sd803-1-100801-us.pdf

A
FO-Protection Data Interface
7
Contacts, Ceramic, 2.2 nF,
Interference Suppression
Capacitors at the Relay

USB-DIGSI-Interface

Grounding on the case 8


250 V

Fig.3/11Line differential protection SIPROTEC 7SD805

10

SIPROTEC Compact SIEMENS SIP 3.01 Edition 4 3/17


Line Differential Protection SIPROTEC 7SD80
Connection diagrams

1 Surface / flush-mounting housing

F1 IA BO1 C1 1
F2 C10
C9
F3 IB
BO2 C1 4
2 F4
F5 IC
C12
C13
F6
BO3 E1
F7 I N, INS
E2
F8
BO4 E3
E9 Q2 VA E4

3 E11
E12
VB BO5 E5
E6
E13 VC BO6 D9
E14 D10
BO7 D11
C3
4 C4
BI1
BO8
D12
D13
C5 BI2 D14
C6
C7 BI3 Life Contact E10
C8
5
E7
E8
D1 BI4
D2 = +
(~) C1
Power Supply
D3 BI5
=
- C2
D4

6 D5
D6
BI6
Port B
B
D7 BI7 e.g. System interface
D8
Port A
3_12 Visio-kl-uebers-7sd80-2-100801-us.pdf

A
7 FO-Protection Data Interface
Contacts, Ceramic, 2.2 nF,
Interference Suppression
Capacitors at the Relay

USB-DIGSI-Interface

8 Grounding on the case


250 V

Fig.3/12Line differential protection SIPROTEC 7SD806

10

3/18 SIPROTEC Compact SIEMENS SIP 3.01 Edition 4


Line Differential Protection SIPROTEC 7SD80
Connection diagrams

Surface / flush-mounting housing


1
F1 IA BO1 C1 1
F2 C10
C9
F3 IB
BO2 C1 4
F4
F5 IC
C12
C13
2
F6
BO3 E1
F7 I N, INS
E2
F8
BO4 E3
E9 Q2 VA E4
E11
E12
VB BO5 E5
E6
3
E13 VC BO6 D9
E14 D10
BO7 D11
C3
C4
BI1
BO8
D12
D13
4
C5 BI2 D14
C6
C7 BI3
C8 Life Contact E10
E7
E8 5
D1
Cu-Protection Data Interface
D2 = +
(~) C1
Power Supply
D5 BI4
=
- C2
D7
D6 BI5 Port B
6
D8 B
e.g. System interface

Port A
3_13_Visio-kl-uebers-7sd803-4-100801-us.pdf

A
FO-Protection Data Interface
7
Contacts, Ceramic, 2.2 nF,
Interference Suppression
Capacitors at the Relay

USB-DIGSI-Interface

Grounding on the case 8


250 V

Fig.3/13 Line differential protection SIPROTEC 7SD807


The fiber-optic interface at port A is only available in connection with position 12 = 7
9

10

SIPROTEC Compact SIEMENS SIP 3.01 Edition 4 3/19


Line Differential Protection SIPROTEC 7SD80
Connection examples

Current transformer connection

1 52 52 52
Surface-/Flush Mounting Housing

F1 IA F2
IB

3_14_SIP C-0007-us.pdf
F3 F4

2 P2 S2
F5 IC F6

IN
P1 S1 F7 F8

A B C SIPROTEC

3 Fig. 3/14 Current transformer connections on three current transformers and neutral
current (earth current) (Holmgreen circuit); normal circuit suitable for all solidly
and impedance earthed systems (neutral towards line)

4 52 52 52

Surface-/Flush Mounting Housing

F1 IA F2
5 IB

3_15_SIP C-0008-us.pdf
P2 S2
F3 F4

F5 IC F6
P1 S1

IN
6 A B C
F7

SIPROTEC
F8

Fig. 3/15Current transformer connections on three current transformers and


neutral current (earth current) (Holmgreen circuit); normal circuit
7 suitable for all solidly and impedance earthed systems (neutral towards
busbar)

8 52 52 52
Surface-/Flush Mounting Housing

IA
F1 F2
IB
F3 F4

9 P2 S2
F5
IC
F6

IN
P1 S1 F8 F7

SIPROTEC
A B C
3_16_SIP C-0006-us.pdf

P2 S2

10
P1 S1

Fig. 3/16Current transformer connections on three current transformers


earth current of additional summation current transformer, preferably
for resonant-earthed and isolated systems.

3/20 SIPROTEC Compact SIEMENS SIP 3.01 Edition 4


Line Differential Protection SIPROTEC 7SD80
Connection examples

Voltage transformer connection

A
1

3_17_Visio-anschl-u1e-u2e-u3e-abgang-20070129-us.pdf
B
C
Surface-/Flush Mounting
Housing
52 52 52

A B
E9 VA
2
E11 VB

E12

a b VC
E13
E14

A B C
SIPROTEC
3
Fig. 3/17 Example for connection type V1E, V2E, V3E, feeder-side voltage connection

A
4
B
C
Surface-/Flush Mounting
Housing
52 52 52
A B E9 VA
5
E11 VB

3_18_SIP C-0009-us.pdf
E12
da dn

E13
E14
VC
6
SIPROTEC
A B C

Fig. 3/18Example for connection type V0 connection


7

10

SIPROTEC Compact SIEMENS SIP 3.01 Edition 4 3/21


Line Differential Protection SIPROTEC 7SD80

10

3/22 SIPROTEC Compact SIEMENS SIP 3.01 Edition 4


Overcurrent Protection 7SJ80
SIPROTEC Compact
Overcurrent Protection SIPROTEC 7SJ80

Page
1
Description 4/3

Function overview 4/4

2 Applications 4/5

Application sheets 4/6

Application examples 4/12

Selection and ordering data 4/18

3 Connection diagrams 4/21

Connection examples 4/27

Connection types 4/30

10
You will find a detailed overview of the technical data
(extract of the manual) under:
http://www.siemens.com/siprotec

4/2 SIPROTEC Compact SIEMENS SIP 3.01 Edition 4


Overcurrent Protection SIPROTEC 7SJ80
Description

Description
The SIPROTEC 7SJ80 relays can be used for line/feeder
protection of high and medium-voltage networks with 1
grounded, low-resistance grounded, isolated or a com-
pensated neutral point. The relays have all the required
functions to be applied as a backup relay to a transformer
differential relay.
The SIPROTEC 7SJ80 features flexible protection functions. 2
Up to 20 additional protection functions can be created by
the user.
Therefore protection of change for frequency or reverse
power protection can be realized, for example.
The relay provides circuit-breaker control, further switching
3

LSP3.01-0022.eps
devices and automation functions. The integrated program-
mable logic (CFC) allows the user to add own functions, e.g.
for the automation of switchgear (interlocking). The user is
also allowed to generate user-defined messages.

Highlights 4
Pluggable current and voltage terminals
Binary input thresholds settable using DIGSI (3 stages)
Secondary current transformer values (1 A / 5 A) settable
using DIGSI
Fig. 4/1 SIPROTEC 7SJ80 front view, housing
5
9 programmable function keys
6-line display
Buffer battery exchangeable from the front
USB front port 6
2 additional communication ports
Integrated switch for low-cost and redundant optical
Ethernet rings
Ethernet redundancy protocols RSTP, PRP and HSR for
highest availability
7
Relay-to-relay communication through Ethernet with
IEC 61850 GOOSE
LSP3.01-0008.eps

Millisecond-accurate time synchronization through


Ethernet with SNTP (over Port A or Port B) 8
Number of binary inputs and inary outputs by connection
from up to two SICAM I/O-Units extendable.

Fig. 4/2 SIPROTEC 7SJ80 rear view

10

SIPROTEC Compact SIEMENS SIP 3.01 Edition 4 4/3


Overcurrent Protection SIPROTEC 7SJ80
Function overview

Protection functions IEC ANSI No.


Definite and inverse time-overcurrent protection (phase/ground) I>, Ip, INp 50, 50N; 51, 51N
1 Directional time-overcurrent protection phase I>, I>>, I>>>, Ip 67
Directional time-overcurrent protection ground IE>, IE>>, IE>>>, IEp 67N 1)
Directional sensitive ground fault protection IEE>, IEE>>, IEEp 67Ns 1), 50Ns
Overvoltage protection, zero-sequence system V E, V 0> 59N 1)
2 High-impedance restricted ground-fault protection 87N
Inrush restraint
Trip-ciruit supervision TCS 74TC
Undercurrent monitoring I<, P> 37
Overload protection J> 49
3 Undervoltage/overvoltage protection V<, V> 27/59
Overfrequency/underfrequency protection f<, f> 81O/U
Circuit-breaker failure protection CBFP 50BF
Undervoltage controlled reactive power protection Q>/V<
4 Intermittent ground fault protection Iie>
Directional intermittent ground fault protection Iie dir> 67Ns 1)
Voltage dependent inverse-time overcurrent protection 51V
Unbalanced-load protection I 2> 46
5 Phase-sequence-voltage supervision LA, LB, LC 47
Synchrocheck Sync 25
Automatic reclosing AR 79
Fault locator FL FL 1)
6 Lockout 86
Forward power supervision, reverse power protection P<>, Q<> 32 1)
Power factor cos j 55 1)
Rate-of-frequency-change protection df / dt 81R
7 Rate-of-voltage-change protection dV/dt 27R, 59R

Table 4/1 Function overview

Control functions/programmable logic Communication interfaces

8 Commands for the ctrl. of CB, disconnect switches


(isolators/isolating switches)
System/service interface
IEC 61850 Edition 1 and 2
Control through keyboard, binary inputs, IEC 60870-5-103 and IEC 60870-5-104
DIGSI 4 or SCADA system PROFIBUS-DP
User-defined PLC logic with CFC (e.g. interlocking). DNP 3.0

9 Monitoring functions
MODBUS RTU
DNP3 TCP
Operational measured values V, I, f PROFINET
Energy metering values Wp, Wq Ethernet redundancy protocols RSTP, PRP and HSR
Circuit-breaker wear monitoring Ethernet interface for DIGSI 4 and extension up to two
Minimum and maximum values SICAM I/O-Units 7XV5673
USB front interface for DIGSI 4.
Trip circuit supervision (74TC)
Fuse failure monitor Hardware
8 oscillographic fault records. 4 current transformers

10 0/3 voltage transformers


3/7/11 binary inputs (thresholds configurable using
software)
5/8 binary outputs (2 changeover/Form C contacts)
1) Not available if function package Q (synchrocheck, ANSI 25) 1 life contact
is selected.
Pluggable current and voltage terminals.

4/4 SIPROTEC Compact SIEMENS SIP 3.01 Edition 4


Overcurrent Protection SIPROTEC 7SJ80
Applications

The SIPROTEC 7SJ80 perform control and monitoring func- Operational indication
tions and therefore provide the user with a cost-effective
platform for power system management, that ensures
Event logs, trip logs, fault records and statistics documents
are stored in the relay to provide the user or operator with all 1
reliable supply of electrical power to the customers. The
the key data required to operate modern substations.
ergonomic design makes control easy from the relay front
panel. A large, easy-to-read display was a key design factor. Line protection
Control The SIPROTEC 7SJ80 units can be used for line protection
of high and medium-voltage networks with grounded, low-
2
The integrated control function permits control of discon-
resistance grounded, isolated or a compensated neutral point.
nect devices, grounding switches or circuit-breakers through
the integrated operator panel, binary inputs, DIGSI 4 or the Transformer protection
control or automation system (e.g. SICAM)
The relay provides all the functions for backup protection for
Programmable logic transformer differential protection. The inrush suppression
effectively prevents unwanted trips that can be caused by 3
The integrated logic characteristics (CFC) allow the user to
inrush currents. The high-impedance restricted ground-fault
add own functions for automation of switchgear (e.g. inter-
protection detects short-circuits and insulation faults on the
locking) or switching sequence. The user can also generate
transformer.
user-defined messages. This functionality can form the base
to create extremely flexible transfer schemes. Backup protection 4
Operational measured value As a backup protection the SIPROTEC 7SJ80 devices are
universally applicable.
Extensive measured values (e.g. I, V), metered values
(e.g.Wp,Wq) and limit values (e.g. for voltage, frequency)
provide improved system management.
Switchgear cubicles for high/medium voltage
All units are designed specifically to meet the requirements
5
of high/medium-voltage applications. In general, no separate
measuring instruments (e.g., for current, voltage, frequency,
) or additional control components are necessary.
6
Busbar

Local/remote control CFC logic Operational measured values

7
25 Synchrocheck
Commands/Feedbacks
Limits
V, f, P
74TC Trip circuit supervision
52 AND Mean value I, V, P, Q,
cos , f Flexible protection functions
86 Lock out min/max-memory P<>, Q<> cos df/dt dV/dt
27R
32 55 81R
Operation Communication module 59R
1) 1)
Metered energy: as counting pulses

8
RS232/485/FO/ f<, f> V> V<
Ethernet 81U/O 59 27
IEC 60870-5-103/4 Fault recording Fault Locator
Esc Enter IEC 61850
7 8 9 PROFIBUS-DP Directional supplement
4
1
5
2
6
3
DNP 3.0
Fn 0 . MODBUS RTU
DNP3 TCP FL 47 Phase sequence
1)
PROFINET
... I>, I>> I-
TOC
IN>, IN>>,
IN-TOC 9
67 67N
1)

I>, I>>, IN>, IN>>, IN-TOC


I>>> I-TOC IN>>> I2> > SVS I<
InRush Intermitt. Additional Directional ground
50 51 50N 51N 46 49 51V
BLK ground fault 50BF 37 fault protection
INs>,
2_3_Visio-LSA4783b-us.pdf

INs>>
79 AR 67Ns-TOC VN>
67Ns 59N
50N 51N 87N 1) 1)

IN>, IN>>, IN-TOC REF

10
IN>>> Undervoltage
Contr.react.pow.protec.

AR Automatic reclosing I2> Unbalanced load protection


BF Breaker Failure Protection > Thermal overload protection
REF High-impedance ground fault differential protection I< Undercurrent monitoring

1) Not available if function package Q (synchrocheck, ANSI 25) is selected.

Fig. 4/3 Function diagram

SIPROTEC Compact SIEMENS SIP 3.01 Edition 4 4/5


Overcurrent Protection SIPROTEC 7SJ80
Application sheets

Protection functions Directional time-overcurrent protection (ANSI 67, 67N)


Directional phase and ground protection are separate
1 Overcurrent protection (ANSI 50, 50N, 51, 51N, 51V)
functions. They operate in parallel to the non-directional
This function is based on the phase selective measurement overcurrent elements. Their pickup values and delay times
of the three phase currents and the ground current (four can be set separately. Definite-time and inverse-time
transformers). Three definite time-overcurrent protection characteristics are
elements (DMT) are available both for the phase and the offered. The tripping characteristic can be rotated by 180
2 ground elements. The current threshold and the delay time degrees.
can be set in a wide range. By making use of the voltage memory, the directionality
Inverse time-overcurrent protection characteristics (IDMTL) can be determined reliably even for close-in (local) faults.
can also be selected and activated. The inverse-time func- If the primary switching device closes onto a fault and the
tion provides as an option voltage-restraint or voltage- voltage is too low to determine direction, the direction is
controlled operating modes determined using voltage from the memorized voltage. If no
3 Reset characteristics
voltages are stored in the memory, tripping will be accord-
ing to the set characteristic.
Time coordination with electromechanical relays are made For ground protection, users can choose whether the direc-
easy with the inclusion of the reset characteristics according tion is to be calculated using the zero-sequence or negative-
to ANSI C37.112 and IEC 60255-3 / BS 142 standards. When sequence system quantities (selectable). If the zero-sequence
4 using the reset characteristic (disk emulation), the reset pro- voltage tends to be very low due to the zero-sequence
cess is initiated after the fault current has disappeared. This impe-dance it will be better to use the negative-sequence
reset process corresponds to the reverse movement of the quantities.
Ferraris disk of an electromechanical relay (disk emulation).

5 Available inverse-time characteristics

Characteristics acc. to IEC 60255-3 ANSI / IEEE


Inverse

Short inverse

6 Long inverse

Moderately inverse

Very inverse

Extremely inverse

7 Table 4/2 Available inverse-time characteristics

Inrush restraint
If second harmonic content is detected during the energi-

8 zation of a transformer, the pickup of stages I>,Ip, I>dir


and Ip dir is blocked.
Fig. 4/4 Directional characteristics of the directional time-overcurrent
protection

Dynamic settings group switching


(Sensitive) directional ground-fault detection
In addition to the static parameter changeover, the pickup (ANSI 59N/64, 67Ns, 67N)
9 thresholds and the tripping times for the directional and
non-directional time-overcurrent protection functions can
For isolated-neutral and compensated networks, the
direction of power flow in the zero sequence is calculated
be changed over dynamically. As changeover criterion, the
from the zero-sequence current I0 and zero-sequence
circuit-breaker position, the prepared auto-reclosure, or a
voltage V0. For networks with an isolated neutral, the
binary input can be selected.
reactive current component is evaluated; for compensated
Directional comparison protection (cross-coupling) networks, the active current component or residual resistive
current is evaluated. For special network conditions, e.g.
It is used for selective instantaneous tripping of sections high-resistance grounded networks with ohmic-capacitive
fed from two sources, i.e. without the disadvantage of time ground-fault current or low-resistance grounded networks
delays of the set characteristic. The directional comparison
10 protection is suitable if the distances between the protection
with ohmic-inductive current, the tripping characteristics can
be rotated approximately
zones are not significant and pilot wires are available for 45 degrees (see Fig.4/5).
signal transmission. In addition to the directional compari-
Two modes of ground-fault direction detection can be
son protection, the directional coordinated time-overcurrent
implemented: tripping or signalling only mode.
protection is used for complete selective backup protection.

4/6 SIPROTEC Compact SIEMENS SIP 3.01 Edition 4


Overcurrent Protection SIPROTEC 7SJ80
Application sheets

(Sensitive) directional ground-fault detection Negative-sequence system overcurrent protection (ANSI 46)
(ANSI 59N, 67Ns, 67N) (contin.)
By measuring current on the high side of the transformer,
It has the following functions: the two-element phase-balance current/negative-sequence 1
TRIP via the displacement voltage VE protection detects high-resistance phase-to-phase faults
and phase-to-ground faults on the low side of a transformer
Two instantaneous elements or one instantaneous plus
(e.g. Dy 5). This function provides backup protection for
one user-defined characteristic
high-resistance faults through the transformer.
Each element can be set to forward, reverse or non-
directional Directional intermittent ground fault protection (ANSI 67Ns)
2
The function can also be operated in the insensitive mode The directional intermittent ground fault protection has to
as an additional short-circuit protection. detect intermittent ground faults in resonant grounded cable
systems selectively. Intermittent ground faults in resonant
grounded cable systems are usually characterized by the
following properties: 3
A very short high-current ground current pulse (up to
several hundred amperes) with a duration of under 1 ms
They are self-extinguishing and re-ignite within one
half-period up to several periods, depending on the power
system conditions and the fault characteristic. 4
Over longer periods (many seconds to minutes), they can
develop into static faults.
Such intermittent ground faults are frequently caused by
weak insulation, e.g. due to decreased water resistance of old
cables. 5
Ground fault functions based on fundamental component
measured values are primarily designed to detect static
ground faults and do not always behave correctly in case
of intermittent ground faults. The function described here
evaluates specifically the ground current pulses and puts them 6
into relation with the zero-sequence voltage to determine the
direction.

Undervoltage-controlled reactive power protection


Fig. 4/5Directional determination using cosine measurements for
compensated networks The undervoltage-controlled reactive power protection pro-
7
tects the system for mains decoupling purposes. To prevent a
(Sensitive) ground-fault detection voltage collapse in energy systems, the generating side, e.g.
(ANSI 50Ns, 51Ns / 50N, 51N) a generator, must be equipped with voltage and frequency
For high-resistance grounded networks, a sensitive input
protection devices. An undervoltage-controlled reactive
power protection is required at the supply system connection
8
transformer is connected to a phase-balance neutral current
point. It detects critical power system situations and ensures
transformer (also called core-balance CT). The function can
that the power generation facility is disconnected from the
also be operated in the normal mode as an additional short-
mains. Furthermore, it ensures that reconnection only takes
circuit protection for neutral or residual ground protection.

Intermittent ground fault protection


place under stable power system conditions. The associated
criteria can be parameterized.
9
Intermittent (re-igniting) faults are caused by poor cable in- Breaker failure protection (ANSI 50BF)
sulation or water ingress into cable joints. After some time,
If a faulted portion of the electrical circuit is not disconnected
the faults extinguish automatically or they develop into
when a trip command is issued to a circuit-breaker, another
permanent short circuits. During the intermitting, neutral
trip command can be initiated using the breaker failure pro-
point resistances in impedance grounded systems can suffer
tection which trips the circuit-breaker of an upstream feeder.
thermal overload.
Breaker failure is detected if, after a trip command is issued
The normal ground fault protection is not capable of reliably and the current keeps on flowing into the faulted circuit. It
detecting and clearing the sometimes very short current
pulses. The required selectivity for intermittent ground
is also possible to make use of the circuit-breaker position 10
contacts for indication as opposed to the current flowing
faults is achieved by summing up the times of the individual through the circuit-breaker.
pulses and tripping after a (programmable) summation time
has been reached. The pickup threshold Iie> evaluates RMS
values referred to 1 system period.

SIPROTEC Compact SIEMENS SIP 3.01 Edition 4 4/7


Overcurrent Protection SIPROTEC 7SJ80
Application sheets

High-impedance restricted ground-fault protection Initiation of the ARC is dependant on the trip command
(ANSI 87N) selected (e.g. I2>, I>>, Ip, Idir>)
1 The high-impedance measurement principle is a simple The ARC function can be blocked by activating a binary input
and sensitive method to detect ground faults, especially on The ARC can be initiated from external or by the PLC logic
transformers. It can also be used on motors, generators and (CFC)
reactors when they are operated on a grounded network. The directional and non-directional elements can either

2
When applying the high-impedance measurement principle, be blocked or operated non-delayed depending on the
all current transformers in the protected area are connected auto-reclosure cycle
in parallel and operated through one common resistor of If the ARC is not ready it is possible to perform a dynamic
relatively high R. The voltage is measured across this resistor setting change of the directional and non-directional
(see Fig. 4/6). overcurrent elements.
The voltage is measured by detecting the current through
the (external) resistor R at the sensitive current measure- Flexible protection functions
3 ment input IEE. The varistor V serves to limit the voltage in
the event of an internal fault.
The SIPROTEC 7SJ80 enables the user to easily add up to
20 additional protection functions. Parameter definitions
It limits the high instantaneous voltage spikes that can are used to link standard protection logic with any chosen
occur at current transformer saturation. At the same time, characteristic quantity (measured or calculated quantity).
this results to smooth the voltage without any noteworthy
4 reduction of the average value.
The standard logic consists of the usual protection elements
such as the pickup set point, the set delay time, the TRIP
If no faults have occurred and in the event of external or command, a block function, etc. The mode of operation for
through faults, the system is at equilibrium, and the voltage current, voltage, power and power factor quantities can be
through the resistor is approximately zero. In the event of three-phase or single-phase. Almost all quantities can be

5 internal faults, an imbalance occurs which leads to a voltage


and a current flowing through the resistor R.
operated with ascending or descending pickup stages (e.g.
under and overvoltage). All stages operate with protection
The same type of current transformers must be used and priority.
must at least offer a separate core for the high-impedance
Measured-value Standard protection logic
restricted ground-fault protection. They must have the Parameter

4_7_Visio-flexProFunc-us.pdf
processing (simplified diagram)

6
Current I measured
same transformation ratio and approximately an identical 4
V measured Time
Pickup

knee-point voltage. They should also have only minimal 3I0, I1, I2
t
TRIP
command
3V0, V1, V2
measuring errors. Voltage
3 P,Q Threshold

cos
Function 1
f
Function 2
df/dt
Function 20
dV/dt

7
Fig. 4/7 Flexible protection functions

Protection functions/stages available are based on the avail-


able measured analog quantities:
8 Function ANSI
I>, IE> 50, 50N
V<, V>, VE> 27, 59, 59N

9 3I0>, I1>, I2>, I2 / I1>, 3V0>, V1> <, V2 > < 50N, 46, 59N, 47
LSA4115-de.ai

P> <, Q> < 32


cos j 55
f>< 81O, 81U
Fig. 4/6High-impedance restricted ground-fault protection df / dt > < 81R
dV/dt 27R/59R
Table 4/3 Available flexible protection functions
Automatic reclosing (ANSI 79)
Multiple re-close cycles can be set by the user and lockout For example, the following can be implemented:

10 will occur if a fault is present after the last re-close cycle.


The following functions are available:
Reverse power protection (ANSI 32R)
Rate-of-frequency-change protection (ANSI 81R)
3-pole ARC for all types of faults Rate-of-voltage-change protection (ANSI 27R/59R).
Separate settings for phase and ground faults
Multiple ARC, one rapid auto-reclosure (RAR) and up to
nine delayed auto-reclosures (DAR)
4/8 SIPROTEC Compact SIEMENS SIP 3.01 Edition 4
Overcurrent Protection SIPROTEC 7SJ80
Application sheets

Synchrocheck, synchronizing function (ANSI 25) Undervoltage protection (ANSI 27)


When closing a circuit-breaker, the units can check The two-element undervoltage protection provides protec-
whether two separate networks are synchronized. Voltage-, tion against dangerous voltage drops (especially for electric 1
frequency- and phase-angle-differences are checked to machines). Applications include the isolation of generators
determine whether synchronous conditions exist. or motors from the network to avoid undesired operating
conditions and a possible loss of stability. Proper operating
Trip circuit supervision (ANSI 74TC) conditions of electrical machines are best evaluated with
One or two binary inputs can be used for monitoring the the positive-sequence quantities. The protection function is 2
circuit-breaker trip coil including its incoming cables. An alarm active over a wide frequency range (45 to 55, 55 to 65 Hz).
signal is generated whenever the circuit is interrupted. Even when falling below this frequency range the function
continues to work, however, with decrease accuracy. The
Lockout (ANSI 86) function can operate either with phase-to-phase, phase-
to-ground or positive phase-sequence voltage, and can be
All binary output statuses can be memorized. The LED reset
key is used to reset the lockout state. The lockout state is
monitored with a current criterion. Three-phase and single-
phase connections are possible.
3
also stored in the event of supply voltage failure. Reclosure
can only occur after the lockout state is reset. Frequency protection (ANSI 81O/U)
Thermal overload protection (ANSI 49) Frequency protection can be used for overfrequency and
To protect cables and transformers, an overload protection
underfrequency protection. Electric machines and parts
of the system are protected from unwanted frequency
4
function with an integrated warning/alarm element for
deviations. Unwanted frequency changes in the network
temperature and current can be used. The temperature is
can be detected and the load can be removed at a specified
calculated using a thermal homogeneous body model (per
frequency setting. Frequency protection can be used over
IEC 60255-8), it considers the energy entering the equip-
ment and the energy losses. The calculated temperature is
a wide frequency range (40 to 60 (for 50 Hz), 50 to 70 (for
60 Hz)). There are four elements (individually set as over-
5
constantly adjusted according to the calculated losses. The
frequency, underfrequency or OFF) and each element can
function considers loading history and fluctuations in load.
be delayed separately. Blocking of the frequency protection
Settable dropout delay times can be performed by activating a binary input or by using an

If the relays are used in conjunction with electromechanical


undervoltage element. 6
relays, in networks with intermittent faults, the long dropout Fault locator (ANSI 21FL)
times of the electromechanical relay (several hundred mil-
The integrated fault locator calculates the fault impedance
liseconds) can lead to problems in terms of time coordination/
and the distance to fault. The results are displayed in ,
grading. Proper time coordination/grading is only possible if
the dropout or reset time is approximately the same. This is
kilometers (miles) and in percent of the line length. 7
why the parameter for dropout or reset times can be defined Customized functions (ANSI 51V, 55 etc.)
for certain functions, such as overcurrent protection, ground
short-circuit and phase-balance current protection. Additional functions, which are not time critical, can be im-

Undercurrent monitoring (ANSI 37)


plemented using the CFC measured values. Typical functions
include reverse power, voltage controlled overcurrent, phase 8
angle detection, and zero-sequence voltage detection.
A sudden drop in current, which can occur due to a reduced
load, is detected with this function. This may be due to shaft
that breaks, no-load operation of pumps or fan failure.

Overvoltage protection (ANSI 59)


9
The two-element overvoltage protection detects unwanted
network and machine overvoltage conditions. The function
can operate either with phase-to-phase, phase-to-ground,
positive phase-sequence or negative phase-sequence volt-
age. Three-phase and single-phase connections are possible.

10

SIPROTEC Compact SIEMENS SIP 3.01 Edition 4 4/9


Overcurrent Protection SIPROTEC 7SJ80
Application sheets

Further functions Circuit-breaker wear monitoring/


circuit-breaker remaining service life
1 Measured values
Methods for determining circuit-breaker contact wear or
The r.m.s. values are calculated from the acquired current the remaining service life of a circuit-breaker (CB) allow CB
and voltage along with the power factor, frequency, active maintenance intervals to be aligned to their actual degree of
and reactive power. The following functions are available for wear. The benefit lies in reduced maintenance costs.
measured value processing:
2 Currents IL1, IL2, IL3, IN, IEE
There is no exact mathematical method to calculate the
wear or the remaining service life of a circuit-breaker that
Voltages VL1, VL2, VL3, V12, V23, V31 takes arc-chambers physical conditions into account when
the CB opens.
Symmetrical components I1, I2, 3I0; V1, V2, 3V0
This is why various methods of determining CB wear have
Power Watts, Vars, VA/P, Q, S (P, Q: total and phase selec-
evolved which reflect the different operator philosophies.
tive)
To do justice to these, the relay offers several methods:
3 Power factor cos j (total and phase selective)
SI
Frequency
SIx, with x = 1..3
Energy kWh, kVarh, forward and reverse power flow
Si2t.
Mean as well as minimum and maximum current and
4 voltage values
Operating hours counter
The devices also offer a new method for determining the
remaining service life:
Two-point method
Mean operating temperature of the overload function
The CB manufacturers double-logarithmic switching cycle
Limit value monitoring
diagram (see Fig. 4/8) and the breaking current at the time
5 Limit values can be monitored using programmable logic
in the CFC. Commands can be derived from this limit value
of contact opening serve as the basis for this method. After
CB opening, the two-point method calculates the remaining
indication.
number of possible switching cycles. Two points P1 and P2
Zero suppression only have to be set on the device. These are specified in the
In a certain range of very low measured values, the value CBs technical data.
6 is set to zero to suppress interference.
All of these methods are phase-selective and a limit value
Metered values can be set in order to obtain an alarm if the actual value falls
below or exceeds the limit value during determination of
For internal metering, the unit can calculate an energy me- the remaining service life.
tered value from the measured current and voltage values. If
7 an external meter with a metering pulse output is available,
the SIPROTEC 7SJ80 can obtain and process metering pulses
through an indication input. The metered values can be dis-
played and passed on to a control center as an accumulated
value with reset. A distinction is made between forward,
8 reverse, active and reactive energy.

Binary I/O extension with SICAM I/O-Unit 7XV5673


To extend binary inputs and binary outputs for SIPROTEC
7SJ80 up to two SICAM I/O-Units 7XV5673 can be added.
9 Each SICAM I/O-Unit 7XV7653 is equipped with 6 binary
inputs and 6 binary outputs and an Ethernet switch for
cascading. The connection to the protection device can be
either through the DIGSI Ethernet service interface Port A or P1: Permissible number
through IEC 61850 GOOSE on Port B (System interface with of operating cycles
EN100 module). at rated normal
current
P2: Permissible number
of operating cycles
at rated short-

10 circuit current

Fig. 4/8 Permissible number of operating cycles as a function of


breaking current

4/10 SIPROTEC Compact SIEMENS SIP 3.01 Edition 4


Overcurrent Protection SIPROTEC 7SJ80
Application sheets

Commissioning
Commissioning could not be easier and is supported by
DIGSI 4. The status of the binary inputs can be read individu- 1
ally and the state of the binary outputs can be set individu-
ally. The operation of switching elements (circuit-breakers,
disconnect devices) can be checked using the switching
functions of the relay. The analog measured values are
represented as wide-ranging operational measured values. 2
To prevent transmission of information to the control center
during maintenance, the communications can be disabled
to prevent unnecessary data from being transmitted. During
commissioning, all indications with test tag for test pur-
poses can be connected to a control and protection system.

Test operation 3
During commissioning, all indications with test tag can be
passed to a control system for test purposes.

10

SIPROTEC Compact SIEMENS SIP 3.01 Edition 4 4/11


Overcurrent Protection SIPROTEC 7SJ80
Application examples

Radial systems
1) Auto-reclosure Infeed
General hints:
1 The relay at the far end (D) from the
(ANSI 79) only with
overhead lines Transformer protection
infeed has the shortest tripping time. 2) Unbalanced load
Relays further upstream have to be protection (ANSI 46)
time-graded against downstream as backup protection
A 52
against asymmetrical
relays in steps of about 0.3 s.
2 faults Busbar

Further power supply B 52

I>t IN>t I2>t AR


51 51N 46 79
2) 1)

3 Busbar

C 52
*
I>t IN>t I2>t

4
51 51N 46

Load
Busbar

5 * D 52

4_9_LSA4839-en.pdf
I>t IN>t I2>t
51 51N 46

6 Load Load

Fig. 4/9Protection concept with time-overcurrent protection

7
Earth-fault detection in isolated or
compensated systems
1) The sensitive current Infeed
8 In isolated or compensated systems,
an occurred earth fault can be
measurement of
the earth current
should be made by a
easily found by means of sensitive zero-sequence current
directional earth-fault detection. transformer
Busbar

9
52

I>> I>t
50 51
4_10_LSA4840a-en.pdf

7XR96 IN>t dir.

1) 67Ns
60/1

10 Load

Fig. 4/10 Protection concept for directional earth-fault detection

4/12 SIPROTEC Compact SIEMENS SIP 3.01 Edition 4


Overcurrent Protection SIPROTEC 7SJ80
Application examples

Ring-main cable
With the directional comparison
protection, 100% of the line can be Infeed Infeed
1
protected via instantaneous tripping 52
in case of infeed from two sources
(ring-main cable). 52 52

For lines with infeed from two sour-


ces, no selectivity can be achieved
I>t

51
IN>t

51N
>t

49
I2>t

46 Direct.Compar.Pickup
2
with a simple definite-time overcur-
rent protection. Therefore, the Overhead line Overhead line Protection as in
directional definite-time overcurrent or cable 1 or cable 2 the case of line
or cable 1
protection must be used. A non- I>t IN>t dir. I>t IN>t

directional definite-time overcurrent 67 67N 51 51N

protection is enough only in the


corresponding busbar feeders. The
3
52 52
grading is done from the other end
respectively. 52
Advantage: 100% protection of the
line via instantaneous 52 52
4
tripping, and easy
setting. 67 67N 51 51N
Direct.Compar.Pickup
Disadvantage: Tripping times increase I>t IN>t dir. I>t IN>t

towards the infeed. Overhead line


or cable 3
Overhead line
or cable 4
Protection as in
the case of line
or cable 3
5
I>t IN>t dir. I>t IN>t

67 67N 51 51N

52 52
6
52

4_11_LSA4841a-en.pdf
52 52

7
I>t IN>t >t I2>t

51 51N 49 46

Load Load

Fig. 4/11Protection concept of ring power systems

10

SIPROTEC Compact SIEMENS SIP 3.01 Edition 4 4/13


Overcurrent Protection SIPROTEC 7SJ80
Application examples

Busbar protection by overcurrent


relays with reverse interlocking
1 Applicable to distribution busbars Infeed

without substantial (< 0.25 x IN) Reverse interlocking


backfeed from the outgoing feeders.
I>>t0

2 50/50N 51/51N

52
t0 = 50 ms

Busbar

52 52 52
3 I>>

4_12_LSA4842a-en.pdf
I>> I>t I>t I>> I>t
50/50N 51/51N 50/50N 51/51N 50/50N 51/51N

4
Fig. 4/12Busbar protection via overcurrent relays with reverse interlocking

5
Line feeder with load shedding
In unstable power systems (e.g.
solitary systems, emergency
6 power supply in hospitals), it may
be necessary to isolate selected Busbar
consumers from the power system in
order to protect the overall system. V< f<
The overcurrent-time protection 52

7
27 81U
functions are effective only in the
case of a short-circuit.Overloading of I>, I>>, IN>,
the generator can be measured as a I>>> IN>> I>, Ip INTOC
50 50N 51 51N
frequency or voltage drop.
4_13_LSA2216b-en.pdf

8
> I2> Final trip
79M 49 46 86

Fig. 4/13Line feeder with load shedding

10

4/14 SIPROTEC Compact SIEMENS SIP 3.01 Edition 4


Overcurrent Protection SIPROTEC 7SJ80
Application examples

Automatic reclosing
The Automatic reclosing function (AR)
has starting and blocking options. In the
52
Stage can
be blocked
Stage get slower executes the
than the fuse or reclosing for
1
opposite example, the application of the
lower protection the hole feeder
blocking of the high-current stages is devices graduated
represented according to the reclosing
cycles. The overcurrent protection is
2
ON
52 52
graded (stages I, Ip) according to the TRIP

grading plan. If an Automatic reclosing I>, I>>, I>>> I>t, I>>t, Ip

4_14_LSA2219d-en.pdf
function is installed in the incoming 50 51
supply of a feeder, first of all the complete IN>t, IN>>t,
feeder is tripped instantaneously in case IN>> INTOC AR
50N 51N 79
of fault. Arc faults will be extinguished
independently of the fault location. Other
protection relays or fuses do not trip
3
(fuse saving scheme). After successful
Automatic reclosing, all consumers are
supplied with energy again. If there is 52 Fuse opens by

4
unsuccessful reclosing
a permanent fault, further reclosing
cycles will be performed. Depending on I>t, Ip
the setting of the AR, the instantaneous 67
Circuit-breaker opens
by unsuccessful reclosing
tripping stage in the infeed is blocked in
the first, second or third cycle, i.e., now
the grading is effective according to the
grading plan. Depending on the fault Fig. 4/14Auto-reclosure 5
location, overcurrent relays with faster
grading, fuses, or the relay in the infeed
will trip. Only the part of the feeder with
the permanent fault will be shut down
definitively.
6
Reverse power protection with parallel Infeed Infeed
infeeds A B

If a busbar is supplied by two parallel 7


4_15_LSA4116a-en.pdf
infeeds and there is a fault in one of the
infeeds, the affected busbar shall be
selectively shut down, so that supply to
52 52
the busbar is still possible through the
remaining infeed. To do this, directional
devices are required, which detect a
67 67N 32R 67 67N 32R
8
short circuit from the busbar towards the 52
infeed. In this context, the directional
time-overcurrent protection is normally 52 52
adjusted over the load current. Low-cur-
rent faults cannot be shut down by this
9
protection. The reverse power protection
can be adjusted far below rated power, Feeder Feeder
and is thus also able to detect reverse
power in case of low-current faults far Fig. 4/15Reverse power protection with parallel infeeds
below the load current. The reverse
power protection is implemented through
the flexible protection functions.

10

SIPROTEC Compact SIEMENS SIP 3.01 Edition 4 4/15


Overcurrent Protection SIPROTEC 7SJ80
Application examples

Synchrocheck
Where two system sections are inter-
1 connected, the synchrocheck
Busbar

determines whether the connection V2


is permissible without danger to Closing Signal
the stability of the power system. In 52
1
the example, load is supplied from
2 a generator to a busbar through a
transformer. The vector group of
Local/remote
the transformer can be considered

4_16_LSA4114-us.pdf
Transformer control
by means of a programmable angle VT1
2
1)

adjustment, so that no external 25 SYN


2)
adjustment elements are necessary. 81 AR

3 Infeed G
Synchrocheck can be used for
auto-reclosure, as well as for control
functions (local or remote). 1)
Synchrocheck
2)
Automatic reclosing

4 Fig. 4/16 Measurement of busbar and feeder voltage for synchronization

Busbar

5 Protection of a transformer
The high-current stage enables a cur- 59-1 PU ,t
High-voltage

59
rent grading, the overcurrent stages
work as backup protection to subordi-
nate protection devices, and the I>, I>> I>t, I>>t, Ip >t I2>t, I2>>t

6
TRIP
overload function protects the 52 50 51 49 46

transformer from thermal overload. IN>, IN>>


IN>t, IN>>t,
INTOC
Low-current, single-phase faults 50N 51N Inrush blocking

on the low-voltage side, which are


reproduced in the opposite system
7 on the high-voltage side, can be de-
tected with the unbalanced load pro-
52

tection. The available inrush blocking


prevents pickup caused by the inrush 87

currents of the transformer.


8 e.g.
7UT61
52
*

IN>, IN>> IN>t, IN>>t, INTOC


50N 51N

9 52

Busbar
Medium-voltage
TRIP
52 52 52 52
4_17_LSA2203b-us.pdf

I2>>t, I2>t I>, I>> I>t, I>>t, Ip


46 50 51

typical Feeder

10
Unbalanced fault

Fig. 4/17Typical protection concept for a transformer

4/16 SIPROTEC Compact SIEMENS SIP 3.01 Edition 4


Overcurrent Protection SIPROTEC 7SJ80
Application examples

Undervoltage-controlled reactive
power protection (QV Protection)
When connecting generating units 1
to the medium-voltage power
system of the operator, a protective Power transformer

disconnection device is required


which takes into account frequency Busbar
and voltage and also evaluates the
Circuit breaker at the power-system connection point
2
reactive power direction. When the Further *
generating unit draws reactive power I>, I>> I-TOC IN>, IN>> IN-TOC
feeders
50 51 50N 51N
from the operator's power system,
Undervoltage-controlled reactive 52 V>, V>> V< f>, f> Q>/ V<
1)
1) Undervoltage
power protection (Q> & V<) links the Tripping
59 27 81
controlled reactive
reactive power with all three phase-
to-phase voltages falling below a Medium-voltage busbar
power protection
3
limiting value using a logical AND
operation.
This ensures that generating units
disconnect from the power system
which additionally burden the power
Generator step-up transformers
4
system during a short circuit or Bus coupler circuit-breaker
prevent that the power system is re- 52 52 52 Decoupling protection

4_18_Visio-QU-Schutz-en.pdf
stored when connecting after a short with V>>, V<, V<<, f>, f< functionen

circuit. The monitoring of the voltage


support also fulfills this function.
5
Using the criteria mentioned above G
3~
G
3~
G
3~ Generators
the QV protection disconnects the
generating unit from the power
system after a programmable time.
Fig. 4/18Application directional intermittent ground fault protection
6
The QV protection furthermore
allows releasing the re-connection
after the fault has been located and
cleared in the power system and the
system voltage and frequency are 7
stable again.

10

SIPROTEC Compact SIEMENS SIP 3.01 Edition 4 4/17


Overcurrent Protection SIPROTEC 7SJ80
Selection and ordering data

Product description Order No. Short code


123 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19

1 Overcurrent Protection SIPROTEC 7SJ80 V4.74 7SJ80 - - +

Measuring inputs, binary inputs and outputs


Housing 1/6 19"; 4 x I, 3 BI, 5 BO (2 Changeover/Form C), 1 life contact 1

2
Housing 1/6 19"; 4 x I, 7 BI, 8 BO (2 Changeover/Form C), 1 life contact 2
Housing 1/6 19"; 4 x I, 3 x V, 3 BI, 5 BO (2 Changeover/Form C), 1 life contact 3 see
Housing 1/6 19"; 4 x I, 3 x V, 7 BI, 8 BO (2 Changeover/Form C), 1 life contact 4 next
page
Housing 1/6 19"; 4 x I, 11 BI, 5 BO (2 Changeover/Form C), 1 life contact 7
Housing 1/6 19"; 4 x I, 3 x V, 11 BI, 5 BO (2 Changeover/Form C), 1 life contact 8
Measuring inputs, default settings
Iph = 1 A/5 A, IE = 1 A/5 A 1
3 Iph = 1A / 5A, IEE (sensitive) = 0,001 to 1,6A / 0,005 to 8A 2
Auxiliary voltage
DC 24 V / 48 V 1
DC 60 V / 110 V / 125 V / 220 V / 250 V, AC 115 V, AC 230 V 5

4 Construction
Surface-mounting case, screw-type terminal B
Flush-mounting case, screw-type terminal E
Region specific default and language settings
Region DE, IEC, language German (language changeable), standard front A

5 Region World, IEC/ANSI, language Englisch (language changeable), standard front


Region US, ANSI, language US-English (language changeable), US front
B
C
Region FR, IEC/ANSI, language French (language changeable), standard front D
Region World, IEC/ANSI, language Spanish (language changeable), standard front E
Region World, IEC/ANSI, language Italian (language changeable), standard front F

6 Region RUS, IEC/ANSI, language Russian (language changeable), standard front


Region CHN, IEC/ANSI, language Chinese (language not changeable), Chinese front
G
K
Port B (at bottom of device, rear)
No port 0
IEC60870-5-103 or DIGSI4/Modem, electrical RS232 1

7 IEC60870-5-103 or DIGSI4/Modem, electrical RS485


IEC60870-5-103 or DIGSI4/Modem, optical 820nm, ST connector
2
3
PROFIBUS DP Slave, electrical RS485 9 L 0 A
PROFIBUS DP Slave, optical, double ring, ST connector 9 L 0 B
MODBUS, electrical RS485 9 L 0 D

8 MODBUS, optical 820nm, ST connector


DNP 3.0, electrical RS485
9
9
L 0 E
L 0 G
DNP 3.0, optical 820nm, ST connector 9 L 0 H
IEC 60870-5-103, redundant, electrical RS485, RJ45 connector 9 L 0 P
IEC 61850, 100Mbit Ethernet, electrical, double, RJ45 connector 9 L 0 R

9 IEC 61850, 100Mbit Ethernet, optical, double, LC connector


DNP3 TCP + IEC 61850, 100Mbit Ethernet, electrical, double, RJ45 connector
9
9
L 0 S
L 2 R
DNP3 TCP + IEC 61850, 100Mbit Ethernet, optical, double, LC connector 9 L 2 S
PROFINET + IEC 61850, 100Mbit Ethernet, electrical, double, RJ45 connector 9 L 3 R
PROFINET + IEC 61850, 100Mbit Ethernet, optical, double, LC connector 9 L 3 S
IEC 60870-5-104 + IEC 61850, 100Mbit Ethernet, electrical,double, RJ45 connector 9 L 4 R
IEC 60870-5-104 + IEC 61850, 100Mbit Ethernet, optical, double, LC connector 9 L 4 S
MODBUS TCP + IEC 61850, 100 Mbit Ethernet, electrical, double, RJ45 connector 9 L 5 R
MODBUS TCP + IEC 61850, 100 Mbit Ethernet, optical, double, LC connector 9 L 5 S

10 Port A (at bottom of device, in front)


No port 0
With Ethernet interface (DIGSI, I/O-Unit connection, not IEC61850), RJ45 connector 6
Measuring / Fault recording
With fault recording 1
With fault recording, average values, min/max values 3
You will find a detailed overview of the technical data (extract of the manual) under: http://www.siemens.com/siprotec
4/18 SIPROTEC Compact SIEMENS SIP 3.01 Edition 4
Overcurrent Protection SIPROTEC 7SJ80
Selection and ordering data

ANSI No. Product description Order No. Short code


123 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
Overcurrent Protection SIPROTEC 7SJ80 V4.74 7SJ80 - - +
1
3)
Basic version F A
50/51 Time-overcurrent protection, phase I>, I>>, I>>>, Ip
50N/51N Time overcurrent protection, ground IE>, IE>>, IE>>>, IEp
50N(s)/51N(s)1) Sensitive ground fault protection IEE>, IEE>>, IEEp
Intermittent ground fault protection
2
2)
87N High impedance REF
49 Overload protection
74TC Trip circuit supervision
50BF Circuit-breaker failure protection
46 Negative-sequence system overcurrent protection
37 Undercurrent monitoring
86 Lockout
Parameter changeover
3
Monitoring functions
Control of circuit breaker
Flexible protection functions (current parameters)
Inrush restraint

51V
Basic functionality + Directional sensitive ground fault, voltage and frequency protection
Voltage dependent inverse-time overcurrent protection
F B 4)
4
67N Directional time-overcurrent protection, ground, IE>, IE>>, IE>>>, IEp
67Ns1) Directional sensitive ground fault protection, IEE>, IEE>>, IEEp
64/59N Displacement voltage
27/59 Under/Overvoltage
81U/O
47
Under/Overfrequency, f<, f>
Phase rotation
5
Flexible protection functions (current and voltage parameters)): Protective function for voltage,
27R/32/55/59R/81R power, power factor, rate-of-frequency change, rate-of-voltage change
4)
Basic functionality + Directional phase & ground overcurrent, F C

6
directional sensitive ground fault, voltage and frequency protection
51V Voltage dependent inverse-time overcurrent protection
67 Directional time-overcurrent protection, phase, I>, I>>, I>>>, Ip
67N Directional time-overcurrent protection, ground, IE>, IE>>, IE>>>, IEp
67Ns1) Sensitive ground-fault protection, IEE>, IEE>>, IEEp
64/59N Displacement voltage

7
27/59 Under/Overvoltage
81U/O Under/Overfrequency, f<, f>
47 Phase rotation
Flexible protection functions (current and voltage parameters): Protective function for voltage,
27R/32/55/59R/81R power, power factor, rate-of-frequency change, rate-of-voltage change
4)
Basic functionality + Directional phase & ground overcurrent, directional sensitive F F
ground fault, voltage and frequency protection + Undervoltage controlled reactive
power protection + Directional intermittent ground fault protection 8
51V Voltage dependent inverse-time overcurrent protection
67 Directional overcurrent protection, phase, I>, I>>, I>>>, Ip
67N Directional overcurrent protection, ground, IE>, IE>>, IE>>>, IEp
67Ns1) Directional sensitive ground fault protection, IEE>, IEE>>, IEEp
67Ns2)
64/59N
27/59
Directional intermittent ground fault protection
Displacement voltage
Under/Overvoltage
9
81U/O Under/Overfrequency, f<, f>
Undervoltage controlled reactive power protection, Q>/V<
47 Phase rotation
Flexible protection functions (current and voltage parameters)): Protective function for voltage,
27R/32/55/59R/81R power, power factor, rate-of-frequency change, rate-of-voltage change
see
next
page

1) Depending on the ground current input the function will be either sensitive (IEE) or non-sensitive (IE)
2) Function only available with sensitive ground current input (Position 7=2)
10
3) Only if position 6 = 1, 2 or 7
4) Only if position 6 = 3, 4 or 8

SIPROTEC Compact SIEMENS SIP 3.01 Edition 4 4/19


Overcurrent Protection SIPROTEC 7SJ80
Selection and ordering data

ANSI No. Product description Order No. Short code


123 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

1 Overcurrent Protection SIPROTEC 7SJ80 V4.74 7SJ80 - - +

5)
Basic functionality + Directional phase overcurrent, voltage and FQ
frequency protection + synchrocheck
51V Voltage dependent inverse-time overcurrent protection
2 67
27/59
Directional time-overcurrent protection, phase, I>, I>>, I>>>, Ip
Under/Overvoltage (phase-to-phase)
81U/O Under/Overfrequency, f< ,f>
47 Phase rotation
25 Synchrocheck
Flexible protection functions (current and voltage parameters)):
Protective function for voltage, rate-of-frequency change, rate-of-
27R/59R/81R voltage change
3 Automatic Reclosing (AR), Fault Locator (FL)
Without 0
79 With automatic reclosure function 1
FL With FL (only with position 6 = 3, 4 or 8) 2

4 79/FL With automatic reclosure function and FL


(only with position 6 = 3, 4 or 8)
3

Conformal Coating
for 7SJ801, 7SJ803 Z Y 1 5

5 for 7SJ802, 7SJ804, 7SJ807, 7SJ808 Z Y 1 6

10
5) Only with position 6 = 3 or 4 and position 16 = 0 or 1
You will find a detailed overview of the technical data (extract of the manual) under: http://www.siemens.com/siprotec

4/20 SIPROTEC Compact SIEMENS SIP 3.01 Edition 4


Overcurrent Protection SIPROTEC 7SJ80
Connection diagrams

1
F1 IA BO1 C11
C9
F2 C10
F3 I B, IN2
BO2 C14
F4
F5 IC
C13
C12 2
F6
BO3 E1
F7 I N, INS
E2
F8
BO4 E3
E4
BO5 E5
E6
3

C3
C4
BI1
4
C5 BI2
C6
C7 BI3 Life Contact E10
C8
5
E8
E7

= + C1
Power Supply (~)
=
- C2

Port B
6
B
e.g. System interface

Port A
A
7
Contacts, Ceramic, 2.2 nF,

Ethernet interface
Interference Suppression
Capacitors at the Relay

USB-DIGSI-Interface
4_19_LSA4784us.pdf

Grounding on the case 8


250 V

Fig. 4/19Multifunction protection SIPROTEC 7SJ801

10

SIPROTEC Compact SIEMENS SIP 3.01 Edition 4 4/21


Overcurrent Protection SIPROTEC 7SJ80
Connection diagrams

1
F1 IA BO1 C1 1
F2 C9
C10
F3 I B, IN2
BO2 C1 4
2 F4
F5 IC
C13
C12
F6
BO3 E1
F7 I N, INS
E2
F8
BO4 E3
E4

3 BO5 E5
E6
BO6 D9
D10
BO7 D11
C3
4 C4
BI1
BO8
D12
D13
C5 BI2 D14
C6
C7 BI3
C8 Life Contact E10
5 D1 BI4
E8
E7

D2
= + C1
D3 BI5 Power Supply (~)
D4 =
- C2

6 D5
D6
BI6
Port B
D7 B
BI7 e.g. System interface
D8
Port A
7 A
Contacts, Ceramic, 2.2 nF,

Ethernet interface
Interference Suppression
Capacitors at the Relay

USB-DIGSI-Interface
4_20_LSA4785us.pdf

8 Grounding on the case


250 V

Fig. 4/20Multifunction protection SIPROTEC 7SJ802

10

4/22 SIPROTEC Compact SIEMENS SIP 3.01 Edition 4


Overcurrent Protection SIPROTEC 7SJ80
Connection diagrams

1
F1 IA BO1 C1 1
F2 C9
C10
F3 I B, IN2
BO2 C1 4
F4
F5 IC
C13
C12
2
F6
BO3 E1
F7 I N, INS
E2
F8
BO4 E3
E9 Q2 VA, VAB, Vph-n E4
E11
E12
VB, VBC BO5 E5
E6
3
E13 VC, VN, Vsyn, VX
E14

C3
C4
BI1
4
C5 BI2
C6
C7 BI3
C8 Life Contact E10
E8
E7 5
= + C1
Power Supply (~)
=
- C2

Port B
6
B
e.g. System interface

Port A
A
7
Contacts, Ceramic, 2.2 nF,

Ethernet interface
Interference Suppression
Capacitors at the Relay

USB-DIGSI-Interface
4_21_LSA4786us.pdf

Grounding on the case 8


250 V

Fig. 4/21Multifunction protection SIPROTEC 7SJ803


9

10

SIPROTEC Compact SIEMENS SIP 3.01 Edition 4 4/23


Overcurrent Protection SIPROTEC 7SJ80
Connection diagrams

1
F1 IA BO1 C1 1
F2 C9
C10
F3 I B, IN2
BO2 C1 4
2 F4
F5 IC
C13
C12
F6
BO3 E1
F7 I N, INS
E2
F8
BO4 E3
E9 Q2 VA, VAB, Vph-n E4

3 E11
E12
VB, VBC BO5 E5
E6
E13 VC, VN, Vsyn, VX BO6 D9
E14 D10
BO7 D11
C3
4 C4
BI1
BO8
D12
D13
C5 BI2 D14
C6
C7 BI3
C8 Life Contact E10
5 D1 BI4
E8
E7
D2
= + C1
D3 BI5 Power Supply (~)
D4 =
- C2

6 D5
D6
BI6
Port B
D7 B
BI7 e.g. System interface
D8
Port A
7 A
Contacts, Ceramic, 2.2 nF,

Ethernet interface
Interference Suppression
Capacitors at the Relay

USB-DIGSI-Interface
4_22_LSA4787us.pdf

8 Grounding on the case


250 V

Fig. 4/22Multifunction protection SIPROTEC 7SJ804


9

10

4/24 SIPROTEC Compact SIEMENS SIP 3.01 Edition 4


Overcurrent Protection SIPROTEC 7SJ80
Connection diagrams

1
F1 IA BO1 C1 1
F2 C9
C10
F3 I B, IN2
BO2 C1 4
F4
F5 IC
C13
C12
2
F6
BO3 E1
F7 I N, INS
E2
F8
BO4 E3
E4
BO5 E5
E6
3

C3
C4
BI1
4
C5 BI2
C6
C7 BI3
C8 Life Contact E10

D1 BI4
E8
E7 5
D2
= + C1
D3 BI5 Power Supply (~)
D4 =
- C2
D5
D6
BI6
Port B
6
D7 B
BI7 e.g. System interface
D8
D9 BI8 Port A
D10 A
7
Contacts, Ceramic, 2.2 nF,

BI9 Ethernet interface


Interference Suppression

D11
Capacitors at the Relay
4_23_Visio-kl-uebers-7sx807-us.pdf

D12 BI10
D13 USB-DIGSI-Interface
BI11
D14

Grounding on the case 8


250 V

Fig. 4/23Multifunction protection SIPROTEC 7SJ807


9

10

SIPROTEC Compact SIEMENS SIP 3.01 Edition 4 4/25


Overcurrent Protection SIPROTEC 7SJ80
Connection diagrams

1
F1 IA BO1 C1 1
F2 C9
C10
F3 I B, IN2
BO2 C1 4
2 F4
F5 IC
C13
C12
F6
BO3 E1
F7 I N, INS
E2
F8
BO4 E3
E9 Q2 VA, VAB, Vph-n E4

3 E11
E12
VB, VBC BO5 E5
E6
E13 VC, VN, Vsyn, VX
E14

C3
4 C4
BI1

C5 BI2
C6
C7 BI3
C8 Life Contact E10
5 D1 BI4
E8
E7
D2
= + C1
D3 BI5 Power Supply (~)
D4 =
- C2

6 D5
D6
BI6
Port B
D7 B
BI7 e.g. System interface
D8
D9 BI8 Port A
7 D10 A
Contacts, Ceramic, 2.2 nF,

BI9 Ethernet interface


Interference Suppression

D11
Capacitors at the Relay
4_24_Visio-kl-uebers-7sx808-us.pdf

D12 BI10
D13 USB-DIGSI-Interface
BI11
D14

8 Grounding on the case


250 V

Fig. 4/24Multifunction protection SIPROTEC 7SJ808


9

10

4/26 SIPROTEC Compact SIEMENS SIP 3.01 Edition 4


Overcurrent Protection SIPROTEC 7SJ80
Connection examples

Connection of current
and voltage transformers
1
A
B
Standard connection C

For grounded networks, the ground 52 52 52


Surface-/Flush Mounting Housing
current is obtained from the phase
currents by the residual current IA

2
F1 F2

4_25_LSA4789-en.pdf
circuit. F3 IB F4

F5 IC F6
P2 S2

IN
P1 S1 F7 F8

A B C SIPROTEC

Fig. 4/25Residual current circuit without directional element


3

A
B
C
4
A

a
5
Surface-/Flush Mounting Housing

E9 VA-N

E11 VB-N E12


52 52 52
E13 VC-N E14 6
IA
F1 F2

4_26_LSA4791-en.pdf
IB
F3 F4
IC
F5 F6

7
L l

IN
K k F7 F8

A B C SIPROTEC

Fig. 4/26Residual current circuit with directional element


8
A

9
B
For power systems with small earth C

currents, e.g. isolated or compen- Surface-/Flush Mounting Housing


52 52 52
sated systems, the earth current is IA
F1 F2
measured by a zero-sequence current IB
F3 F4
transformer. IC
F5 F6
L l

K k
4_27_LSA4790a-en.pdf

INs
A B C F8 F7

L l
SIPROTEC 10
K k

Fig. 4/27Sensitive ground current detection without directional element

SIPROTEC Compact SIEMENS SIP 3.01 Edition 4 4/27


Overcurrent Protection SIPROTEC 7SJ80
Connection examples

Connection for compensated


networks A

1 The figure shows the connection of


A
B
C
two phase-to-ground voltages and
the VE voltage of the broken delta B

winding and a phase-balance neutral da

current transformer for the ground


2
dn
a
current. This connection maintains
maximum precision for directional b

ground-fault detection and must be


Surface-/Flush Mounting Housing
used in compensated networks.

LSA4792a-en.pdf
E9 VA-B

E11 VC-B E12

3 52 52 52 E13 VN E14

IA
F1 F2
IB
F3 F4
IC
F5 F6
L l

4 K k

A B C
F8 INs F7

L l

5
SIPROTEC

K k

Fig. 4/28Sensitive directional ground-fault detection with directional


element for phases

6
A
Sensitive directional ground-fault B
detection. C
A

7 B

da

dn Surface-/Flush Mounting Housing

52 52 52 VN
E13 E14

8 F1

F3
IA

IB
F2

F4
IC
F5 F6
L l

9
K k
4_29_LSA4793a-en.pdf

A B C
F8 INs F7

L l SIPROTEC

K k

Fig. 4/29Sensitive directional ground-fault detection

10

4/28 SIPROTEC Compact SIEMENS SIP 3.01 Edition 4


Overcurrent Protection SIPROTEC 7SJ80
Connection examples

Connection for the synchrocheck


function A

If no directional earth-fault protection


B
C
1
A B
is used, connection can be done with a b Surface-/Flush Mounting Housing
just two phase current transformers. 52 52 52
VA-B
For the directional phase short-circuit E9

2
A a
protection, the phase-to-phase
E12
voltages acquired with two primary B
A
b
a

transformers are sufficient. B b E11


VC-B

VSyn
E14
E13

F1
IA
F2
3

4_30_LSA4858-en.pdf
IB
F3 F4

F5 IC F8
L l

K k F7 IN F8 4
A B C SIPROTEC

Fig. 4/30Measuring of the busbar voltage and the outgoing feeder


voltage for synchronization 5

10

SIPROTEC Compact SIEMENS SIP 3.01 Edition 4 4/29


Overcurrent Protection SIPROTEC 7SJ80
Connection types

Overview of connection types


Type of network Function Current connection Voltage connection

1 (Low-resistance) grounded
networks
Time-overcurrent protection
phase/ground non-directional
Residual circuit, with 3 phase-
current transformers required,

phase-balance neutral current


transformers possible
(Low-resistance) grounded Sensitive ground-fault protection Phase-balance neutral current

2 networks
Isolated or compensated Overcurrent protection phases
transformers required
Residual circuit, with 3 or 2 phase-
networks non-directional current transformers possible
(Low-resistance) grounded Directional time-overcurrent Residual circuit, with 3 phase- Phase-to-ground connection or
networks protection, phase current transformers possible phase-to-phase connection
Isolated or compensated Directional time-overcurrent Residual circuit, with 3 or 2 phase- Phase-to-ground connection or
networks protection, phase current transformers possible phase-to-phase connection
3 (Low-resistance) grounded
networks
Directional time-overcurrent
protection, ground-faults
Residual circuit, with 3 phase-
current transformers required,
Phase-to-ground connection
required
phase-balance neutral current
transformers possible
Isolated networks Sensitive ground-fault protection Residual circuit, if ground current 3 times phase-to-ground

4 > 0.05 IN on secondary side,


otherwise phase-balance neutral
connection or phase-to-ground
connection with broken delta
current transformers required winding
Compensated networks Sensitive ground-fault protection Phase-balance neutral current 3 times phase-to-ground
cos j measurement transformers required connection or phase-to-ground
connection with broken delta
5 winding

Table 4/4 Overview of connection types

10

4/30 SIPROTEC Compact SIEMENS SIP 3.01 Edition 4


SIPROTEC Compact
Overcurrent Protection 7SJ81
for Low-Power CT and VT Applications
Overcurrent Protection SIPROTEC 7SJ81
for Low-Power CT and VT Applications

Page
1
Description 5/3

Function overview 5/4

2 Applications 5/5

Application sheets 5/6

Application examples 5/12

Selection and ordering data 5/14

3 Connection diagrams 5/16

Connection examples 5/20

10
You will find a detailed overview of the technical data
(extract of the manual) under:
http://www.siemens.com/siprotec

5/2 SIPROTEC Compact SIEMENS SIP 3.01 Edition 4


Overcurrent Protection SIPROTEC 7SJ81
for Low-Power CT and VT Applications Description

Description
The SIPROTEC 7SJ81 provides 4 low-power current transform-
er inputs and optionally 3 low-power voltage transformer 1
inputs. With the same low-power current transformer (LPCT)
a wide range of primary rated line currents can be covered.
Objects with rated currents in the range of 20 A to 2500 A
can be protected when using low-power current transform-
ers. The following low-power current transformer ratios are 2
suitable for the following primary current operating ranges:
300 A / 225 mV for a primary operating current range
of 60 A to 630 A

LSP3.01-0024.eps
600 A / 225 mV for a primary operating current range
of 120 A to 1250 A
1250 A / 225 mV for a primary operating current range 3
of 250 A to 2500 A
100 A / 225mV for a primary operating current range
of 20A to 200A
The SIPROTEC 7SJ81 is a multi-functional motor protection
relay. It is designed for protection of asynchronous motors
4
of all sizes. The relays have all the required functions to be
applied as a backup relay to a transformer differential relay.
The relay provides numerous functions to respond flexibly to
the system requirements and to deploy the invested capital
Fig.5/1 SIPROTEC 7SJ81 front view
5
economically. Examples for this are: exchangeable interfaces,
flexible protection functions and the integrated automation
level (CFC). Freely assignable LEDs and a six-line display
ensure a unique and clear display of the process states.
In combination with up to 9 function keys, the operating 6
personnel can react quickly and safely in any situation. This
guarantees a high operational reliability.

Highlights
Inputs for Low power CTs and VTs according IEC 61869-6 7
(formerly IEC 60044-7 and IEC 60044-8)
Removable terminal blocks
Binary input thresholds settable using DIGSI (3 stages)
LSP3.01-0025.eps

9 programmable function keys 8


6-line display
Buffer battery exchangeable from the front
USB front port
2 additional communication ports 9
Integrated switch for low-cost and redundant optical
Ethernet rings
Ethernet redundancy protocols RSTP, PRP and HSR for
highest availability Fig.5/2 SIPROTEC 7SJ81 rear view
Relay-to-relay communication through Ethernet with
IEC 61850 GOOSE
Millisecond-accurate time synchronization through
Ethernet with SNTP.
10

SIPROTEC Compact SIEMENS SIP 3.01 Edition 4 5/3


Overcurrent Protection SIPROTEC 7SJ81
for Low-Power CT and VT Applications Function overview

Protection functions IEC ANSI No.


Instantaneous and definite time-overcurrent protection (phase/neutral) I>, I>>, I>>>, IE>, IE>>, IE>>>; Ip, IEp 50, 50N; 51, 51N
1 Directional time-overcurrent protection Idir>, I>>, Ip dir 67
Directional time-overcurrent protection for ground-faults IE dir>, IE dir>>, IEp dir 67N
Directional/non-directional sensitive ground-fault detection IEE>, IEE>>, IEEp 67Ns , 50Ns
Overvoltage protection, zero-sequence system V E, V 0> 59N
2 Inrush restraint
Trip-circuit supervision AKU 74TC
Undercurrent monitoring I< 37
Thermal overload protection J> 49
Undervoltage/overvoltage protection V<, V> 27/59
3 Overfrequency/underfrequency protection f<, f> 81O/U
Breaker failure protection 50BF
Phase-balance current protection (negative-sequence protection) I 2> 46
Unbalance-voltage protection and/or phase-sequence monitoring V2>, phase sequence 47
4 Automatic reclosing 79
Fault locator FL
Lockout 86
Forward-power, reverse-power protection P<>, Q<> 32
5 Power factor cos j 55
Rate-of-frequency-change protection df / dt 81R

Table 5/1 Function overview

6 Control functions/programmable logic Communication interfaces


Commands for the ctrl. of CB, disconnect switches System/service interface
(isolators/isolating switches) IEC 61850 Edition 1 and 2
Control through keyboard, binary inputs, DIGSI 4 or IEC 60870-5-103
7 SCADA system
User-defined PLC logic with CFC (e.g. interlocking).
PROFIBUS-DP
DNP 3.0
MODBUS RTU
Monitoring functions
Ethernet redundancy protocols RSTP, PRP and HSR
Operational measured values I, V, f
8 Energy metering values Wp, Wg
Ethernet interface for DIGSI 4
USB front interface for DIGSI 4.
Circuit-breaker wear monitoring
Minimum and maximum values Hardware
Trip-circuit supervision (74TC) 4 current inputs
9 Fuse failure monitor 0/3 voltage inputs
8 oscillographic fault records. 3/7 binary inputs (thresholds configurable using software)
5/8 binary outputs (2 changeover/Form C contacts)
1 life contact
Pluggable voltage terminals.

10

5/4 SIPROTEC Compact SIEMENS SIP 3.01 Edition 4


Overcurrent Protection SIPROTEC 7SJ81
for Low-Power CT and VT Applications Applications

The SIPROTEC 7SJ81 unit is a numerical protection with low Operational indications
power CT and VT inputs. The device performs control and
Event logs, trip logs, fault records and statistics documents
monitoring functions and therefore provides the user with a
cost-effective platform for power system management, that
are stored in the relay to provide the user or operator with 1
all the key data required to operate modern substations.
ensures reliable supply of electrical power to the customers.
The ergonomic design makes control easy from the relay Line protection
front panel. A large, easy-to-read display was a key design
factor. The SIPROTEC 7SJ81 units can be used for line protection
of high and medium-voltage networks with grounded, 2
Control low-resistance grounded, isolated or a compensated neutral
point.
The integrated control function permits control of discon-
nect devices, grounding switches or circuit-breakers through Transformer protection
the integrated operator panel, binary inputs, DIGSI 4 or the
The relay provides all the functions for backup protection for
control or automation system (e.g. SICAM).
transformer differential protection. The inrush suppression 3
Programmable logic effectively prevents unwanted trips that can be caused by
inrush currents.
The integrated logic characteristics (CFC) allow the user to
add own functions for automation of switchgear (e.g. inter- Backup protection
locking) or switching sequence. The user can also generate
user-defined messages. This functionality can form the base SIPROTEC 7SJ81 can be used as a backup protection for a 4
to create extremely flexible transfer schemes. wide range of applications.

Operational measured values Switchgear cubicles for high/medium voltage

Extensive measured values (e.g. I, V), metered values (e.g.


Wp,Wq) and limit values (e.g. for voltage, frequency) provide
All units are designed specifically to meet the requirements
of medium-voltage applications. In general, no separate
5
improved system management. measuring instruments (e.g., for current, voltage, frequen-
cy, ) or additional control components are necessary in the
cubicles.
6
Busbar

Local/remote control
Commands/Feedbacks
CFC logic Operational measured values
V, f, P
7
Limits
74TC Trip circuit supervision Flexible protection functions
52 AND Mean value I, V, P, Q,
cos , f P<>, Q<> cos df/dt
86 Lock out min/max-memory
32 55 81R
Operation Communication module
Metered energy: as counting pulses f<, f>
81U/O
V>
59
V<
27
8
RS232/485/FO/
Ethernet Fault recording Fault Locator
Esc Enter
IEC 60870-5-103 Directional supplement
7 8 9
4 5 6 IEC 61850
1 2 3
PROFIBUS-DP
Fn 0 . Phase sequence

9
DNP 3.0 FL 47
monitoring
MODBUS RTU
I>, I>> I- IN>, IN>>,
TOC IN-TOC
67 67N

I>, I>>, IN>, IN>>,


I>>> I-TOC IN>>> IN-TOC I2> > BF I<
5_3_Visio-LSA4783b-us.pdf

InRush Additional Directional ground


50 51 50N 51N 46 49 50BF 37 fault protection
BLK
INs>,
INs>>
79 AR 67Ns-TOC VN>

50N 51N 67Ns 59N

IN>, IN>>, IN-TOC


IN>>>
AR Automatic reclosing I2> Unbalanced load protection
10
BF Breaker Failure Protection Thermal overload protection
I< Undercurrent monitoring

Fig. 5/3 Function diagram

SIPROTEC Compact SIEMENS SIP 3.01 Edition 4 5/5


Overcurrent Protection SIPROTEC 7SJ81
for Low-Power CT and VT Applications Application sheets

Protection functions Directional time-overcurrent protection (ANSI 67, 67N)


Directional phase and ground protection are separate func-
1 Overcurrent protection (ANSI 50, 50N, 51, 51N)
tions. They operate in parallel to the non-directional overcur-
This function is based on the phase-selective measurement rent elements. Their pickup values and delay times can be set
of the three phase currents and the ground current (four separately. Definite-time and inverse-time characteristics are
transformers). Three definite time-overcurrent protection offered. The tripping characteristic can be rotated by 180
elements (DMT) are available both for the phase and the degrees.
2 ground elements. The current threshold and the delay time By making use of the voltage memory, the directionality can
can be set in a wide range. be determined reliably even for close-in (local) faults. If the
Inverse time-overcurrent protection characteristics (IDMTL) primary switching device closes onto a fault and the voltage
can also be selected and activated. is too low to determine direction, the direction is determined
using voltage from the memorized voltage. If no voltages are
Reset characteristics stored in the memory, tripping will be according to the set
3 Time coordination with electromechanical relays is made characteristic.
easy with the inclusion of the reset characteristics according For ground protection, users can choose whether the direc-
to ANSI C37.112 and IEC 60255-3/BS 142 standards. When tion is to be calculated using the zero-sequence or negative-
using the reset characteristic (disk emulation), the reset pro- sequence system quantities (selectable). If the zero-sequence
cess is initiated after the fault current has disappeared. This voltage tends to be very low due to the zero-sequence impe-
4 reset process corresponds to the reverse movement of the dance it will be better to use the negative-sequence quantities.
Ferraris disk of an electromechanical relay (disk emulation).

Available inverse-time characteristics

5 Characteristics acc. to
Inverse
IEC 60255-3

ANSI / IEEE

Short inverse

Long inverse

6 Moderately inverse

Very inverse

Extremely inverse

Table 5/2 Available inverse-time characteristics

7 Inrush restraint
If second harmonic content is detected during the energi-
zation of a transformer, the pickup of stages I >, Ip, I >dir Fig. 5/4 D
 irectional characteristics of the directional
and Ip dir is blocked. time-overcurrent protection

8 Dynamic settings group switching (Sensitive) directional ground-fault detection


(ANSI 59N/64, 67Ns, 67N)
In addition to the static parameter changeover, the pickup
thresholds and the tripping times for the directional and For isolated-neutral and compensated networks, the direc-
non-directional time-overcurrent protection functions can tion of power flow in the zero sequence is calculated from
9 be changed over dynamically. As changeover criterion, the
circuit-breaker position, the prepared auto-reclosure, or a
the zero-sequence current I0 and zero-sequence voltage V0.
For networks with an isolated neutral, the reactive current
binary input can be selected. component is evaluated; for compensated networks, the ac-
tive current component or residual resistive current is evalu-
Directional comparison protection (cross-coupling)
ated. For special network conditions, e.g. high-resistance
It is used for selective instantaneous tripping of sections grounded networks with ohmic-capacitive ground-fault
fed from two sources, i.e. without the disadvantage of time current or low-resistance grounded networks with ohmic-
delays of the set characteristic. The directional comparison inductive current, the tripping characteristics can be rotated
protection is suitable if the distances between the protection approximately 45 degrees (see Fig.5/5).
zones are not significant and pilot wires are available for
10 signal transmission. In addition to the directional compari-
Two modes of ground-fault direction detection can be
implemented: tripping or signalling only mode.
son protection, the directional coordinated time-overcurrent
protection is used for complete selective backup protection.

5/6 SIPROTEC Compact SIEMENS SIP 3.01 Edition 4


Overcurrent Protection SIPROTEC 7SJ81
for Low-Power CT and VT Applications Application sheets

It has the following functions: circuit. It is also possible to make use of the circuit-breaker
TRIP via the displacement voltage VE position contacts (52a or 52b) for indication as opposed to
Two instantaneous elements or one instantaneous plus
the current flowing through the circuit-breaker.
1
one user-defined characteristic. Automatic reclosing (ANSI 79)
Each element can be set to forward, reverse or
Multiple re-close cycles can be set by the user and lockout
non-directional.
will occur if a fault is present after the last re-close cycle.
The function can also be operated in the insensitive mode
as an additional short-circuit protection.
The following functions are available: 2
3-pole ARC for all types of faults
Separate settings for phase and ground faults
Multiple ARC, one rapid auto-reclosure (RAR) and up to
nine delayed auto-reclosures (DAR)
Initiation of the ARC is dependant on the trip command
selected (e.g. I2>, I>>, Ip, Idir >)
3
The ARC function can be blocked by activating a binary
input
The ARC can be initiated from external or by the PLC logic
(CFC) 4
The directional and non-directional elements can either
be blocked or operated non-delayed depending on the
auto-reclosure cycle
If the ARC is not ready it is possible to perform a dynamic
setting change of the directional and non-directional
5
overcurrent elements.

Flexible protection functions


The SIPROTEC 7SJ81 enables the user to easily add up to
20 additional protection functions. Parameter definitions
6
Fig. 5/5Directional determination using cosine measurements for are used to link standard protection logic with any chosen
compensated networks characteristic quantity (measured or calculated quantity).
The standard logic consists of the usual protection elements
(Sensitive) ground-fault detection
(ANSI 50Ns, 51Ns / 50N, 51N)
such as the pickup set point, the set delay time, the TRIP
command, a block function, etc. The mode of operation for
7
For high-resistance grounded networks, a sensitive input current, voltage, power and power factor quantities can be
transformer is connected to a split-core low-power current three-phase or single-phase. Almost all quantities can be
transformer (also called core-balance CT). The function can operated with ascending or descending pickup stages (e.g.
also be operated in the normal mode as an additional short-
circuit protection for neutral or residual ground protection.
under and overvoltage). All stages operate with protection
priority.
8
Negative-sequence system overcurrent protection (ANSI 46)
Measured-value Parameter Standard protection logic
By measuring current on the high side of the transformer,
9
processing
5_6_Visio-flexProFunc-us.pdf

(simplified diagram)
Current I measured
the two-element phase-balance current/negative-sequence 4
V measured Time
Pickup

protection detects high-resistance phase-to-phase faults 3I0, I1, I2


3V0, U1, U2 t
TRIP
command
and phase-to-ground faults on the low side of a transformer Voltage
3 P,Q Threshold

cos
(e.g. Dy 5). This function provides backup protection for f
Function 1
Function 2
high-resistance faults through the transformer. df/dt
Function 20

Breaker failure protection (ANSI 50BF)


If a faulted portion of the electrical circuit is not discon- Fig. 5/6 Flexible protection function
nected when a trip command is issued to a circuit-breaker,
another trip command can be initiated using the breaker fail-
ure protection which trips the circuit-breaker of an upstream
10
feeder. Breaker failure is detected if, after a trip command
is issued and the current keeps on flowing into the faulted

SIPROTEC Compact SIEMENS SIP 3.01 Edition 4 5/7


Overcurrent Protection SIPROTEC 7SJ81
for Low-Power CT and VT Applications Application sheets

Protection functions/stages available are based on the Undercurrent monitoring (ANSI 37)
available measured analog quantities:
A sudden drop in current, which can occur due to a reduced
1 Function ANSI load, is detected with this function. This may be due to shaft
I>, IE> 50, 50N that breaks, no-load operation of pumps or fan failure.
V<, V>, VE> 27, 59, 59N Overvoltage protection (ANSI 59)
3I0>, I1>, I2>, I2 / I1>, 3V0>, V1> <, V2 > < 50N, 46, 59N, 47

2 P> <, Q> < 32


The two-element overvoltage protection detects unwanted
network and machine overvoltage conditions. The function
cos j 55 can operate either with phase-to-phase, phase-to-ground,
f>< 81O, 81U positive phase-sequence or negative phase-sequence volt-
df / dt > < 81R age. Three-phase and single-phase connections are possible.
Table 5/3 Available flexible protection functions Undervoltage protection (ANSI 27)
3 For example, the following can be implemented: The two-element undervoltage protection provides protec-
Reverse power protection (ANSI 32R) tion against dangerous voltage drops (especially for electric
machines). Applications include the isolation of generators
Rate-of-frequency-change protection (ANSI 81R).
or motors from the network to avoid undesired operating
conditions and a possible loss of stability. Proper operating
4 Trip circuit supervision (ANSI 74TC)
One or two binary inputs can be used for monitoring the
conditions of electrical machines are best evaluated with
the positive-sequence quantities. The protection function is
circuit-breaker trip coil including its incoming cables. An active over a wide frequency range (45 to 55, 55 to 65 Hz).
alarm signal is generated whenever the circuit is inter- Even when falling below this frequency range the function
rupted. continues to work, however, with decreased accuracy. The
5 Lockout (ANSI 86)
function can operate either with phase-to-phase, phase-
to-ground or positive phase-sequence voltage, and can be
All binary output statuses can be memorized. The LED reset monitored with a current criterion. Three-phase and single-
key is used to reset the lockout state. The lockout state is also phase connections are possible.
stored in the event of supply voltage failure. Reclosure can
6 only occur after the lockout state is reset. Frequency protection (ANSI 81O/U)
Frequency protection can be used for overfrequency and
Thermal overload protection (ANSI 49)
underfrequency protection. Electric machines and parts
To protect cables and transformers, an overload protection of the system are protected from unwanted frequency

7 function with an integrated warning/alarm element for


temperature and current can be used. The temperature is
deviations. Unwanted frequency changes in the network
can be detected and the load can be removed at a specified
calculated using a thermal homogeneous body model (per frequency setting. Frequency protection can be used over
IEC 60255-8), it considers the energy entering the equip- a wide frequency range (40 to 60 (for 50 Hz), 50 to 70 (for
ment and the energy losses. The calculated temperature is 60 Hz)). There are four elements (individually set as over-

8 constantly adjusted according to the calculated losses. The


function considers loading history and fluctuations in load.
frequency, underfrequency or OFF) and each element can
be delayed separately. Blocking of the frequency protection
can be performed by activating a binary input or by using an
Settable dropout delay times undervoltage element.
If the relays are used in conjunction with electromechanical
Fault locator (ANSI FL)
9 relays, in networks with intermittent faults, the long dropout
times of the electromechanical relay (several hundred milli- The integrated fault locator calculates the fault impedance
seconds) can lead to problems in terms of time coordination/ and the distance to fault. The results are displayed in ,
grading. Proper time coordination/grading is only possible if kilometers (miles) and in percent of the line length.
the dropout or reset time is approximately the same. This is
why the parameter for dropout or reset times can be defined Customized functions (ANSI 32, 51V, 55 etc.)
for certain functions, such as overcurrent protection, ground Additional functions, which are not time critical, can be im-
short-circuit and phase-balance current protection. plemented using the CFC measured values. Typical functions
include reverse power, voltage controlled overcurrent, phase
angle detection, and zero-sequence voltage detection.
10

5/8 SIPROTEC Compact SIEMENS SIP 3.01 Edition 4


Overcurrent Protection SIPROTEC 7SJ81
for Low-Power CT and VT Applications Application sheets

Futher functions The devices also offer a new method for determining the
remaining service life:
Measured values Two-point method. 1
The r.m.s. values are calculated from the acquired current The CB manufacturers double-logarithmic switching cycle
and voltage along with the power factor, frequency, active diagram (see Fig. 5/7) and the breaking current at the time
and reactive power. The following functions are available for of contact opening serve as the basis for this method. After
measured value processing: CB opening, the two-point method calculates the remaining
Currents IL1, IL2, IL3, IN, IEE number of possible switching cycles. Two points P1 and P2 2
only have to be set on the device. These are specified in the
Voltages V L1, V L2, V L3, V12, V 23, V 31
CBs technical data.
Symmetrical components I1, I2, 3I0; V1, V 2, 3V0
All of these methods are phase-selective and a limit value
Power Watts, Vars, VA/P, Q, S can be set in order to obtain an alarm if the actual value falls
(P, Q: total and phase selective) below or exceeds the limit value during determination of
Power factor cos j (total and phase selective) the remaining service life. 3
Frequency
Energy kWh, kVarh, forward and reverse power flow
Mean as well as minimum and maximum current and volt-
age values
Operating hours counter
4
Mean operating temperature of the overload function
Limit value monitoring
Limit values can be monitored using programmable logic
in the CFC. Commands can be derived from this limit value 5
indication.
Zero suppression P1: Permissible
number of
In a certain range of very low measured values, the value operating cycles
is set to zero to suppress interference. at rated normal
current
6
Metered values P2: Permissible
number of
For internal metering, the unit can calculate an energy operating cycles
metered value from the measured current and voltage at rated short-
values. If an external meter with a metering pulse output
is available, the SIPROTEC 7SJ81 can obtain and process
circuit current
7
metering pulses through an indication input. The metered
values can be displayed and passed on to a control center Fig. 5/7 Permissible number of operating cycles as a function of
as an accumulated value with reset. A distinction is made breaking current
between forward, reverse, active and reactive energy. 8
Circuit-breaker wear monitoring/
circuit-breaker remaining service life Commissioning
Methods for determining circuit-breaker contact wear or Commissioning could not be easier and is supported by
the remaining service life of a circuit-breaker (CB) allow CB DIGSI 4. The status of the binary inputs can be read individu- 9
maintenance intervals to be aligned to their actual degree of ally and the state of the binary outputs can be set individu-
wear. The benefit lies in reduced maintenance costs. ally. The operation of switching elements (circuit-breakers,
There is no exact mathematical method to calculate the disconnect devices) can be checked using the switching
wear or the remaining service life of a circuit-breaker that functions of the relay. The analog measured values are
takes arc-chambers physical conditions into account when represented as wide-ranging operational measured values.
the CB opens. To prevent transmission of information to the control center
during maintenance, the communications can be disabled
This is why various methods of determining CB wear have
to prevent unnecessary data from being transmitted. During
evolved which reflect the different operator philosophies. To
do justice to these, the relay offers several methods:
commissioning, all indications with test tag for test pur-
poses can be connected to a control and protection system. 10
SI
SI x , with x = 1..3 Test operation
Si2t. During commissioning, all indications with test tag can be
passed to a control system for test purposes.

SIPROTEC Compact SIEMENS SIP 3.01 Edition 4 5/9


Overcurrent Protection SIPROTEC 7SJ81
for Low-Power CT and VT Applications Application examples

Radial systems
1) Auto-reclosure

1 General hints:
The relay at the far end (D) from the
(ANSI 79) only with
overhead lines Infeed
infeed has the shortest tripping time. 2) Unbalanced load
Relays further upstream have to be protection (ANSI 46) Transformer protection
as backup protection
time-graded against downstream against asymmetrical

2 relays in steps of about 0.3 s. faults


A 52

Busbar

Further power supply B 52


IN>
I>t t I2>t

3
51 51N 46
2)

Busbar

C
* 52

4 I>t

51
IN>

51N
t I2>t

46

Load
5 Busbar

Visio-LAS4839-us.pdf
D
* 52

I>t IN>t I2>t

6 51 51N 46

Load Load

7 Fig. 5/8Protection concept with overcurrent protection

Earth-fault detection in isolated or


compensated systems 1) The sensitive current
measurement of the

8 In isolated or compensated systems,


an occurred earth fault can be
earth current should
be made by a zero-
sequence low-power
Infeed
easily found by means of sensitive current transformer
directional earth-fault detection.

9 Busbar

52

I>> I>t
50 51
Visio-LAS4840-us.pdf

IN>t dir.

1) 67Ns

10 Load

Fig. 5/9 Protection concept for directional earth-fault detection

5/10 SIPROTEC Compact SIEMENS SIP 3.01 Edition 4


Overcurrent Protection SIPROTEC 7SJ81
for Low-Power CT and VT Applications Application examples

Ring-main cable
With the directional comparison
protection, 100% of the line can be Infeed Infeed
1
protected via instantaneous tripping 52
in case of infeed from two sources
(ring-main cable). 52 52

For lines with infeed from two sour-


ces, no selectivity can be achieved
I>t

51
IN>t

51N
>t

49
I2>t

46 Direct.Compar.Pickup 2
with a simple definite-time overcur-
Overhead line Overhead line Protection as in
rent protection. Therefore, the
or cable 1 or cable 2 the case of line
directional definite-time overcurrent or cable 1
I>t IN>t dir. I>t IN>t
protection must be used. A non- 67 67N 51 51N
directional definite-time overcurrent
protection is enough only in the
corresponding busbar feeders. The 52 52
3
grading is done from the other end 52
respectively.
Advantage: 100% protection 52 52
of the line via 4
instantaneous 67 67N 51 51N
Direct.Compar.Pickup
tripping, and easy I>t IN>t dir. I>t IN>t
setting. Overhead line Overhead line Protection as in
or cable 3 or cable 4 the case of line
Disadvantage: Tripping times
increase towards
I>t

67
IN>t dir.

67N
I>t

51
IN>t

51N
or cable 3
5
the infeed.

52 52

52 6

Visio-LSA4841-us.pdf
52 52
I>t IN>t >t I2>t

51 51N 49 46

Load Load 7
Fig. 5/10Protection concept of ring power systems

10

SIPROTEC Compact SIEMENS SIP 3.01 Edition 4 5/11


Overcurrent Protection SIPROTEC 7SJ81
for Low-Power CT and VT Applications Application examples

Busbar protection by overcurrent


relays with reverse interlocking
1 Applicable to distribution busbars Infeed

without substantial (< 0.25 x IN) Reverse interlocking


backfeed from the outgoing feeders.
I>>t0

2 50/50N 51/51N

52
t0 = 50 ms

Busbar

52 52 52
3 I>> I>> I>t I>t
I>t I>>

Visio-LSA4842-us.pdf
50/50N 51/51N 50/50N 51/51N 50/50N 51/51N

4
Fig. 5/11 B
 usbar protection via overcurrent relays with reverse interlocking

5
Line feeder with load shedding
In unstable power systems (e.g.
solitary systems, emergency power
6 supply in hospitals), it may be neces-
sary to isolate selected consumers Busbar
from the power system in order
to protect the overall system. The
V< f<
overcurrent-time protection functions 52

7
27 81U
are effective only in the case of a
short-circuit. I>, I>>, IN>,
I>>> IN>> I>, Ip INTOC
Overloading of the generator can be
50 50N 51 51N
measured as a frequency or voltage
Visio-LSA2216-us.pdf

drop.
8
> I2> Final trip
79M 49 46 86

9 Fig. 5/12Line feeder with load shedding

10

5/12 SIPROTEC Compact SIEMENS SIP 3.01 Edition 4


Overcurrent Protection SIPROTEC 7SJ81
for Low-Power CT and VT Applications Application examples

Automatic reclosing
The auto-reclosure function (AR) has
starting and blocking options. In the
52
Stage can Stage get slower executes the 1
opposite example, the application of the be blocked than the fuse or reclosing for
blocking of the high-current stages is lower protection the hole feeder
devices graduated
represented according to the reclosing
cycles. The overcurrent-time protection
is graded (stages I, Ip) according to the 52 52
ON

TRIP
2
grading plan. If an auto-reclosure func-
I>, I>>, I>>> I>t, I>>t, Ip
tion is installed in the incoming supply

Visio-LSA2219c-us.pdf
50 51
of a feeder, first of all the complete
IN>t, IN>>t,
feeder is tripped instantaneously in case IN>> INTOC AR
of fault. Arc faults will be extinguished 50N 51N 79
independently of the fault location.
Other protection relays or fuses do
3
not trip (fuse saving scheme). After
successful auto-reclosure, all consumers
are supplied with energy again. If there
is a permanent fault, further reclosing
cycles will be performed. Depending on
52 Fuse opens by
unsuccessful reclosing 4
the setting of the AR, the instantaneous I>t, Ip
tripping stage in the infeed is blocked in 67
Circuit-breaker opens
the first, second or third cycle, i.e., now by unsuccessful reclosing
the grading is effective according to the
grading plan. Depending on the fault
Auto-reclosure 5
Fig. 5/13Automatic reclosing
location, overcurrent relays with faster
grading, fuses, or the relay in the infeed
will trip. Only the part of the feeder with
the permanent fault will be shut down
definitively.
Infeed
A
Infeed
B
6
Reverse power protection with parallel
infeeds
If a busbar is supplied by two parallel
infeeds and there is a fault in one of the 52 52
7
infeeds, the affected busbar shall be 67 67N 32R 67 67N 32R
selectively shut down, so that supply to
the busbar is still possible through the
8
52
remaining infeed. To do this, directional
devices are required, which detect a 52 52
Visio-LSA4116a-us.pdf

short circuit from the busbar towards the


infeed. In this context, the directional
time-overcurrent protection is normally
adjusted over the load current. Low-cur-
rent faults cannot be shut down by this
Feeder Feeder
9
protection. The reverse power protection
can be adjusted far below rated power, Fig. 5/14Reverse power protection with parallel infeeds
and is thus also able to detect reverse
power in case of low-current faults far
below the load current.
The reverse power protection is imple-
mented through the flexible protection
functions.
10

SIPROTEC Compact SIEMENS SIP 3.01 Edition 4 5/13


Overcurrent Protection SIPROTEC 7SJ81
for Low-Power CT and VT Applications Selection and ordering data

Description Order No. Short code


123 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19

1 7SJ81 3- -3 +

Measuring inputs, binary inputs and outputs


Housing 1/6 19"; 4 x I, 3 BI, 5 BO (2 Changeover), 1 life contact 1

2 Housing 1/6 19"; 4 x I, 7 BI, 8 BO (2 Changeover), 1 life contact


Housing 1/6 19"; 4 x I, 3 x V, 3 BI, 5 BO (2 Changeover), 1 life contact
2
3
see
next
page
Housing 1/6 19"; 4 x I, 3 x V, 7 BI, 8 BO (2 Changeover), 1 life contact 4

Low Power Measuring Inputs 3

3
Auxiliary voltage
DC 24V / 48V 1
DC 60V / 110V / 125V / 220V / 250V, AC 115V / 230V 5

Construction
Flush mounting housing, screw-type terminal E

4 Region-specific default- and language settings


Region DE, IEC, language German (language changeable) A
Region World, IEC/ANSI, language English (language changeable) B

Port B (at bottom of device, rear)

5 No port
IEC 60870-5-103 or DIGSI 4/modem, electrical RS232
0
1
IEC 60870-5-103 or DIGSI 4/modem, electrical RS485 2
IEC 60870-5-103 or DIGSI 4/modem, optical 820 nm, ST connector 3

6 PROFIBUS DP slave, electrical RS485 9 L 0 A


PROFIBUS DP slave, optical, double ring, ST connector 9 L 0 B
MODBUS, electrical RS485 9 L 0 D
MODBUS, optical 820 nm, ST connector 9 L 0 E

7 DNP 3.0, electrical RS485


DNP 3.0, optical 820 nm, ST connector
9
9
L 0 G
L 0 H
IEC 60870-5-103, redundant, electrical RS485, RJ45 connector 9 L 0 P
IEC 61850, 100 Mbit Ethernet, electrical, double, RJ45 connector 9 L 0 R
IEC 61850, 100 Mbit Ethernet, optical, double, LC connector 9 L 0 S

8 Port A (at bottom of device, in front)


No Port 0
With Ethernet interface (DIGSI, not IEC 61850), RJ45 connector 6

Measuring / fault recording

9 With fault recording, average values, min/max values 3

10

You will find a detailed overview of the technical data (extract of the manual) under: http://www.siemens.com/siprotec

5/14 SIPROTEC Compact SIEMENS SIP 3.01 Edition 4


Overcurrent Protection SIPROTEC 7SJ81
for Low-Power CT and VT Applications Selection and ordering data

ANSI No. Description Order No. Short code


123 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
7SJ81 3- -3 +
1
2)
Protection functions Basic functionality F A
50 / 51 Definite/Inverse time-overcurrent protection, phase I>, I >>, I>>>, Ip
50N / 51N Instantaneous/Inverse time-overcurrent protection,

50N(s) / 51N(s)1)
ground IE>, IE>>, IE>>>, IEp
Sensitive ground-current protection IEE>, IEE>>, IEEp
2
49 Overload protection
74TC Trip circuit supervision
50BF Circuit-breaker failure protection
46 Unbalanced-load protection
37 Undercurrent, underpower
86 Lockout
Parameter changeover
Monitoring functions
3
Control of circuit-breaker
Flexible protection functions (current parameters)
Inrush restraint
3)
Basic functionality + Directional phase & ground overcurrent, F C

67
directional sensitive ground fault,voltage and frequency protection
Directional overcurrent protection phase I >,I >>, Ip
4
67N Directional overcurrent protection ground IE>, IE>>, IEp
67Ns 1) Directional sensitive ground fault protection IEE>, IEE>>, IEEp
59N Displacement voltage
27 / 59 Under/Overvoltage
81U / O
47
Under/Overfrequency f<, f>
Phase rotation
5
Flexible protection functions (current and voltage parameters):
Protective function for voltage, power
32 / 55 / 81R power factor, frequency change

Automatic Reclosing (AR), Fault Locator (FL)


0
6
Without
79 With AR 1
FL 3) With FL 2
79 / FL 3)
7
With AR and FL 3

1) Depending on the connected low-power ground current transformer the function


10
will be either sensitive (INs) or non-sensitive (IN)
2) Only if position 6 = 1 or 2
3) Only if position 6 = 3 or 4

SIPROTEC Compact SIEMENS SIP 3.01 Edition 4 5/15


Overcurrent Protection SIPROTEC 7SJ81
for Low-Power CT and VT Applications Connection diagrams

1 F1 IA BO1 C11
C9
F2 IB C10
BO2 C14
F3 IC C13
C12
2 F4 IN, INS
BO3 E1
E2
BO4 E3
E4
BO5 E5
E6
3
C3 BI1
C4

4 C5
C6
BI2

C7 BI3 Life Contact E10


C8 E8
E7

5 = + C1
Power Supply (~)
=
- C2

6 Port B
e.g. System interface
B

Port A
A
Contacts, Ceramic, 2.2 nF,

Ethernet interface
Interference Suppression

7
Capacitors at the Relay

USB-DIGSI-Interface
5_15_Visio-Figure-14-us.pdf

Grounding on the case

8
250 V

Fig. 5/15Connection diagram for SIPROTEC 7SJ811

10

5/16 SIPROTEC Compact SIEMENS SIP 3.01 Edition 4


Overcurrent Protection SIPROTEC 7SJ81
for Low-Power CT and VT Applications Connection diagrams

F1 IA BO1 C11
C9
1
F2 IB C10
BO2 C14
F3 IC C13
F4 IN, INS
BO3
C12

E1
2
E2
BO4 E3
E4
BO5 E5

BO6
E6
D9 3
D10
BO7 D11
C3 BI1 D12
C4
C5
C6
BI2
BO8 D13
D14 4
C7 BI3
C8 Life Contact E10
E8
E7
D1
D2
BI4
= +
5
D3 (~) C1
BI5 Power Supply
D4 =
- C2
D5 BI6
D6
D7 BI7
Port B
e.g. System interface
B 6
D8
Port A
A
Contacts, Ceramic, 2.2 nF,

Ethernet interface
Interference Suppression

7
Capacitors at the Relay

USB-DIGSI-Interface
5_16_Visio-Figure-15-us.pdf

Grounding on the case


8
250 V

Fig. 5/16Connection diagram for SIPROTEC 7SJ812

10

SIPROTEC Compact SIEMENS SIP 3.01 Edition 4 5/17


Overcurrent Protection SIPROTEC 7SJ81
for Low-Power CT and VT Applications Connection diagrams

1 F1 IA BO1 C11
C9
VA-N C10
F2 IB
BO2 C14
VB-N C13
F3 IC C12
2 VC-N
BO3 E1
F4 IN, INS
E2
BO4 E3
E4
BO5 E5
E6
3
C3 BI1
C4

4 C5
C6
BI2

C7 BI3
C8 Life Contact E10
E8
E7
5 = + C1
Power Supply (~)
=
- C2

6 Port B
e.g. System interface
B

Port A
A
Contacts, Ceramic, 2.2 nF,

Ethernet interface
Interference Suppression

7
Capacitors at the Relay

USB-DIGSI-Interface
5_17_Visio-Figure-16-us.pdf

Grounding on the case

8
250 V

Fig. 5/17Connection diagram for SIPROTEC 7SJ813

10

5/18 SIPROTEC Compact SIEMENS SIP 3.01 Edition 4


Overcurrent Protection SIPROTEC 7SJ81
for Low-Power CT and VT Applications Connection diagrams

F1 IA BO1 C11
C9
1
VA-N C10
F2 IB
BO2 C14
VB-N C13

2
F3 IC C12
VC-N
BO3 E1
F4 IN, INS
E2
BO4 E3
E4
BO5 E5

3
E6
BO6 D9
D10
BO7 D11
C3 BI1 D12
C4
4
BO8 D13
C5 BI2 D14
C6
C7 BI3
C8 Life Contact E10
E8
E7
D1
D2
BI4
= + C1
5
D3 BI5 Power Supply (~)
D4 =
- C2
D5 BI6

6
D6 Port B
D7 B
BI7 e.g. System interface
D8
Port A
A
Contacts, Ceramic, 2.2 nF,

Ethernet interface
Interference Suppression

7
Capacitors at the Relay

USB-DIGSI-Interface
Visio-Figure-17-us.pdf

Grounding on the case

8
250 V

Fig. 5/18Connection diagram for SIPROTEC 7SJ814

10

SIPROTEC Compact SIEMENS SIP 3.01 Edition 4 5/19


Overcurrent Protection SIPROTEC 7SJ81
for Low-Power CT and VT Applications Connection example

Standard connection capabilities

1 52 52 52
Flush Mounting Housing

F1
IA
F2

2 F3
IB

IC

5_19_Visio-SIP0023us.pdf
F4
LPCT LPCT LPCT IN

A B C
SIPROTEC

3
Fig. 5/19 Connection to three low power CTs, normal circuit layout - appropriate for
all networks

5
52 52 52
Flush Mounting Housing

F1
IA
F2
IB

6 F3
IC

5_20_Visio-SIP0023us.pdf
F4
LPCT LPCT LPCT IN

A B C SIPROTEC
7
LPCT

8
Fig. 5/20 C
 onnection to 3 low-power CTs - additional low-power CT for sensitive
ground fault detection INS - only for isolated or compensated
networks

10

5/20 SIPROTEC Compact SIEMENS SIP 3.01 Edition 4


Overcurrent Protection SIPROTEC 7SJ81
for Low-Power CT and VT Applications Connection example

Standard connection capabilities

52 52 52
1
LPCT/LPVT Flush Mounting Housing
R1 1) R2
F1

*
VA-N

*
IA
2
LPCT/LPVT
R1 1) R2
F2

*
VB-N
IB
*
3
LPCT/LPVT
R1 1) R2
F3

*
VC-N

*
IC
4

5_21_Visio-Figure-22-us.pdf
F4
A B C IN

SIPROTEC 5
*
LPCT

1) R1 and R2 represent the primary voltage divider.

Important! Cable Shield Grounding must be done on the Cable Side!


6
Fig. 5/21 Connection for combined low-power current and voltage
transformers in phase L1, L2 and L3
7

10

SIPROTEC Compact SIEMENS SIP 3.01 Edition 4 5/21


Overcurrent Protection SIPROTEC 7SJ81
for Low-Power CT and VT Applications Connection example

Standard connection capabilities

1 52 52 52
LPVT Flush Mounting
R1 1) R2 Housing
RJ45 Y-Cable

*
F1 VA-N
IA

2 LPVT
R1 1) R2 RJ45 Y-Cable

*
F2 VB-N
IB

LPVT

3 R1 1) R2 RJ45 Y-Cable

*
F3 VC-N
IC

5_22_Visio-Figure-23-us.pdf
* * *
4 A
LPCT
B
LPCT
C
LPCT
F4
IN

SIPROTEC

5 LPCT
*

1) R1 and R2 represent the primary voltage divider.

Important! Cable Shield Grounding must be done on the Cable Side!

6 Fig. 5/22 Connection to low-power transformers for 3 phase currents,


sensitive ground current INS and 3 phase-to-ground-voltages.
The LPCT and the LPVT are connected to SIPROTEC 7SJ81 through
a Y-cable (refer to Fig. 2/23)

7 To 7SJ81/7SK81

RJ45 plug
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

8
1)
1)

9 1)
1)
5_23_Visio-Y-cable_us.pdf

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
RJ45 socket RJ45 socket

From low-power VT From low-power CT


(Voltage divider)

10 1) The connections 5, 6, 7 and 8 are optional, but not mandatory.

Fig. 5/23 Y-cable for a connection of LPCT and LPVT with SIPROTEC 7SJ81

5/22 SIPROTEC Compact SIEMENS SIP 3.01 Edition 4


Generator and Motor Protection 7SK80
SIPROTEC Compact
Generator and Motor Protection SIPROTEC 7SK80

Page
1
Description 6/3

Function overview 6/4

2 Applications 6/5

Application sheets 6/6

Application examples 6/12

Selection and ordering data 6/16

3 Connection diagrams 6/18

Connection examples 6/24

Connection types 6/27

10
You will find a detailed overview of the technical data
(extract of the manual) under:
http://www.siemens.com/siprotec

6/2 SIPROTEC Compact SIEMENS SIP 3.01 Edition 4


Generator and Motor Protection SIPROTEC 7SK80
Description

Description
The SIPROTEC 7SK80 is a multi-functional motor protection
relay. It is designed for protection of asynchronous motors 1
of all sizes. The relays have all the required functions to be
applied as a backup relay to a transformer differential relay.
The SIPROTEC 7SK80 features flexible protection functions.
Up to 20 additional protection functions can be created by
the user. 2
Therefore protection of change for frequency or reverse
power protection can be realized, for example.

7SK80_W3_de_en.psd
The relay provides circuit-breaker control, further switching
devices and automation functions. The integrated program-
mable logic (CFC) allows the user to add own functions, e.g.
for the automation of switchgear (interlocking). The user is 3
also allowed to generate user-defined messages.

Highlights
Pluggable current and voltage terminals
Binary input thresholds settable using DIGSI (3 stages)
4
Secondary current transformer values (1 A/5 A) settable
using DIGSI
9 programmable function keys
6-line display
Fig. 6/1 SIPROTEC 7SK80 front view
5
Buffer battery exchangeable from the front
USB front port
2 additional communication ports
Integrated switch for low-cost and redundant optical
6
Ethernet rings
Ethernet redundancy protocols RSTP, PRP and HSR for
highest availability
Relay-to-relay communication through Ethernet with 7
IEC 61850 GOOSE
Millisecond-accurate time synchronization through
Ethernet with SNTP (over Port A or Port B)
LSP3.01-0008.eps

Number of binary binputs and inary outputs by connec-


tion from up to two SICAM I/O-Units extendable.
8

Fig. 6/2 SIPROTEC 7SK80 rear view

10

SIPROTEC Compact SIEMENS SIP 3.01 Edition 4 6/3


Generator and Motor Protection SIPROTEC 7SK80
Function overview

Protection functions IEC ANSI

1
Definite and inverse time-overcurrent protection (phase/ground) I>, I>>, I>>>, IE>, IE>>, IE>>>; Ip, IEp 50, 50N; 51, 51N
Directional time-overcurrent protection, ground IE dir>, IE dir>>, IEp dir 67N
Directional overcurrent protection, ground (definite/inverse) IEE>, IEE>>, IEEp 67Ns, 50Ns
Displacement voltage, zero-sequence voltage V E, V 0> 59N

2
Trip-circuit supervision AKU 74TC
Undercurrent monitoring I< 37
Temperature monitoring 38
Thermal overload protection J> 49
Load jam protection 51M
Locked rotor protection 14
3 Intermittent ground fault protection IIE>
Directional intermittent ground fault protection IIEdir> 67Ns
Overcurrent protection, voltage controlled 51V
Restart inhibit 66/86
4 Undervoltage/overvoltage protection V<, V> 27/59
Forward power supervision, reverse power protection P<>, Q<> 32
Power factor cos j 55
Overfrequency/underfrequency protection f<, f> 81O/U
5 Circuit-breaker failure protection 50BF
Phase-balance current protection (negative-sequence protection) I 2> 46
Unbalance-voltage protection and/or phase-sequence monitoring V2>, phase sequence 47
Start-time supervision 48
6 Lockout 86
Rate-of-frequency-change protection df/dt 81R
Rate-of-voltage-change protection dU/dt 27R, 59R

Table 6/1 Function overview


7 Control functions/programmable logic Communication interfaces
Commands for the ctrl. of CB, disconnect switches System/service interface
(isolators/isolating switches) IEC 61850 Edition 1 and 2
Control through keyboard, binary inputs, IEC 60870-5-103 and IEC 60870-5-104
8 DIGSI 4 or SCADA system PROFIBUS-DP
User-defined PLC logic with CFC (e.g. interlocking). DNP 3.0
MODBUS RTU
Monitoring functions DNP3 TCP
PROFINET
9 Operational measured values V, I, f
Energy metering values Wp, Wq
Ethernet redundancy protocols RSTP, PRP and HSR
Ethernet interface for DIGSI 4, and extension from up to
Circuit-breaker wear monitoring two SICAM I/O-Units 7XV5673 as well as a RTD box
Minimum and maximum values USB front interface for DIGSI 4.
Trip-circuit supervision
Hardware
Fuse failure monitor
4 current transformers
8 oscillographic fault records
0/3 voltage transformers
Motor statistics.
3/7 binary inputs (thresholds configurable using soft-
10 ATEX100-certification ware)

The Device is available with ATEX100-certification for 5/8 binary outputs (2 changeover)
protection of explosion-proved machines of increased-safety 0/5 RTD inputs
type e 1 life contact
Pluggable current and voltage terminals.

6/4 SIPROTEC Compact SIEMENS SIP 3.01 Edition 4


Generator and Motor Protection SIPROTEC 7SK80
Applications

The SIPROTEC 7SK80 unit is a numerical motor protection Motor protection


relay that can perform control and monitoring functions and
The SIPROTEC 7SK80 device is specifically designed to
therefore provide the user with a cost-effective platform for
power system management, that ensures reliable supply of
protect induction-type asynchronous motors. 1
electrical power to the customers. The ergonomic design Line protection
makes control easy from the relay front panel. A large, easy-
to-read display was a key design factor. SIPROTEC 7SK80 units can be used for line protection of

Control
high and medium-voltage networks with grounded, low-
resistance grounded, isolated or a compensated neutral 2
point.
The integrated control function permits control of discon-
nect devices, grounding switches or circuit-breakers through Transformer protection
the integrated operator panel, binary inputs, DIGSI 4 or the
control or automation system (e.g. SICAM). The SIPROTEC 7SK80 device provides all the functions for
backup protection for transformer differential protection.
Programmable logic The inrush suppression effectively prevents unwanted trips 3
that can be caused by inrush currents.
The integrated logic characteristics (CFC) allow the user to
add own functions for automation of switchgear (e.g. inter- Backup protection
locking) or switching sequence. The user can also generate
user-defined messages. This functionality can form the base
to create extremely flexible transfer schemes.
As a backup protection the SIPROTEC 7SK80 devices are
universally applicable. 4
Operational measured value Switchgear cubicles for high/medium voltage

Extensive measured values (e.g. I, V), metered values All units are designed specifically to meet the requirements
(e.g.Wp,Wq) and limit values (e.g. for voltage, frequency)
provide improved system management.
of high/medium-voltage applications. In general, no separate
measuring instruments (e.g., for current, voltage, frequency,
5
) or additional control components are necessary.
Operational indication
Event logs, trip logs, fault records and statistics documents
are stored in the relay to provide the user or operator with 6
all the key data required to operate modern substations.

Busbar

Local/remote control CFC logic Operational measured values


7
52
Commands/Feedbacks
Limits
V, f, P
74TC Trip circuit supervision AND I, V, P, Q,
Mean value
cos , f Flexible protection functions
86 Lock out min/max-memory P<>, Q<> cos df/dt dV/dt

Operation Communication module RTD-Box


Metered energy: as counting pulses
32

f<, f>
55

V>
81R

V<
27R
59R 8
RS232/485/FO/
Ethernet 81U/O 59 27
Fault recording Additional motor protection
IEC 60870-5-103/4 Load Jam
I<
Esc Enter IEC 61850
7 8 9 PROFIBUS-DP 66/86 37 48 51M Directional supplement (Ground)

9
4
1
5
2
6
3
DNP 3.0
Fn 0 . MODBUS RTU
DNP3 TCP 14 Jammed rotor protection 47 Phase sequence
PROFINET Motor statistics
... 38 Storage temperature
IN>, IN>>, IN-TOC
67N
I- IN-
I>, I>>, TO IN>, IN>>, TO
I>>> C IN>>> C I2> > BF
InRush Intermitt. Additional Directional ground
50 51 50N 51N 46 49 50BF 51V fault protection
6_3_Visio-LSA4782b-us.pdf

BLK ground fault

INs>, 67Ns-
INs>> TOC VN>
67Ns-
67Ns 59N

10
50N 51N TOC
IN>, IN>>, IN-TOC
IN>>>
BF Breaker Failure Protection I2> Unbalanced load protection
66/86 Motor restart inhibit > Thermal overload protection
48 Motor starting protection I< Undercurrent monitoring

Fig. 6/3 Function diagram

SIPROTEC Compact SIEMENS SIP 3.01 Edition 4 6/5


Generator and Motor Protection SIPROTEC 7SK80
Application sheets

Protection functions Directional overcurrent protection, ground (ANSI 67N)


Overcurrent protection (ANSI 50, 50N, 51, 51N, 51V) Directional ground protection is a separate function.
1 This function is based on the phase selective measurement
It operates in parallel to the non-directional ground
overcurrent elements. Their pickup values and delay times
of the three phase currents and the ground current (four
can be set separately. Definite-time and inverse-time
transformers). Three definite time-overcurrent protection
characteristics aroffered. The tripping characteristic can be
elements (DMT) are available both for the phase and the
rotated by 0to 180 degrees.
2 ground elements. The current threshold and the delay time
can be set in a wide range. For ground protection, users can choose whether the
direction is to be calculated using the zero-sequence or
Inverse time-overcurrent protection characteristics (IDMTL)
negative-sequence system quantities (selectable). If the
can also be selected and activated. The inverse-time
zero-sequence voltage tends to be very low due to the zero-
function provides as an option voltage-restraint or
sequence impedance it will be better to use the negative-
voltage-controlled operating modes
sequence quantities.
3
Reset characteristics
Time coordination with electromechanical relays are made
easy with the inclusion of the reset characteristics according
4 to ANSI C37.112 and IEC 60255-3/BS 142 standards. When
using the reset characteristic (disk emulation), the reset
process is initiated after the fault current has disappeared.
This reset process corresponds to the reverse movement
of the Ferraris disk of an electromechanical relay (disk
5 emulation).

Available inverse-time characteristics

Characteristics acc. to IEC 60255-3 ANSI/IEEE

6 Inverse
Short inverse

Long inverse Fig. 6/4Directional characteristic of the directional time-overcurrent


Moderately inverse protection, ground

7 Very inverse

Extremely inverse

Table 6/2 Available inverse-time characteristics (Sensitive) directional ground-fault detection


(ANSI 59N/64, 67Ns, 67N)
Inrush restraint
For isolated-neutral and compensated networks, the
8 If second harmonic content is detected during the energi- direction of power flow in the zero sequence is calculated
zation of a transformer, the pickup of stages I>, Ip, I>ger and from the zero-sequence current I0 and zero-sequence
Ip ger is blocked. voltage V0. For networks with an isolated neutral, the
reactive current component is evaluated; for compensated
Dynamic settings group switching networks, the active current component or residual resistive
9 In addition to the static parameter changeover, the pickup current is evaluated. For special network conditions, e.g.
thresholds and the tripping times for the directional and high-resistance grounded networks with ohmic-capacitive
non-directional time-overcurrent protection functions can ground-fault current or low-resistance grounded networks
be changed over dynamically. As changeover criterion, the with ohmic-inductive current, the tripping characteristics
circuit-breaker position, the prepared auto-reclosure, or a can be rotated approximately 45 degrees (see Fig. 6/5).
binary input can be selected.

10

6/6 SIPROTEC Compact SIEMENS SIP 3.01 Edition 4


Generator and Motor Protection SIPROTEC 7SK80
Application sheets

The normal ground fault protection is not capable of reliably


detecting and clearing the sometimes very short current
pulses. The required selectivity for intermittent ground faults
is achieved by summing up the times of the individual pulses
1
and tripping after a (programmable) summation time has
been reached. The pickup threshold Iie> evaluates RMS values
referred to 1 system period.

Directional intermittent ground fault protection (ANSI 67Ns) 2


The directional intermittent ground fault protection function
has the task to selectively detect intermittent ground faults in
resonant-grounded cable networks.
Intermittent ground faults in resonant-grounded cable
networks are typically marked by the following properties:
Very short high-current ground current impulse (up to
3
several hundred amperes) with a duration of less than
1ms.
They are self-extinguishing and reignite depending on
the network conditions and fault characteristics within a 4
half period up to several periods.
They can also develop into static faults over prolonged
Fig. 6/5Directional determination using cosine measurements for
periods of time (many seconds up to minutes).
compensated networks

Two modes of ground-fault direction detection can be


Such intermittent ground faults are typically caused by poor
insulation, e.g. due to insufficient water insulation of old
5
implemented: tripping or signalling only mode. cables.
It has the following functions: Ground fault functions based on measured values of the
TRIP via the displacement voltage VE fundamental component are primarily designed for detection
Two instantaneous elements or one instantaneous plus
one user-defined characteristic
of static ground faults and they do not always show a correct
behavior in the case of intermittent ground faults. The direc-
6
Each element can be set to forward, reverse or non- tional intermittent ground fault protection function evaluates
directional specifically the ground current impulses and for the direction
determination it refers them to zero voltage.
The function can also be operated in the insensitive mode
as an additional short-circuit protection. Negative-sequence system overcurrent protection (ANSI 46)
7
(Sensitive) ground-fault detection By measuring current on the high side of the transformer,
(ANSI 50Ns, 51Ns/50N, 51N) the two-element phase-balance current/negative-sequence
protection detects high-resistance phase-to-phase faults and
For high-resistance grounded networks, a sensitive input
transformer is connected to a phase-balance neutral current
phase-to-ground faults on the low side of a transformer (e.g. 8
Dy 5). This function provides backup protection for high-
transformer (also called core-balance CT). The function can
resistance faults through the transformer.
also be operated in the normal mode as an additional short-
circuit protection for neutral or residual ground protection. Breaker failure protection (ANSI 50BF)
Intermittent ground fault protection If a faulted portion of the electrical circuit is not discon- 9
nected when a trip command is issued to a circuit-breaker,
Intermittent (re-igniting) faults are caused by poor cable
another trip command can be initiated using the breaker
insulation or water ingress into cable joints. After some time,
failure protection which trips the circuit-breaker of an
the faults extinguish automatically or they develop into
upstream feeder. Breaker failure is detected if, after a trip
permanent short circuits. During the intermitting, neutral
command is issued and the current keeps on flowing into the
point resistances in impedance grounded systems can suffer
faulted circuit. It is also possible to make use of the circuit-
thermal overload.
breaker position contacts (52a or 52b) for indication as
opposed to the current flowing through the circuit-breaker.
10

SIPROTEC Compact SIEMENS SIP 3.01 Edition 4 6/7


Generator and Motor Protection SIPROTEC 7SK80
Application sheets

Flexible protection functions Trip circuit supervision (ANSI 74TC)


SIPROTEC 7SK80 enables the user to easily add up to 20 One or two binary inputs can be used for monitoring the
1 additional protection functions. Parameter definitions are circuit-breaker trip coil including its incoming cables. An
used to link standard protection logic with any chosen alarm signal is generated whenever the circuit is inter-
characteristic quantity (measured or calculated quantity). rupted.
The standard logic consists of the usual protection elements
such as the pickup set point, the set delay time, the TRIP Lockout (ANSI 86)
2 command, a block function, etc. The mode of operation for All binary output statuses can be memorized. The LED reset
current, voltage, power and power factor quantities can be key is used to reset the lockout state. The lockout state is
three-phase or phase-selective. Almost all quantities can be also stored in the event of supply voltage failure. Reclosure
operated with ascending or descending pickup stages (e.g. can only occur after the lockout state is reset.
under and over- voltage). All stages operate with protection
priority or speed. Thermal overload protection (ANSI 49)
3 To protect cables and transformers, an overload protection
Measured-value Parameter Standard protection logic function with an integrated warning/alarm element for
processing
Current I measured
(simplified diagram) temperature and current can be used. The temperature is
4 Pickup
V measured Time calculated using a thermal homogeneous body model (per
Visio-flexProFunc-us.pdf
3I0, I1, I2 TRIP
IEC 60255-8), it considers the energy entering the equip-
4
3V0, V1, V2 t command
Voltage
3 P,Q Threshold
ment and the energy losses. The calculated temperature is
cos
f
Function 1 constantly adjusted according to the calculated losses. The
Function 2
df/dt
Function 20 function considers loading history and fluctuations in load.
dV/dt
Protection of motors requires an additional time constant.

5 Fig. 6/6Flexible protection functions


This is used to accurately determine the thermal heating of
the stator during the running and motor stopped conditions
The ambient temperature or the temperature of the coolant
Protection functions/stages available are based on the avail- can be detected either through internal RTD inputs or via an
able measured analog quantities: external RTD-box.
6 Function
I>, IE>
ANSI
50, 50N
The thermal replica of the overload function is automatically
adapted to the ambient conditions.If neither internal RTD
inputs nor an external RTD-box exist,
U<, U>, UE> 27, 59, 59N
it is assumed that the ambient temperatures are constant.
3I0>, I1>, I2>, I2/I1>, 3U0>, V1> <, V2 > < 50N, 46, 59N, 47

7 P> <, Q> <


cos j
32
55
Settable dropout delay times
If the relays are used in conjunction with electromechani-
f>< 81O, 81U cal relays, in networks with intermittent faults, the long
df/dt > < 81R dropout times of the electromechanical relay (several
hundred milliseconds) can lead to problems in terms of time
8 dV/dt> <
Table 6/3 Available flexible protection functions
27R, 59R
coordination/grading. Proper time coordination/grading
is only possible if the dropout or reset time is approximately
the same. This is why the parameter for dropout or reset
For example, the following can be implemented: times can be defined for certain functions, such as over
Reverse power protection (ANSI 32R) current protection, ground short-circuit and phase-balance
9 Rate-of-frequency-change protection (ANSI 81R). current protection.
Rate-of-voltage-change protection (ANSI 27R, 59R).

10

6/8 SIPROTEC Compact SIEMENSTrafo


SIP 23.01
Wickl mit Erdung
Edition 4
Generator and Motor Protection SIPROTEC 7SK80
Application sheets

Motor protection

Restart inhibit (ANSI 66/86)


1
If a motor is subjected to many successive
starts, the rotor windings or rotor bars can
be heated up to a point where the electrical
connections between the rotor bars and the
end rings are damaged. As it is not possible 2
to physically measure the heat of the rotor
we need to determine the heat by measuring
the current the rotor is drawing through the
stator to excite the rotor. A thermal replica
of the rotor is established using a I2t curve.
The restart inhibit will block the user from
starting the motor if the relay determined
3
that the rotor reached a temperature that
will damage the rotor should a start be
attempted. The relay will thus only allow a
restart if the rotor has a sufficient thermal
reserve to start (see Fig. 6/7). T - TRIP
I STARTUP Motor startup current
4
[s]
T max STARTUP cold max. startup time of motor with
Emergency start-up startup current from cold motor

If the relay determines that a restart of the T max STARTUP warm max. warm motors startup times
motor is not allowed, the relay will issue
a block signal to the closing command, I Pickup Threshold of the function
5
effectively blocking any attempt to start the
motor. The emergency startup will defeat
this block signal if activated through a binary
input. The thermal replica can also be reset
to allow an emergency restart of the motor.
T max STARTUP cold
6
T max STARTUP warm
Cold Motor
Temperature monitoring (ANSI 38)
Warm Motor
Either 5 internal RTD inputs or up to 12RTD
7
I
inputs through an external RTD box can be I Pickup I STARTUP

applied for temperature detection. Example


for the application with 5 internal RTD Fig. 6/7 Starting time supervision characteristics
inputs: Two RTDs can be applied to each
bearing (the cause of 50% of typical motor failures). I A2

8
tTRIP tAmax
The remaining RTD is used to measure the ambient tempera- I

ture. Stator temperature is calculated by the current flowing tTRIP = Tripping time
through the stator windings. Alternatively up to 12 RTDs I A = Motor starting current
can be applied using an external RTD box connected either tAmax = Max. permissible starting time
through RS485 on Port B or through Ethernet on Port A. I = Actual current flowing
The RTDs can also be used to monitor the thermal status of Because the flow of current is the cause of the heating of 9
transformers or other pieces of primary equipment. the motor windings, this equation will accurately calculate
the starting supervision time. The accuracy will not be
Starting time supervision/Locked rotor protection
affected by reduced terminal voltage that could cause a pro-
(ANSI 48/14)
longed start. The trip time is an inverse current dependant
Starting time supervision protects the motor against characteristic (I2t).
unwanted prolonged starts that might occur in the event Block rotor can also be detected using a speed sensor con-
of exces-sive load torque or excessive voltage drops within nected to a binary input of the relay. If activated it will cause
the motor, or if the rotor is locked. Rotor temperature is an instantaneous trip.
calculated from measured stator current. The tripping time
is calculated according to the following equation:
10

SIPROTEC Compact SIEMENS SIP 3.01 Edition 4 6/9


Generator and Motor Protection SIPROTEC 7SK80
Application sheets

Load jam protection (ANSI 51M) Frequency protection (ANSI 81O/U)


Load jam is activated when a sudden high load is applied Frequency protection can be used for overfrequency and
1 to the motor because of mechanical failure of a pump for underfrequency protection. Electric machines and parts
example. The sudden rise in current is detected by this of the system are protected from unwanted frequency
function and can initiate an alarm or a trip. The overload deviations. Unwanted frequency changes in the network
function is too slow and thus not suitable can be detected and the load can be removed at a specified
frequency setting. Frequency protection can be used over a
2 Unbalanced-load protection (ANSI 46) wide frequency range (40 to 60 (for 50 Hz), 50 to 70
The unbalanced load protection detects a phase failure or (for 60 Hz)). There are four elements (individually set as
load unbalance due to system asymmetry, and protects the overfrequency, underfrequency or OFF) and each element
rotor from impermissible overheating. can be delayed separately. Blocking of the frequency protec-
tion can be performed by activating a binary input or by
Undercurrent monitoring (ANSI 37) using an undervoltage element.
3 A sudden drop in current, which can occur due to a reduced
load, is detected with this function. This may be due to shaft
Customized functions (ANSI 51V, 55 etc.)

that breaks, no-load operation of pumps or fan failure. Additional functions, which are not time critical, can be
implemented using the CFC measured values. Typical
Motor statistics functions include reverse power, voltage controlled overcur-
4 Essential statistical information is saved by the relay during
a start. This includes the duration, current and voltage. The
rent, phase angle detection, and zero-sequence voltage
detection.
relay will also provide data on the number of starts, total
operating time, total down time, etc. This data is saved as Further functions
statistics in the relay.
5 Overvoltage protection (ANSI 59) Measured values

The two-element overvoltage protection detects unwanted The r.m.s. values are calculated from the acquired current
network and machine overvoltage conditions. The function and voltage along with the power factor, frequency, active
can operate either with phase-to-phase, phase-to-ground, and reactive power. The following functions are available
6 positive phase-sequence or negative phase-sequence
voltage. Three-phase and single-phase connections are
for measured value processing:
Currents IL1, IL2, IL3, IN, IEE
possible. Voltages VL1, VL2, VL3, V12, V23, V31
Undervoltage protection (ANSI 27) Symmetrical components I1, I2, 3I0; V1, V2, 3V0

7 The two-element undervoltage protection provides protec-


tion against dangerous voltage drops (especially for electric
Power Watts, Vars, VA/P, Q, S (P, Q: total and phase
selective)
machines). Applications include the isolation of generators Power factor cos j (total and phase selective)
or motors from the network to avoid undesired operating Frequency
conditions and a possible loss of stability. Proper operating Energy kWh, kVarh, forward and reverse power flow
8 conditions of electrical machines are best evaluated with
the positive-sequence quantities. The protection function is
Mean as well as minimum and maximum current and
voltage values
active over a wide frequency range (45 to 55, 55 to 65 Hz).
Even when falling below this frequency range the function Operating hours counter
continues to work, however, with decrease accuracy. The Mean operating temperature of the overload function
9 function can operate either with phase-to-phase, phase-
to-ground or positive phase-sequence voltage, and can be
Limit value monitoring
Limit values can be monitored using programmable logic
monitored with a current criterion. Three-phase and single- in the CFC. Commands can be derived from this limit value
phase connections are possible. indication
Zero suppression
In a certain range of very low measured values, the value
is set to zero to suppress interference.

10

6/10 SIPROTEC Compact SIEMENS SIP 3.01 Edition 4


Generator and Motor Protection SIPROTEC 7SK80
Application sheets

Metered values
For internal metering, the unit can calculate an energy
metered value from the measured current and voltage 1
values. If an external meter with a metering pulse output is
available, the 7SK80 can obtain and process metering pulses
through an indication input. The metered values can be dis-
played and passed on to a control center as an accumulated
value with reset. A distinction is made between forward, 2
reverse, active and reactive energy.

Expansion of the binary inputs and outputs with


SICAM I/O Unit 7XV5673
P1: Permissible number
To expand binary inputs and outputs, up to two SICAM of operating cycles
I/O Units 7XV5673 can be connected to the SIPROTEC
7SK80. Every SICAMI/O Unit 7XV7653 has 6 binary inputs,
at rated normal
current 3
P2: Permissible number
6binary outputs and one ethernet switch for cascading. The
of operating cycles
connection to the protection device is established either via at rated short-
the DIGSI Ethernet service interface Port A or via IEC 61850 circuit current
GOOSE to Port B (system interface with EN100 module). 4
Circuit-breaker wear monitoring/
circuit-breaker remaining service life Fig. 6/8Permissible number of operating cycles as a function of
breaking current
Methods for determining circuit-breaker contact wear or
the remaining service life of a circuit-breaker (CB) allow CB
Commissioning
5
maintenance intervals to be aligned to their actual degree of
wear. The benefit lies in reduced maintenance costs. Commissioning could not be easier and is supported by
There is no exact mathematical method to calculate the DIGSI 4. The status of the binary inputs can be read individu-
ally and the state of the binary outputs can be set individu-
wear or the remaining service life of a circuit-breaker that
takes arc-chambers physical conditions into account when ally. The operation of switching elements (circuit-breakers, 6
the CB opens. disconnect devices) can be checked using the switching
This is why various methods of determining CB wear have functions of the relay. The analog measured values are
evolved which reflect the different operator philosophies. represented as wide-ranging operational measured values.
To prevent transmission of information to the control center
To do justice to these, the relay offers several methods:
SI
during maintenance, the communications can be disabled 7
to prevent unnecessary data from being transmitted. During
SI x , with x = 1..3 commissioning, all indications with test tag for test pur-
Si2t. poses can be connected to a control and protection system.
The devices also offer a new method for determining the
remaining service life:
Test operation 8
Two-point method During commissioning, all indications with test tag can be
passed to a control system for test purposes.
The CB manufacturers double-logarithmic switching cycle
diagram (see Fig. 6/8) and the breaking current at the time
of contact opening serve as the basis for this method. After 9
CB opening, the two-point method calculates the remaining
number of possible switching cycles. Two points P1 and P2
only have to be set on the device. These are specified in the
CBs technical data.
All of these methods are phase-selective and a limit value
can be set in order to obtain an alarm if the actual value falls
below or exceeds the limit value during determination of
the remaining service life.
10

SIPROTEC Compact SIEMENS SIP 3.01 Edition 4 6/11


Generator and Motor Protection SIPROTEC 7SK80
Application examples

Radial systems
1) Unbalanced load
General hints:
1 The relay at the far end (D) from the
protection (ANSI 46)
as backup protection
Infeed

infeed has the shortest tripping time. against asymmetrical


faults Transformer protection
Relays further upstream have to be
time-graded against downstream
relays in steps of about 0.3 s.
2 A 52

Busbar

Further power supply B 52

I>t IN>t I2>t

3
51 51N 46
1)

Busbar

C
* 52

4 I>t IN>t I2>t


51 51N 46

5 Load
Busbar

D
* 52

6_9_LSA4839-us.pdf
6 I>t
51
IN>t
51N
I2>t
46

Load Load

7 Fig. 6/9Protection concept with overcurrent protection

1) The sensitive current


measurement of the
8
Infeed
Earth-fault detection in isolated or earth current should be
compensated systems made by core balance
current transformer
In isolated or compensated systems,
an occurred earth fault can be easily
found by means of sensitive direc- Busbar

9 tional earth-fault detection.

52
6_10_LSA4840-us.pdf

I>> I>t
50 51

7XR96 IN>t dir.

1) 67Ns
60/1

10 Load

Fig. 6/10Protection concept for directional earth-fault detection

6/12 SIPROTEC Compact SIEMENS SIP 3.01 Edition 4


Generator and Motor Protection SIPROTEC 7SK80
Application examples

Small and medium-sized


motors < 1MW
Applicable, with effective and low- 1

6_11_LSA4869-us.pdf
resistance infeed (IE IN, Motor), to 52
low-voltage motors and high-voltage I>, I>>,
I2>
I>>> IN>t > IStartt
motors with low-resistance infeed 50 51N 49 48 46
(IE IN, Motor)

M
2
Fig. 6/11Protection concept for small sized motors

High-resistance infeed
(IE IN, Motor) 52 46-
3
1
1) Zero-sequence current transformer I>> > IStartt PU I<
50 49 48 46 37
2) The sensitive directional earth-

6_12_LSA4870-us.pdf
fault detection (ANSI 67Ns) is only
4
7XR96 IN>t 2)

applicable with the infeed from an 1) 51N 67Ns

isolated system or a system earthed 60/1 A

via Petersen coil. M

Fig. 6/12Protection concept for medium sized motors 5


Busbar
Generators < 500 kW Medium-voltage

If a zero-sequence current trans-


52
6
former is available for the sensitive
earth-fault protection, the SIPROTEC
6_13_LSA4871-us.pdf

7SK80 relay with the sensitive earth- G


I>t 46-1
current input should be used.
7
IN>t PU
51/51N 46 49

Fig. 6/13Protection concept for smallest generators with solidly earthed neutral
8
Busbar
Medium-voltage
52 9
6_14_LSA4872-us.pdf

G1
I>t 46-1
IN>t PU
Generator 51/51N 46 49
2

VNom

10
RN =
* 3 (0.5 to 1) INom

Fig. 6/14Protection concept for smallest generators with low-resistance neutral earthing

SIPROTEC Compact SIEMENS SIP 3.01 Edition 4 6/13


Generator and Motor Protection SIPROTEC 7SK80
Application examples

Generators up to 1MW
Two voltage transformers in
1
Busbar
V-connection are sufficient.
52

2 81
f><

I>t 46-1 PU P> V>

6_15_LSA4873-us.pdf
51 49 46 32 59

IN>t

3 51N

4 Fig. 6/15 Protection concept for small generators

Busbar protection by overcurrent Infeed


relays with reverse interlocking
Reverse interlocking

5 Applicable to distribution busbars


without substantial (< 0.25 x IN)
backfeed from the outgoing feeders. I>>t0

50/50N 51/51N

6 52
t0 = 50 ms

Busbar

52 52 52

7
I>, I>>, I>, I>>, I>, I>>,
I>>> I>t I>>> I>t I>>> I>t

6_16_LSA4842-us.pdf
50/50N 51/51N 50/50N 51/51N 50/50N 51/51N

8 Fig. 6/16 Busbar protection with reverse interlocking

Line feeder with load shedding


In unstable power systems (e.g.
9 solitary systems, emergency power
supply in hospitals), it may be neces-
Busbar
sary to isolate selected consumers
from the power system in order
to protect the overall system. The V< f<
52
overcurrent-time protection functions 27 81U

are effective only in the case of a


short-circuit. Overloading of the I>, I>>,
I>>> IN>> I>, Ip
IN>,
INTOC
generator can be measured as a 50 50N 51 51N
6_17_LSA4876-us.pdf

10 frequency or voltage drop.


> I2> Final trip
49 46 86

Fig. 6/17 Line feeder with load shedding

6/14 SIPROTEC Compact SIEMENS SIP 3.01 Edition 4


Generator and Motor Protection SIPROTEC 7SK80
Application examples

Protection of a transformer
The high-current stage enables a Busbar

current grading, the overcurrent


High-voltage
1
stages work as backup protection to 59-1 PU ,t

subordinate protection devices, and 59

the overload function protects the


transformer from thermal overload.
Low-current, single-phase faults TRIP
I>, I>> I>t, I>>t, Ip >t I2>t, I2>>t
2

6_18_LSA2203b-us.pdf
52 50 51 49 46
on the low-voltage side, which are IN>t, IN>>t,
reproduced in the opposite system on IN>, IN>> INTOC
50N 51N
the high-voltage side, can be detected Inrush blocking

with the unbalanced load protection.


The available inrush blocking prevents
pickup caused by the inrush currents
of the transformer.
87
3

*
e.g.
7UT61
IN>t, IN>>t,
IN>, IN>> INTOC
50N 51N

52 4
Busbar
Medium-voltage
TRIP
52 52 52 52

I2>>t, I2>t
46 5
typical Feeder

6
Unbalanced fault

7
Fig. 6/18Typical protection concept for a transformer

Motor protection
For short-circuit protection, the
Busbar 8
stages I>> and IE>> are available, for
example. Sudden load variations in Rotation V< V> V0>
52 47 27 59 59N
running operation are acquired by the
Iload> function. For isolated systems,
the sensitive earth-fault detection I>, I>>,
I>>> S> 46-1 PU I< ILoad>
9
(IEE>>, V0>) can be used. The stator is 50 49 46 37 51M

protected against thermal overload by


14 Blocked rotor
us, the rotor by I2>, start-time super
49 Motor starting protection
vision and restart inhibit. A locked
6_19_LSA2204b-us.pdf

rotor is detected via a binary input, 86 Motor restart inhibit

and shut down as fast as required. The IN> IN>>

restart inhibit can be deactivated by 51N or 67N

an emergency start.
The undervoltage function prevents
Tachometer M
10
a start when the voltage is too low;
the overvoltage function prevents
insulation damages.
Fig. 6/19Typical protection concept for an asynchronous high-voltage motor

SIPROTEC Compact SIEMENS SIP 3.01 Edition 4 6/15


Generator and Motor Protection SIPROTEC 7SK80
Selection and ordering data

Product description Order No. Short code


123 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19

1 Motor Protection SIPROTEC 7SK80 V4.7 7SK80 - - +

Measuring inputs, binary inputs and outputs


Housing 1/6 19"; 4 x I, 3 BI, 5 BO (2 Changeover/Form C), 1 life contact 1

2
Housing 1/6 19"; 4 x I, 7 BI, 8 BO (2 Changeover/Form C), 1 life contact 2
Housing 1/6 19"; 4 x I, 3 x V, 3 BI, 5 BO (2 Changeover/Form C), 1 life contact 3 see
Housing 1/6 19"; 4 x I, 3 x V, 7 BI, 8 BO (2 Changeover/Form C), 1 life contact 4 next
page
Housing 1/6 19"; 4 x I, 3 BI, 5 BO (2 Changeover/Form C), 5 RTD inputs, 1 life contact 5
Housing 1/6 19"; 4 x I, 3 x V, 3 BI, 5 BO (2 Changeover/Form C), 5 RTD inputs, 1 life contact 6
Measuring inputs, default settings I
Iph = 1 A / 5 A, IE = 1 A / 5 A 1

3 Iph = 1 A / 5 A, IEE (sensitive) = 0,001 to 1,6 A / 0,005 to 8 A


Auxiliary voltage
2

24 V to 48 V 1
DC 60 V to 250 V; AC 115 V; AC 230 V 5
Construction
4 Surface-mounting case, screw-type terminal B
Flush-mounting case, screw-type terminal E
Region specific default and language settings
Region DE, IEC, language German (language changeable), standard front A

5
Region World, IEC/ANSI, language English (language changeable), standard front B
Region US, ANSI, language US-English (language changeable), US front C
Region FR, IEC/ANSI, language French (language changeable), standard front D
Region World, IEC/ANSI, language Spanish (language changeable), standard front E
Region World, IEC/ANSI, language Italian (language changeable), standard front F
Region RUS, IEC/ANSI, language Russian (language changeable), standard front
6
G
Region CHN, IEC/ANSI, language Chinese (language changeable), chinese front K
Port B (at bottom of device, rear)
No port 0
IEC 60870-5-103 or DIGSI 4/Modem, electrical RS232 1

7
IEC 60870-5-103 DIGSI 4/Modem or RTD-box, electrical RS485 2
IEC 60870-5-103 DIGSI 4/Modem or RTD-box, optical 820 nm, ST connector 3
PROFIBUS DP slave, electrical RS485 9 L 0 A
PROFIBUS DP slave, optical, double ring, ST connector 9 L 0 B
MODBUS, electrical RS485 9 L 0 D

8
MODBUS, optical 820 nm, ST connector 9 L 0 E
DNP 3.0, electrical RS485 9 L 0 G
DNP 3.0, optical 820 nm, ST connector 9 L 0 H
IEC 60870-5-103, redundant, electrical RS485, RJ45 connector 9 L 0 P
IEC 61850, 100 Mbit Ethernet, electrical, double, RJ45 connector 9 L 0 R
IEC 61850, 100 Mbit Ethernet, optical, double, LC connector 9 L 0 S
9 DNP3 TCP + IEC 61850, 100 Mbit Ethernet, electrical, double, RJ45 connector 9 L 2 R
L 2 S
DNP3 TCP + IEC 61850, 100 Mbit Ethernet, optical, double, LC connector 9
PROFINET + IEC 61850, 100 Mbit Ethernet, electrical, double, RJ45 connector 9 L 3 R
PROFINET + IEC 61850, 100 Mbit Ethernet, optical, double, LC connector 9 L 3 S
IEC 60870-5-104 + IEC 61850, 100 Mbit Ethernet, electrical,double, RJ45 connector 9 L 4 R
IEC 60870-5-104 + IEC 61850, 100 Mbit Ethernet, optical, double, LC connector 9 L 4 S
MODBUS TCP + IEC 61850, 100 Mbit Ethernet, electrical, double, RJ45 connector 9 L 5 R
MODBUS TCP + IEC 61850, 100 Mbit Ethernet, optical, double, LC connector 9 L 5 S
Port A (at bottom of device, in front)

10 No port
With Ethernet interface (DIGSI, RTD-box, I/O-Unit, not IEC 61850), RJ45 connector
0
6
Measuring/fault recording
With fault recording 1
With fault recording, average values, min/max values 3

6/16 SIPROTEC Compact SIEMENS SIP 3.01 Edition 4


Generator and Motor Protection SIPROTEC 7SK80
Selection and ordering data

ANSI No. Product description Order No. Short code


123 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
Motor Protection SIPROTEC 7SK80 V4.7 7SK80 - - +
1
4)
Basic functionality (contained in all options) H D 0
50 / 51 Overcurrent protection phase I>, I>>, I>>>, Ip
50N / 51N Overcurrent protection ground IE>, IE>>, IE>>>, IEp
50N(s) / 51N(s)1) Sensitive ground fault protection IEE>, IEE>>, IEEp
Intermittent ground fault protection
2
49 Overload protection
74TC Trip circuit supervision
50BF Circuit breaker failure protection
46 Unbalanced-load protection
86 Lockout
48 Starting time supervision
37
66 / 86
Undercurrent monitoring
Restart inhibit
3
14 Locked rotor protection
51M Load jam protection
Motor statistics
Parameter changeover
Monitoring functions
Control of circuit-breaker 4
Flexible protection functions (current parameters)
Inrush restraint
5)
H E 0
Basic functionality + Directional sensitive ground fault, voltage
and frequency protection + Directional intermittent ground fault

51V
protection
Voltage dependent inverse-time overcurrent protection
5
67N Directional overcurrent protection ground, IE>, IE>>, IE>>>, IEp
67Ns1) Directional sensitive ground fault protection, IEE>, IEE>>, IEEp
67Ns2) Directional intermittent ground fault protection

6
64 / 59N Displacement voltage
27 / 59 Under/Overvoltage
81 U / O Under/Overfrequency, f<, f>
47 Phase rotation
Flexible protection functions (current and voltage parameters):
27R / 32 / 55 / 59R/81R Protection function for voltage, power, power factor,
rate-of-frequency change, rate-of-voltage change,
7
Conformal Coating
for 7SK801, 7SK803 Z Y 1 5
for 7SK802, 7SK804, 7SK805, 7SK806 Z Y 1 6

ATEX100-certification
8
with ATEX100-certification 3) for protection of explosion-proved
machines of increased-safety type e Z X 9 9

1) Depending on the ground current input the function will be either sensitive (IEE ) or non-sensitive (IE ).
2) Function only available with sensitive ground current input (Position 7 = 2)
3) If no ATEX100-certification is required, please order without the order No. extension -ZX99
10
4) Only if position 6 = 1, 2 or 5
5) Only if position 6 = 3, 4 or 6

You will find a detailed overview of the technical data (extract of the manual) under: http://www.siemens.com/siprotec

SIPROTEC Compact SIEMENS SIP 3.01 Edition 4 6/17


Generator and Motor Protection SIPROTEC 7SK80
Connection diagrams

1
F1 IA BO1 C11
C9
F2 C10
F3 I B, IN2
2 F4
F5 IC
BO2 C14
C13
C12
F6
BO3 E1
F7 I N, INS
E2
F8
BO4 E3
E4
3 BO5 E5
E6

4 C3
C4
BI1

C5 BI2
C6
C7 BI3 Life Contact E10
5 C8 E8
E7

= + C1
Power Supply (~)
=
- C2

6
Port B
B
e.g. System interface

Port A
7 A
Contacts, Ceramic, 2.2 nF,

Ethernet interface
Interference Suppression
Capacitors at the Relay

USB-DIGSI-Interface
6_20_LSA4784-us.ai

8 Grounding on the case


250 V

Fig. 6/20 Motor protection SIPROTEC 7SK801

10

6/18 SIPROTEC Compact SIEMENS SIP 3.01 Edition 4


Generator and Motor Protection SIPROTEC 7SK80
Connection diagrams

1
F1 IA BO1 C11
F2 C9
C10
F3 I B, IN2
BO2 C14
2
F4 C13
F5 IC C12
F6
BO3 E1
F7 I N, INS
E2
F8
BO4 E3
E4
BO5
3
E5
E6
BO6 D9
D10
BO7 D11
C3 BI1 D12
C4
C5 BI2
BO8 D13 4
D14
C6
C7 BI3
C8 Life Contact E10
E8
D1 BI4
E7
5
D2
= + C1
D3 BI5 Power Supply (~)
D4 =
- C2
D5
6
BI6
D6 Port B
D7 B
BI7 e.g. System interface
D8
Port A
A Contacts, Ceramic, 2.2 nF,
Ethernet interface
7
Interference Suppression
Capacitors at the Relay

USB-DIGSI-Interface
6_21_LSA4785-us.ai

Grounding on the case


8
250 V

Fig. 6/21 Motor protection SIPROTEC 7SK802

10

SIPROTEC Compact SIEMENS SIP 3.01 Edition 4 6/19


Generator and Motor Protection SIPROTEC 7SK80
Connection diagrams

1
F1 IA BO1 C11
F2 C9
C10
F3 I B, IN2
2 F4
F5 IC
BO2 C14
C13
C12
F6
BO3 E1
F7 I N, INS
E2
F8
BO4 E3
E9 VA, VAB E4

3 E11
E12
VB, VBC BO5 E5
E6
E13 VC, VN, VX
E14

4
C3 BI1
C4
C5 BI2
C6
C7 BI3 Life Contact E10
C8
5
E8
E7

= + C1
Power Supply (~)
=
- C2

6 Port B
B
e.g. System interface

Port A

7
A
Contacts, Ceramic, 2.2 nF,
Ethernet interface
Interference Suppression
Capacitors at the Relay

USB-DIGSI-Interface
6_22_LSA4874a-en.ai

8 Grounding on the case


250 V

Fig. 6/22 Motor protection SIPROTEC 7SK803

10

6/20 SIPROTEC Compact SIEMENS SIP 3.01 Edition 4


Generator and Motor Protection SIPROTEC 7SK80
Connection diagrams

1
F1 IA BO1 C11
F2 C9
C10
F3 I B, IN2

2
BO2 C14
F4 C13
F5 IC C12
F6 BO3 E1
F7 I N, INS E2
F8 BO4 E3
E4
E9 Q2 VA, VAB
BO5
3
E5
E11 VB, VBC
E6
E12
BO6 D9
E13 VC, VN, VX
D10
E14
BO7 D11
C3 D12
C4
BI1
BO8 D13 4
C5 BI2 D14
C6
C7 BI3
C8 Life Contact E10

D1 BI4
E8
E7 5
D2
= + C1
D3 BI5 Power Supply (~)
D4 =
- C2
D5
D6
BI6
Port B
6
D7 B
BI7 e.g. System interface
D8
Port A
A
7
Contacts, Ceramic, 2.2 nF,
Ethernet interface
Interference Suppression
Capacitors at the Relay

USB-DIGSI-Interface
6_23_LSA4875-us.ai

Grounding on the case 8


250 V

Fig. 6/23 Motor protection SIPROTEC 7SK804

10

SIPROTEC Compact SIEMENS SIP 3.01 Edition 4 6/21


Generator and Motor Protection SIPROTEC 7SK80
Connection diagrams

1
F1 IA BO1 C11
F2 C9
C10
F3 I B, IN2

2
BO2 C14
F4 C13
F5 IC C12
F6
BO3 E1
F7 I N, INS
E2
F8
BO4 E3
E4

3 BO5 E5
E6

C3 Life Contact E10


4
BI1
E8
C4 E7
C5 BI2
C6 = +
(~) C1
Power Supply
C7 BI3
=
- C2
C8
5 Port B
B
e.g. System interface

Port A
6 (+)
(-)
D1
D2
RTD1
Ethernet interface
A

D5 COMP12
USB-DIGSI-Interface Interference Suppression Capacitors at the
(+) D3 Relay Contacts, Ceramic, 2.2 nF, 250 V
RTD2
(-) D4

7 (+) D7
RTD3
Grounding on the case
(-) D8
D6 COMP34
(+) D9
RTD4
(-) D10
8 (+) D11
RTD5
(-) D12
6_24_LSA4823-us.ai

D13 COMP5

D14 *)
9
Fig. 6/24 Motor protection SIPROTEC 7SK805

10

6/22 SIPROTEC Compact SIEMENS SIP 3.01 Edition 4


Generator and Motor Protection SIPROTEC 7SK80
Connection diagrams

1
F1 IA BO1 C11
F2 C9
C10
F3 I B, IN2

2
BO2 C14
F4 C13
F5 IC C12
F6
BO3 E1
F7 I N, INS
E2
F8
BO4 E3
E9 VA, VAB E4
E11
E12
VB, VBC BO5 E5
E6
3
E13 VC, VN, VX
E14

C3 Life Contact E10


4
BI1
E8
C4 E7
C5 BI2
C6 = +
(~) C1
Power Supply
C7 BI3
=
- C2
C8

Port B
5
B
e.g. System interface

Port A
(+)
(-)
D1
D2
RTD1
Ethernet interface
A
6
D5 COMP12
USB-DIGSI-Interface Interference Suppression Capacitors at the
(+) D3 Relay Contacts, Ceramic, 2.2 nF, 250 V
RTD2
(-) D4

(+) D7
RTD3
Grounding on the case 7
(-) D8
D6 COMP34
(+) D9
RTD4
(-) D10

(+) D11
8
RTD5
(-) D12
6_25_LSA4824-us.ai

D13 COMP5

D14 *)
9
Fig. 6/25 Motor protection SIPROTEC 7SK806

10

SIPROTEC Compact SIEMENS SIP 3.01 Edition 4 6/23


Generator and Motor Protection SIPROTEC 7SK80
Connection examples

Connection of current
and voltage transformers A

1
B
C
Standard connection
52 52 52
For grounded networks, the ground Surface-/Flush Mounting Housing

current is obtained from the phase F1 IA F2


currents by the residual current
2 F3 IB F4
circuit. IC
F5 F6

6_26_LSA4826us.pdf
P2 S2

IN
P1 S1 F7 F8

SIPROTEC

M
3
Fig. 6/26Residual current circuit without directional element

4 A
B
C

5
a

Surface-/Flush Mounting Housing

E9 VA-N

E11 VB-N E12


52 52 52

6 E13 VC-N E14

IA
F1 F2

6_27_LSA4827us.pdf
IB
F3 F4
IC
F5 F6
L l

7 K k F7
IN
F8

SIPROTEC

8 Fig. 6/27Residual current circuit with directional element for ground


(non directional element for phases)

A
B

9 Surface-/Flush Mounting Housing


C

52 52 52
IA
F1 F2
IB
F3 F4
IC
F5 F6
L l

K k
6_28_LSA4790us.pdf

INs
A B C F8 F7

10 L l
SIPROTEC

K k

Fig. 6/28Current transformer connections on three current transformers,


earth current of additional summation current transformer

6/24 SIPROTEC Compact SIEMENS SIP 3.01 Edition 4


Generator and Motor Protection SIPROTEC 7SK80
Connection examples

Connection for compensated


networks A

1
B
The figure shows the connection of A
C

two phase-to-ground voltages and


B
the VE voltage of the broken delta da

winding and a phase-balance neutral


current transformer for the ground dn

2
a

current. This connection maintains b

maximum precision for directional

6_29_LSA4792us.pdf
ground-fault detection and must be Surface-/Flush Mounting Housing
used in compensated networks. E9 VA-B

E11 VC-B E12

52 52 52 E13 VN E14

F1
IA
F2
3
IB
F3 F4
IC
F5 F6
L l

K k
4
A B C
F8 INs F7

L l
SIPROTEC

K k
5
Fig. 6/29Sensitive directional ground-fault detection
(non directional element for phases)

6
A
Sensitive directional ground-fault B
detection. A
C

da 7
dn Surface-/Flush Mounting Housing

52 52 52 VN
E13 E14

F1

F3
IA

IB
F2

F4
8
IC
F5 F6
L l

K k

9
6_30_LSA4793us.pdf

A B C
F8 INs F7

L l SIPROTEC

K k

Fig. 6/30Sensitive directional ground-fault detection

10

SIPROTEC Compact SIEMENS SIP 3.01 Edition 4 6/25


Generator and Motor Protection SIPROTEC 7SK80
Connection examples

Connection for all types of power


systems
A

1 The illustration shows the connection B


C
of three current transformers and two
voltage transformers in V-connection. Surface-/Flush Mounting Housing
52 52 52
A directional earth-fault protection E9
VA-B

2 is not possible, as the displacement A a

voltage cannot be calculated. B b E12


A a
VC-B
B b E11

IA
F1 F2
IB

6_31_LSA4859us.pdf
F3 F4

3 F5 IC F8
L l

F7 IN F8
K k

SIPROTEC

4 M

Fig. 6/31Residual circuit with voltage functions


5 (non directional element for phase)

10

6/26 SIPROTEC Compact SIEMENS SIP 3.01 Edition 4


Generator and Motor Protection SIPROTEC 7SK80
Connection types

Overview of connection types


Type of network Function Current connection Voltage connection
(Low-resistance) grounded
networks
Overcurrent protection
phase/ground non-directional
Residual circuit, with 3 phase-
current transformers required,
1
phase-balance neutral current
transformers possible
(Low-resistance) grounded Sensitive ground-fault protection Phase-balance neutral current
networks
Isolated or compensated Overcurrent protection phases
transformers required
Residual circuit, with 3 or 2 phase-
2
networks non-directional current transformers possible
(Low-resistance) grounded Directional overcurrent protection, Residual circuit, with 3 phase- Phase-to-ground connection or
networks phase current transformers possible phase-to-phase connection
Isolated or compensated Directional overcurrent protection, Residual circuit, with 3 or 2 phase- Phase-to-ground connection or
networks phase current transformers possible phase-to-phase connection
(Low-resistance) grounded
networks
Directional overcurrent protection,
ground-faults
Residual circuit, with 3 phase-
current transformers required,
Phase-to-ground connection
required
3
phase-balance neutral current
transformers possible
Isolated networks Sensitive ground-fault protection Residual circuit, if ground current 3 times phase-to-ground
> 0.05 IN on secondary side,
otherwise phase-balance neutral
connection or phase-to-ground
connection with broken delta 4
current transformers required winding
Compensated networks Sensitive ground-fault protection Phase-balance neutral current 3 times phase-to-ground
cos j measurement transformers required connection or phase-to-ground
connection with broken delta

Table 6/4Overview of connection types


winding
5

10

SIPROTEC Compact SIEMENS SIP 3.01 Edition 4 6/27


Generator and Motor Protection SIPROTEC 7SK80

10

6/28 SIPROTEC Compact SIEMENS SIP 3.01 Edition 4


SIPROTEC Compact
Generator and Motor Protection 7SK81
for Low-Power CT and VT Applications
Generator and Motor Protection SIPROTEC 7SK81
for Low-Power CT and VT Applications

Page
1
Description 7/3

Function overview 7/4

2 Applications 7/5

Application sheets 7/6

Application examples 7/12

Selection and ordering data 7/16

3 Connection diagrams 7/18

Connection examples 7/24

10
You will find a detailed overview of the technical data
(extract of the manual) under:
http://www.siemens.com/siprotec

7/2 SIPROTEC Compact SIEMENS SIP 3.01 Edition 4


Generator and Motor Protection SIPROTEC 7SK81
for Low-Power CT and VT Applications - Description

Description
The SIPROTEC 7SK81 provides 4 low-power current
transformer inputs and optionally 3 low-power voltage 1
transformer inputs. With the same low-power current trans-
former (LPCT) a wide range of primary rated line currents
can be covered. Objects with rated currents in the range
of 40 A to 5000 A can be protected when using low-power
current transformers. The following low-power current 2
transformer ratios are suitable for the following primary
current operating ranges:
300 A / 225 mV for a primary operating current range of

LSP3.01-0026.eps
60 A to 630 A
600 A / 225 mV for a primary operating current range of
120 A to 1250 A 3
1250 A / 225 mV for a primary operating current range of
250 A to 2500 A
100 A / 225 mV for a primary operating current range of
20 A to 200 A.
The SIPROTEC 7SK81 is a multi-functional motor protection
4
relay. It is designed for protection of asynchronous motors
of all sizes. The relays have all the required functions to be
applied as a backup relay to a transformer differential relay.
The relay provides numerous functions to respond flexibly
Fig. 7/1 SIPROTEC 7SK81 front view
5
to the system requirements and to deploy the invested
capital economically. Examples for this are: exchangeable
interfaces, flexible protection functions and the integrated
automation level (CFC). Freely assignable LEDs and a six-line
display ensure a unique and clear display of the process 6
states. In combination with up to 9 function keys, the oper-
ating personnel can react quickly and safely in any situation.
This guarantees a high operational reliability.

Highlights 7
Inputs for low power VTs and CTs according IEC 61869-6
(formerly IEC 60044-7 and IEC 60044-8)
Removable terminal blocks
LSP3.01-0008.eps

Binary input thresholds settable using DIGSI (3 stages) 8


9 programmable function keys
6-line display
Buffer battery exchangeable from the front
USB front port 9
2 additional communication ports
Integrated switch for low-cost and redundant optical
Ethernet rings
Ethernet redundancy protocols RSTP, PRP and HSR for Fig. 7/2 SIPROTEC 7SK81 rear view
highest availability
Relay-to-relay communication through Ethernet with
IEC 61850 GOOSE
Millisecond-accurate time synchronization through
Ethernet with SNTP. 10

SIPROTEC Compact SIEMENS SIP 3.01 Edition 4 7/3


Generator and Motor Protection SIPROTEC 7SK81
for Low-Power CT and VT Applications - Function overview

Protection functions IEC ANSI


Instantaneous and definite time-overcurrent protection (phase/neutral) I>, I >>, I >>>, IE>, IE>>, IE>>>; Ip, IEp 50, 50N; 51, 51N
1 Directional time-overcurrent protection, ground IE dir>, IE dir>>, IEp dir 67N
Directional overcurrent protection, ground (definite/inverse) IEE>, IEE>>, IEEp 67Ns, 50Ns
Displacement voltage, zero-sequence voltage V E, V 0> 59N
Trip-circuit supervision AKU 74TC
2 Undercurrent monitoring I< 37
Temperature monitoring 38
Thermal overload protection J> 49
Load jam protection 51M
Locked rotor protection 14
3 Restart inhibit 66/86
Undervoltage/overvoltage protection V<, V> 27/59
Forward-power, reverse-power protection P<>, Q<> 32
Power factor cos j 55
4 Overfrequency/underfrequency protection f<, f> 81O/U
Breaker failure protection 50BF
Phase-balance current protection (negative-sequence protection) I 2> 46
Unbalance-voltage protection and/or phase-sequence monitoring V2>, phase sequence 47
5 Start-time supervision 48
Lockout 86
Rate-of-frequency-change protection df / dt 81R

6
Table 7/1 Function overview

Control functions/programmable logic Communication interfaces


Commands for the ctrl. of CB, disconnect switches System/service interface
7 (isolators/isolating switches) IEC 61850 Edition 1 and 2
Control through keyboard, binary inputs, IEC 60870-5-103
DIGSI 4 or SCADA system
PROFIBUS-DP
User-defined PLC logic with CFC (e.g. interlocking).
DNP 3.0
8 Monitoring functions MODBUS RTU
Operational measured values V, I, f Ethernet redundancy protocols RSTP, PRP and HSR
Energy metering values Wp, Wq Ethernet interface for DIGSI 4, RTD box
USB front interface for DIGSI 4.
9 Circuit-breaker wear monitoring
Minimum and maximum values Hardware
Trip-circuit supervision
4 current inputs
Fuse failure monitor
0/3 voltage inputs
8 oscillographic fault records
3/7 binary inputs (thresholds configurable using software)
Motor statistics.
5/8 binary outputs (2 changeover)
0/5 RTD inputs
1 life contact
10 Pluggable voltage terminals.

7/4 SIPROTEC Compact SIEMENS SIP 3.01 Edition 4


Generator and Motor Protection SIPROTEC 7SK81
for Low-Power CT and VT Applications - Applications

The SIPROTEC 7SK81 unit is a numerical motor protection Operational indication


relay for low power CT and VT inputs. It can perform control
Event logs, trip logs, fault records and statistics documents
and monitoring functions and therefore provide the user with
a cost-effective platform for power system management, that
are stored in the relay to provide the user or operator with all 1
the key data required to operate modern substations.
ensures reliable supply of electrical power to the customers.
The ergonomic design makes control easy from the relay Motor protection
front panel. A large, easy-to-read display was a key design
factor. The SIPROTEC 7SK81 device is specifically designed to protect
induction-type asynchronous motors. 2
Control
Line protection
The integrated control function permits control of disconnect
devices, grounding switches or circuit-breakers through SIPROTEC 7SK81 units can be used for line protection of high
the integrated operator panel, binary inputs, DIGSI 4 or the and medium-voltage networks with grounded, low-resistance
grounded, isolated or a compensated neutral point.
control or automation system (e.g. SICAM).
Transformer protection
3
Programmable logic
The integrated logic characteristics (CFC) allow the user to add The SIPROTEC 7SK81 device provides all the functions for
own functions for automation of switchgear (e.g. interlocking) backup protection for transformer differential protection. The
or switching sequence. The user can also generate user-
defined messages. This functionality can form the base to
inrush suppression effectively prevents unwanted trips that
can be caused by inrush currents. 4
create extremely flexible transfer schemes.
Backup protection
Operational measured value As a backup protection the SIPROTEC 7SK81 devices are
Extensive measured values (e.g. I, V), metered values
(e.g.Wp,Wq) and limit values (e.g. for voltage, frequency)
universally applicable.
5
Switchgear cubicles for high/medium voltage
provide improved system management.
All units are designed specifically to meet the requirements
of high/medium-voltage applications. In general, no separate
measuring instruments (e.g., for current, voltage, frequency,
) or additional control components are necessary.
6
Busbar

Local/remote control CFC logic Operational measured values


7
52
Commands/Feedbacks
Limits
74TC Trip circuit supervision V, f, P
AND Mean value I, V, P, Q,
cos , f Flexible protection functions
min/max-memory

8
86 Lock out P<>, Q<> cos df/dt
32 55 81R
Operation Communication module RTD-Box
Metered energy: as counting pulses
f<, f> V> V<

RS232/485/FO/ Fault recording Additional motor protection 81U/O 59 27


Load Jam
Esc Enter
Ethernet I<
IEC 60870-5-103 Directional supplement (Ground)
7 8 9 66/86 37 48 51M
4 5 6 IEC 61850

9
1 2 3
PROFIBUS-DP
Fn 0 . Phase sequence
DNP 3.0 14 Jammed rotor protection 47
monitoring
MODBUS RTU Motor statistics
38 Storage temperature
IN>, IN>>, IN-TOC
67N
I- IN-
I>, I>>, TO IN>, IN>>, TO
I>>> C IN>>> C I2> BF
InRush Additional Directional ground
50 51 50N 51N 46 49 50BF fault protection
BLK
Visio-7SK81- fd-us.pdf

INs>, 67Ns-
INs>> TOC VN>
67Ns-
50N 51N 67Ns 59N
TOC
IN>, IN>>, IN-TOC
IN>>>
BF Breaker Failure Protection I2> Unbalanced load protection
10
66/86 Motor restart inhibit Thermal overload protection
48 Motor starting protection I< Undercurrent monitoring

Fig. 7/3 Function diagram

SIPROTEC Compact SIEMENS SIP 3.01 Edition 4 7/5


Generator and Motor Protection SIPROTEC 7SK81
for Low-Power CT and VT Applications - Application sheets

Protection functions Directional overcurrent protection, ground (ANSI 67N)


Directional ground protection is a separate function. It oper-
1 Time-overcurrent protection (ANSI 50, 50N, 51, 51N)
ates in parallel to the non-directional ground overcurrent
This function is based on the phase selective measurement elements. Their pickup values and delay times can be set
of the three phase currents and the ground current (four separately. Definite-time and inverse-time characteristics
transformers). Three definite-time overcurrent protection aroffered. The tripping characteristic can be rotated by
elements (DMT) are available both for the phase and the 0 to 180 degrees.
2 ground elements. The current threshold and the delay time For ground protection, users can choose whether the
can be set in a wide range. direction is to be calculated using the zero-sequence or
Inverse-time overcurrent protection characteristics (IDMTL) negative-sequence system quantities (selectable). If the
can also be selected and activated. zero-sequence voltage tends to be very low due to the
zero-sequence impedance it will be better to use the nega-
Reset characteristics tive-sequence quantities.
3 Time coordination with electromechanical relays are made
easy with the inclusion of the reset characteristics according
to ANSI C37.112 and IEC 60255-3 /BS 142 standards. When
using the reset characteristic (disk emulation), the reset pro-
cess is initiated after the fault current has disappeared. This
4 reset process corresponds to the reverse movement of the
Ferraris disk of an electromechanical relay (disk emulation).

Available inverse-time characteristics

5 Characteristics acc. to
Inverse
IEC 60255-3

ANSI / IEEE

Short inverse

Long inverse

6 Moderately inverse

Very inverse

Extremely inverse
Fig. 7/4Directional characteristic of the directional time-overcurrent
Table 7/2 Available inverse-time characteristics protection, ground

7 Inrush restraint
If second harmonic content is detected during the energi-
zation of a transformer, the pickup of stages I>, Ip, I>dir
and Ip dir is blocked.

8 Dynamic settings group switching


In addition to the static parameter changeover, the pickup
thresholds and the tripping times for the directional and
non-directional time-overcurrent protection functions can
9 be changed over dynamically. As changeover criterion, the
circuit-breaker position, the prepared auto-reclosure, or a
binary input can be selected.

10

7/6 SIPROTEC Compact SIEMENS SIP 3.01 Edition 4


Generator and Motor Protection SIPROTEC 7SK81
for Low-Power CT and VT Applications - Application sheets

(Sensitive) directional ground-fault detection Phase-balance current protection (ANSI 46)


(ANSI 59N/64, 67Ns, 67N) (Negative-sequence protection)
For isolated-neutral and compensated networks, the direc- By measuring current on the high side of the transformer, 1
tion of power flow in the zero sequence is calculated from the two-element phase-balance current/negative-sequence
the zero-sequence current I0 and zero-sequence voltage V0. protection detects high-resistance phase-to-phase faults
For networks with an isolated neutral, the reactive current and phase-to-ground faults on the low side of a transformer
component is evaluated; for compensated networks, the (e.g. Dy 5). This function provides backup protection for
active current component or residual resistive current is eval- high-resistance faults through the transformer. 2
uated. For special network conditions, e.g. high-resistance
grounded networks with ohmic-capacitive ground-fault Breaker failure protection (ANSI 50BF)
current or low-resistance grounded networks with ohmic- If a faulted portion of the electrical circuit is not discon-
inductive current, the tripping characteristics can be rotated nected when a trip command is issued to a circuit-breaker,
approximately 45 degrees (see Fig. 7/5). another trip command can be initiated using the breaker
Two modes of ground-fault direction detection can be
implemented: tripping or signalling only mode.
failure protection which trips the circuit-breaker of an
upstream feeder. Breaker failure is detected if, after a trip
3
It has the following functions: command is issued and the current keeps on flowing into
the faulted circuit. It is also possible to make use of the
TRIP via the displacement voltage VE
circuit-breaker position contacts for indication as opposed to
Two instantaneous elements or one instantaneous plus
one user-defined characteristic
the current flowing through the circuit-breaker. 4
Each element can be set to forward, reverse or non- Flexible protection functions
directional SIPROTEC 7SK81 enables the user to easily add up to 20
The function can also be operated in the insensitive mode additional protection functions. Parameter definitions are
as an additional short-circuit protection. used to link standard protection logic with any chosen 5
characteristic quantity (measured or calculated quantity).
The standard logic consists of the usual protection elements
such as the pickup set point, the set delay time, the TRIP
command, a block function, etc. The mode of operation for
current, voltage, power and power factor quantities can be 6
three-phase or phase-selective. Almost all quantities can be
operated with ascending or descending pickup stages (e.g.
under and over- voltage). All stages operate with protection
priority or speed.
7
Measured-value Parameter Standard protection logic
processing (simplified diagram)
Current I measured
4 Pickup
V measured Time

Visio-flexProFunc-us.pdf
3I0, I1, I2 TRIP

8
3V0, V1, V2 t command
Voltage
3 P,Q Threshold

cos
Function 1
f
Function 2
df/dt
Function 20
dV/dt

Fig. 7/6Flexible protection functions 9


Fig. 7/5Directional determination using cosine measurements for
compensated networks

(Sensitive) ground-fault detection


(ANSI 50Ns, 51Ns / 50N, 51N)
For high-resistance grounded networks, a sensitive input
transformer is connected to a split-core low-power current
10
transformer (also called core-balance CT). The function can
also be operated in the normal mode as an additional short-
circuit protection for neutral or residual ground protection.

SIPROTEC Compact SIEMENS SIP 3.01 Edition 4 7/7


Generator and Motor Protection SIPROTEC 7SK81
for Low-Power CT and VT Applications - Application sheets

Protection functions/stages available are based on the avail- Thermal overload protection (ANSI 49)
able measured analog quantities:
To protect cables and transformers, an overload protection
1 Function ANSI function with an integrated warning/alarm element for
I>, IE> 50, 50N temperature and current can be used. The temperature is
calculated using a thermal homogeneous body model (per
V<, V>, VE> 27, 59, 59N
IEC60255-8), it considers the energy entering the equip-
3I0>, I1>, I2>, I2 / I1>, 3V0>, V1> <,V2 > < 50N, 46, 59N, 47
ment and the energy losses. The calculated temperature is
2 P> <, Q> < 32 constantly adjusted according to the calculated losses. The
cos j 55 function considers loading history and fluctuations in load.
f>< 81O, 81U Protection of motors requires an additional time constant.
df / dt > < 81R This is used to accurately determine the thermal heating of
the stator during the running and motor stopped conditions.
Table 7/3 Available flexible protection functions
The ambient temperature or the temperature of the coolant
3 For example, the following can be implemented: can be detected either through internal RTD inputs or via
an external RTD-box. The thermal replica of the overload
Reverse power protection (ANSI 32R)
function is automatically adapted to the ambient conditions.
Rate-of-frequency-change protection (ANSI 81R). If neither internal RTD inputs nor an external RTD-box exist,
it is assumed that the ambient temperatures are constant.
4 Trip circuit supervision (ANSI 74TC)
One or two binary inputs can be used for monitoring the Settable dropout delay times
circuit-breaker trip coil including its incoming cables. An alarm If the relays are used in conjunction with electromechanical
signal is generated whenever the circuit is interrupted. relays, in networks with intermittent faults, the long dropout
times of the electromechanical relay (several hundred milli-
5 Lockout (ANSI 86)
seconds) can lead to problems in terms of time coordination/
All binary output statuses can be memorized. The LED reset grading. Proper time coordination/grading is only possible if
key is used to reset the lockout state. The lockout state is the dropout or reset time is approximately the same. This is
also stored in the event of supply voltage failure. Reclosure why the parameter for dropout or reset times can be defined
can only occur after the lockout state is reset. for certain functions, such as time-overcurrent protection,
6 ground short-circuit and phase-balance current protection.

10

7/8 SIPROTEC Compact SIEMENS SIP 3.01 Edition 4


Generator and Motor Protection SIPROTEC 7SK81
for Low-Power CT and VT Applications - Application sheets

Motor protection

Restart inhibit (ANSI 66/86)


1
If a motor is subjected to many successive
starts, the rotor windings or rotor bars can
be heated up to a point where the electrical
connections between the rotor bars and the
end rings are damaged. As it is not possible 2
to physically measure the heat of the rotor
we need to determine the heat by measuring
the current the rotor is drawing through the
stator to excite the rotor. A thermal replica
of the rotor is established using a I2t curve.
The restart inhibit will block the user from
starting the motor if the relay determined
3
that the rotor reached a temperature that
will damage the rotor should a start be
attempted. The relay will thus only allow a
restart if the rotor has a sufficient thermal
reserve to start (see Fig.). T - TRIP
I STARTUP Motor startup current
4
[s]
T max STARTUP cold max. startup time of motor with
Emergency start-up startup current from cold motor

If the relay determines that a restart of the T max STARTUP warm max. warm motors startup times
motor is not allowed, the relay will issue
a block signal to the closing command, I Pickup Threshold of the function
5
effectively blocking any attempt to start the
motor. The emergency startup will defeat
this block signal if activated through a binary
input. The thermal replica can also be reset
to allow an emergency restart of the motor.
T max STARTUP cold
6
T max STARTUP warm
Cold Motor
Temperature monitoring (ANSI 38)
Warm Motor
Either 5 internal RTD inputs or up to 12RTD
7
I
inputs through an external RTD box can be I Pickup I STARTUP

applied for temperature detection. Example


for the application with 5 internal RTD Fig. 7/7 Starting time supervision characteristics
inputs: Two RTDs can be applied to each
bearing (the cause of 50% of typical motor failures).
The remaining RTD is used to measure the ambient tempera- tTRIP
I A2
I
tAmax 8
ture. Stator temperature is calculated by the current flowing
through the stator windings. Alternatively up to 12 RTDs tTRIP = Tripping time IA = Motor starting current
can be applied using an external RTD box connected either tAmax = Max. permissible starting time
through RS485 on Port B or through Ethernet on Port A. I = Actual current flowing
The RTDs can also be used to monitor the thermal status of Because the flow of current is the cause of the heating of 9
transformers or other pieces of primary equipment. the motor windings, this equation will accurately calculate
the starting supervision time. The accuracy will not be
Starting time supervision/Locked rotor protection affected by reduced terminal voltage that could cause a pro-
(ANSI 48/14) longed start. The trip time is an inverse current dependant
Starting time supervision protects the motor against characteristic (I2t).
unwant- Block rotor can also be detected using a speed sensor con-
ed prolonged starts that might occur in the event of exces- nected to a binary input of the relay. If activated it will cause
sive load torque or excessive voltage drops within the motor, an instantaneous trip.
or if the rotor is locked. Rotor temperature is calculated from
measured stator current. The tripping time is calculated
10
according to the following equation:

SIPROTEC Compact SIEMENS SIP 3.01 Edition 4 7/9


Generator and Motor Protection SIPROTEC 7SK81
for Low-Power CT and VT Applications - Application sheets

Load jam protection (ANSI 51M) Frequency protection (ANSI 81O/U)


Load jam is activated when a sudden high load is applied Frequency protection can be used for overfrequency and
1 to the motor because of mechanical failure of a pump for underfrequency protection. Electric machines and parts
example. The sudden rise in current is detected by this of the system are protected from unwanted frequency
function and can initiate an alarm or a trip. The overload deviations. Unwanted frequency changes in the network
function is too slow and thus not suitable. can be detected and the load can be removed at a specified
frequency setting. Frequency protection can be used over
2 Unbalanced load protection (ANSI 46) a wide frequency range (40 to 60 (for 50 Hz), 50 to 70 (for
The unbalanced load protection detects a phase failure or 60 Hz)). There are four elements (individually set as over-
load unbalance due to system asymmetry, and protects the frequency, underfrequency or OFF) and each element can
rotor from impermissible overheating. be delayed separately. Blocking of the frequency protection
can be performed by activating a binary input or by using an
Undercurrent monitoring (ANSI 37) undervoltage element.
3 A sudden drop in current, which can occur due to a reduced Customized functions (ANSI 51V, 55 etc.)
load, is detected with this function. This may be due to shaft
that breaks, no-load operation of pumps or fan failure. Additional functions, which are not time critical, can be im-
plemented using the CFC measured values. Typical functions
Motor statistics include reverse power, voltage controlled overcurrent, phase
4 Essential statistical information is saved by the relay during
angle detection, and zero-sequence voltage detection.
a start. This includes the duration, current and voltage. The Further functions
relay will also provide data on the number of starts, total
operating time, total down time, etc. This data is saved as Measured values
5 statistics in the relay.
The r.m.s. values are calculated from the acquired current
Overvoltage protection (ANSI 59) and voltage along with the power factor, frequency, active
and reactive power. The following functions are available for
The two-element overvoltage protection detects unwanted
measured value processing:
network and machine overvoltage conditions. The function
6 can operate either with phase-to-phase, phase-to-ground,
positive phase-sequence or negative phase-sequence volt-
Currents IL1, IL2, IL3, IN, IEE
Voltages VL1, VL2, VL3, V12, V23, V31
age. Three-phase and single-phase connections are possible. Symmetrical components I1, I2, 3 I0; V1, V2, 3V0
Undervoltage protection (ANSI 27) Power Watts, Vars, VA/P, Q, S (P, Q: total and phase
selective)
7 The two-element undervoltage protection provides protec-
tion against dangerous voltage drops (especially for electric
Power factor cos j (total and phase selective)
machines). Applications include the isolation of generators Frequency
or motors from the network to avoid undesired operating Energy kWh, kVarh, forward and reverse power flow
conditions and a possible loss of stability. Proper operating Mean as well as minimum and maximum current and
8 conditions of electrical machines are best evaluated with
the positive-sequence quantities. The protection function is
voltage values
Operating hours counter
active over a wide frequency range (45 to 55, 55 to 65 Hz).
Even when falling below this frequency range the function Mean operating temperature of the overload function
continues to work, however, with decreased accuracy. The Limit value monitoring
9 function can operate either with phase-to-phase, phase-
to-ground or positive phase-sequence voltage, and can be
Limit values can be monitored using programmable logic
in the CFC. Commands can be derived from this limit value
monitored with a current criterion. Three-phase and single- indication
phase connections are possible. Zero suppression
In a certain range of very low measured values, the value
is set to zero to suppress interference.

10

7/10 SIPROTEC Compact SIEMENS SIP 3.01 Edition 4


Generator and Motor Protection SIPROTEC 7SK81
for Low-Power CT and VT Applications - Application sheets

Metered values
For internal metering, the unit can calculate an energy me-
tered value from the measured current and voltage values. If 1
an external meter with a metering pulse output is available,
the 7SK81 can obtain and process metering pulses through
an indication input. The metered values can be displayed
and passed on to a control center as an accumulated value
with reset. A distinction is made between forward, reverse, 2
active and reactive energy.

Circuit-breaker wear monitoring/


circuit-breaker remaining service life
P1: Permissible number
Methods for determining circuit-breaker contact wear or of operating cycles
the remaining service life of a circuit-breaker (CB) allow CB
maintenance intervals to be aligned to their actual degree
at rated normal
current 3
P2: Permissible number
of wear. The benefit lies in reduced maintenance costs.
of operating cycles
There is no exact mathematical method to calculate the at rated short-
wear or the remaining service life of a circuit-breaker that circuit current
takes arc-chambers physical conditions into account when 4
the
CB opens.
Fig. 7/8Permissible number of operating cycles as a function of
This is why various methods of determining CB wear have breaking current
evolved which reflect the different operator philosophies.
To do justice to these, the relay offers several methods: 5
SI Commissioning
SIx, with x = 1..3 Commissioning could not be easier and is supported by
Si2t. DIGSI 4. The status of the binary inputs can be read individu-
The devices also offer a new method for determining the ally and the state of the binary outputs can be set individu- 6
remaining service life: ally. The operation of switching elements (circuit-breakers,
disconnect devices) can be checked using the switching
Two-point method functions of the relay. The analog measured values are
The CB manufacturers double-logarithmic switching cycle represented as wide-ranging operational measured values.
diagram (see Fig. 7/8) and the breaking current at the time To prevent transmission of information to the control center 7
of contact opening serve as the basis for this method. After during maintenance, the communications can be disabled
CB opening, the two-point method calculates the remaining to prevent unnecessary data from being transmitted. During
number of possible switching cycles. Two points P1 and P2 commissioning, all indications with test tag for test purposes
only have to be set on the device. These are specified in the can be connected to a control and protection system.
CBs technical data.
Test operation
8
All of these methods are phase-selective and a limit value
can be set in order to obtain an alarm if the actual value falls During commissioning, all indications with test tag can be
below or exceeds the limit value during determination of passed to a control system for test purposes.
the remaining service life.
9

10

SIPROTEC Compact SIEMENS SIP 3.01 Edition 4 7/11


Generator and Motor Protection SIPROTEC 7SK81
for Low-Power CT and VT Applications - Application examples

Radial systems
1) Unbalanced load
General hints:
1 The relay at the far end (D) from the
protection (ANSI 46)
as backup protection
Infeed

infeed has the shortest tripping time. against asymmetrical


faults Transformer protection
Relays further upstream have to be
time-graded against downstream
relays in steps of about 0.3 s.
2 A 52

Busbar

Further power supply B 52

I>t IN>t I2>t

3
51 51N 46
1)

Busbar

C
* 52

4 I>t IN>t I2>t


51 51N 46

5 Load
Busbar

D
* 52

Visio-LSA4839-us.pdf
6 I>t
51
IN>t
51N
I2>t
46

Load Load

7 Fig. 7/9Protection concept with overcurrent-time protection

1) The sensitive current


measurement of the
8 Earth-fault detection in isolated or
compensated systems
earth current should
be made by a zero-
Infeed

sequence low-power
In isolated or compensated systems, current transformer
an occurred earth fault can be easily

9 found by means of sensitive direc- Busbar


tional earth-fault detection.

52

I>> I>t
Visio-LSA4841a-us.pdf

50 51

IN>t dir.

1) 67Ns

10 Load

Fig. 7/10Protection concept for directional earth-fault detection

7/12 SIPROTEC Compact SIEMENS SIP 3.01 Edition 4


Generator and Motor Protection SIPROTEC 7SK81
for Low-Power CT and VT Applications - Application examples

Small and medium-sized


motors < 1MW
Applicable, with effective and low- 1

Visio-LSA4869a-en.pdf
resistance infeed (IE IN, Motor), to 52
low-voltage motors and high-voltage I>, I>>,
I2>
I>>> IN>t > IStartt
motors with low-resistance infeed 50 51N 49 48 46
(IE IN, Motor).

M
2
Fig. 7/11Protection concept for small motors

1) The sensitive current


High-resistance infeed
3
measurement of the
earth current should
(IE IN, Motor) be made by a zero-
sequence low-power 52 46-
current transformer 1

Visio-LSA4870_-us.pdf
I>> > IStartt PU I<
2) The sensitive directional 50 49 48 46 37
earth-fault detection
(ANSI 67Ns) is only
applicable with the
IN>t 2)
4
1) 51N 67Ns
infeed from an isolated
system or a system
earthed via Petersen coil.
M

Fig. 7/12Protection concept for medium motors 5


Busbar
Generators < 500 kW Medium-voltage
If a core balance current transformer for
sensitive ground-fault protection is available, 52
6
SIPROTEC 7SK80 should be used with
Visio-LSA4871a-us.pdf

sensitive ground-current input.


G
I>t 46-1

7
IN>t PU
51/51N 46 49

Fig. 7/13Protection concept for smallest generators with solidly earthed neutral
8
Busbar
Medium-voltage
52 9
Visio-LSA4872a-us.pdf

G1
I>t 46-1
IN>t PU
Generator 51/51N 46 49
2

VNom

10
RN =
* 3 (0.5 to 1) INom

Fig. 7/14Protection concept for smallest generators with low-resistance neutral earthing

SIPROTEC Compact SIEMENS SIP 3.01 Edition 4 7/13


Generator and Motor Protection SIPROTEC 7SK81
for Low-Power CT and VT Applications - Application examples

Generators up to 1MW
Two voltage transformers in V circuit
1 are enough.
Busbar

52

2 81
f><

I>t 46-1 PU P> V>

Visio-LSA4873a-us.pdf
51 49 46 32 59

3
IN>t
51N

4 Fig. 7/15Protection concept for small generators

5 Busbar protection by overcurrent


relays with reverse interlocking
Infeed

Reverse interlocking

Applicable to distribution busbars


without substantial (< 0.25 x IN) I>>t0
backfeed from the outgoing feeders.
6 50/50N 51/51N

52
t0 = 50 ms

Busbar

7 52 52 52

I>, I>>, I>, I>>, I>, I>>,


I>t I>t I>t

Visio-LSA4842a-us.pdf
I>>> I>>> I>>>
50/50N 51/51N 50/50N 51/51N 50/50N 51/51N

8
Fig. 7/16 Busbar protection with reverse interlocking

10

7/14 SIPROTEC Compact SIEMENS SIP 3.01 Edition 4


Generator and Motor Protection SIPROTEC 7SK81
for Low-Power CT and VT Applications - Application examples

Line feeder with load shedding


In unstable power systems (e.g. soli-
tary systems, emergency power supply 1
in hospitals), it may be necessary to
isolate selected consumers from the
power system in order to protect the
overall system. The overcurrent-time
protection functions are effective only Busbar
2
in the case of a short-circuit. Overload-
ing of the generator can be measured V< f<
52
as a frequency or voltage drop. 27 81U

I>, I>>, IN>,


I>>> IN>> INTOC

3
I>, Ip
50 50N 51 51N

Visio-LSA4876a-us.pdf
> I2> Final trip
49 46 86

Fig. 7/17 Line feeder with load shedding


4

5
Motor protection
Busbar
For short-circuit protection, the stages
I>> and IE>> are available, for example.
Sudden load variations in running op- 52
Rotation
47
V<
27
V>
59
V0>
59N
6
eration are acquired by the Iload> func-
tion. For isolated systems, the sensitive I>, I>>,
earth-fault detection (IEE>>, V0>) can I>>> S> 46-1 PU I< ILoad>

7
50 49 46 37 51M
be used. The stator is protected against
thermal overload by s, the rotor by 14 Blocked rotor

I2>, start-time supervision and restart


Visio-LSA220ba-us.pdf

49 Motor starting protection


inhibit. A locked rotor is detected via
86 Motor restart inhibit
a binary input, and shut down as fast
8
IN> IN>>
as required. The restart inhibit can be
51N or 67N
deactivated by an emergency start.
The undervoltage function prevents a Tachometer M
start when the voltage is too low; the
overvoltage function prevents insu-
lation damages.
Fig. 7/18Typical protection concept for an asynchronous high-voltage motor
9

10

SIPROTEC Compact SIEMENS SIP 3.01 Edition 4 7/15


Generator and Motor Protection SIPROTEC 7SK81
for Low-Power CT and VT Applications - Selection and ordering data

Product description Order No. Short code


123 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19

1 7SK81 3- -3 +

Measuring inputs, binary inputs and outputs


Housing 1/6 19"; 4 x I, 3 BI, 5 BO (2 Changeover), 1 life ontact 1

2
Housing 1/6 19"; 4 x I, 7 BI, 8 BO (2 Changeover), 1 life contact 2
Housing 1/6 19"; 4 x I, 3 x V, 3 BI, 5 BO (2 Changeover), 1 life contact 3 see
Housing 1/6 19"; 4 x I, 3 x V, 7 BI, 8 BO (2 Changeover), 1 life contact 4 next
page
Housing 1/6 19"; 4 x I, 3 BI, 5 BO (2 Changeover), 1 life contact, 5 RTD inputs 5
Housing 1/6 19"; 4 x I, 3 x V, 3 BI, 5 BO (2 Changeover), 1 life contact, 5 RTD inputs 6

Low Power Measuring Inputs 3


3
Auxiliary voltage
DC 24 V / 48 V 1

4
DC 60 V / 110 V / 125 V / 220 V / 250 V, AC 115 V, AC 230 V 5

Construction
Flush mounting housing, screw-type terminal E

5 Region-specific default- and language settings


Region DE, IEC, language German (language changeable) A
Region World, IEC/ANSI, language English (language changeable) B

Port B (at bottom of device)

6 No port
IEC 60870-5-103 or DIGSI 4/modem, electrical RS232
0
1
IEC 60870-5-103 DIGSI 4/modem or RTD-box, electrical RS485 2
IEC 60870-5-103 DIGSI 4/modem or RTD-box, optical 820 nm, ST connector 3
PROFIBUS DP slave, electrical RS485 9 L 0 A

7 PROFIBUS DP slave, optical, double ring, ST connector


MODBUS, electrical RS485
9
9
L 0 B
L 0 D
MODBUS, optical 820 nm, ST connector 9 L 0 E
DNP 3.0, electrical RS485 9 L 0 G
DNP 3.0, optical 820 nm, ST connector 9 L 0 H

8 IEC 60870-5-103, redundant, electrical RS485, RJ45 connector


IEC 61850, 100 Mbit Ethernet, electrical, double, RJ45 connector
9
9
L 0 P
L 0 R
IEC 61850, 100 Mbit Ethernet, optical, double, LC connector 9 L 0 S

Port A (at bottom of device, in front)


9 No port 0
With Ethernet interface (DIGSI, RTD-box, not IEC 61850), RJ45 connector 6

Measuring / fault recording


With fault recording, average values, min/max values 3

10

You will find a detailed overview of the technical data (extract of the manual) under: http://www.siemens.com/siprotec

7/16 SIPROTEC Compact SIEMENS SIP 3.01 Edition 4


Generator and Motor Protection SIPROTEC 7SK81
for Low-Power CT and VT Applications - Selection and ordering data

ANSI No. Product description Order No. Short code


123 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
7SK81 3- -3 +
1
2)
Basic functionality H D 0
50 / 51 Overcurrent protection, phase I>, I>>, I>>>, Ip
50N / 51N Overcurrent protection, ground IE>, IE>>, IE>>>, IEp
50N(s) / 51N(s)1)
49
Sensitive ground fault protection IEE>, IEE>>, IEEp
Thermal overload protection
2
74TC Trip-circuit supervision, TCS
50BF Circuit-breaker failure protection,CBFP
46 Unbalanced-load protection
86 Lockout
48 Start-time supervision
37 Undercurrent monitoring
66 / 86
14
Restart inhibit
Locked rotor protection
3
51M Load jam protection
Motor statistics
Parameter changeover
Monitoring functions
Control of circuit-breaker
Flexible protection functions (current parameters) 4
Inrush restraint
3)
Basic functionality + Directional sensitive ground fault, H E 0
voltage and frequency protection
67N Directional overcurrent protection for ground-faults, IE>, IE>>, IEp
67Ns1) Senitive ground-fault detection for systems with resonant or isolated
neutral, IEE>, IEE>>, IEEp
5
59N Overvoltage protection
27 / 59 Under-/overvoltage protection V<, V>
81 U / O Under-/overfrequency protection f<, f>
47 Phase rotation
32 / 55 / 81R Flexible protection functions (current and voltage parameters)
Protection function for voltage, power, power factor, frequency 6
change

1) Depending on the connected low-power current transformer the function will be either sensitive (IEE)
10
or non-sensitive (IE).
2) Only if position 6 = 1, 2 or 5
3) Only if position 6 = 3, 4 or 6

SIPROTEC Compact SIEMENS SIP 3.01 Edition 4 7/17


Generator and Motor Protection SIPROTEC 7SK81
for Low-Power CT and VT Applications - Connection diagrams

1
F1 IA BO1 C11
C9
F2 IB C10
BO2 C14
2 F3 IC C13
C12
F4 IN, INS
BO3 E1
E2
BO4 E3
E4

3 BO5 E5
E6

C3
4 C4
BI1

C5 BI2
C6
C7 BI3 Life Contact E10
C8
5
E8
E7

= + C1
Power Supply (~)
=
- C2

6 Port B
B
e.g. System interface

Port A
7 A
Contacts, Ceramic, 2.2 nF,

Ethernet interface
Interference Suppression
Capacitors at the Relay

USB-DIGSI-Interface
Visio-Figure-14-us.pdf

8 Grounding on the case


250 V

Fig. 7/19 Motor protection SIPROTEC 7SK811

10

7/18 SIPROTEC Compact SIEMENS SIP 3.01 Edition 4


Generator and Motor Protection SIPROTEC 7SK81
for Low-Power CT and VT Applications - Connection diagrams

1
F1 IA BO1 C1 1
C9
F2 IB C10
BO2 C1 4
F3 IC C13
C12
2
F4 IN, INS
BO3 E1
E2
BO4 E3
E4
BO5 E5
E6
3
BO6 D9
D10
BO7 D11
C3
C4
BI1
BO8
D12
D13
4
C5 BI2 D14
C6
C7 BI3
C8 Life Contact E10

D1 BI4
E8
E7 5
D2
= + C1
D3 BI5 Power Supply (~)
D4 =
- C2
D5
D6
BI6
Port B
6
D7 B
BI7 e.g. System interface
D8
Port A
A
7
Contacts, Ceramic, 2.2 nF,

Ethernet interface
Interference Suppression
Capacitors at the Relay

USB-DIGSI-Interface
Visio-Figure-15-us.pdf

Grounding on the case 8


250 V

Fig. 7/20 Motor protection SIPROTEC 7SK812

10

SIPROTEC Compact SIEMENS SIP 3.01 Edition 4 7/19


Generator and Motor Protection SIPROTEC 7SK81
for Low-Power CT and VT Applications - Connection diagrams

1
F1 IA BO1 C11
VA-N C9
C10
F2 IB
BO2 C1 4
2 F3
VB-N
IC
C13
C12
VC-N
BO3 E1
F4 IN, INS
E2
BO4 E3
E4

3 BO5 E5
E6

C3
4 C4
BI1

C5 BI2
C6
C7 BI3
C8 Life Contact E10
5 E8
E7

= + C1
Power Supply (~)
=
- C2

6 Port B
B
e.g. System interface

Port A
7 A
Contacts, Ceramic, 2.2 nF,

Ethernet interface
Interference Suppression
Capacitors at the Relay

USB-DIGSI-Interface
Visio-Figure-16-us.pdf

8 Grounding on the case


250 V

Fig. 7/21 Motor protection SIPROTEC 7SK813

10

7/20 SIPROTEC Compact SIEMENS SIP 3.01 Edition 4


Generator and Motor Protection SIPROTEC 7SK81
for Low-Power CT and VT Applications - Connection diagrams

1
F1 IA BO1 C11
VA-N C9
C10
F2 IB
BO2 C1 4

F3
VB-N
IC
C13
C12
2
VC-N
BO3 E1
F4 IN, INS
E2
BO4 E3
E4
BO5 E5
E6
3
BO6 D9
D10
BO7 D11
C3
C4
BI1
BO8
D12
D13
4
C5 BI2 D14
C6
C7 BI3
C8 Life Contact E10

D1 BI4
E8
E7 5
D2
= + C1
D3 BI5 Power Supply (~)
D4 =
- C2
D5
D6
BI6
Port B
6
D7 B
BI7 e.g. System interface
D8
Port A
A
7
Contacts, Ceramic, 2.2 nF,

Ethernet interface
Interference Suppression
Capacitors at the Relay

USB-DIGSI-Interface
Visio-Figure-17-us.pdf

Grounding on the case 8


250 V

Fig. 7/22Motor protection SIPROTEC 7SK814

10

SIPROTEC Compact SIEMENS SIP 3.01 Edition 4 7/21


Generator and Motor Protection SIPROTEC 7SK81
for Low-Power CT and VT Applications - Connection diagrams

1
F1 IA BO1 C1 1
C9
F2 IB C10
BO2 C1 4
2 F3 IC C13
C12
F4 IN, INS
BO3 E1
E2
BO4 E3
E4

3 BO5 E5
E6

C3 Life Contact E10


4 C4
BI1
E8
E7
C5 BI2
C6 = +
(~) C1
Power Supply
C7 BI3
=
- C2
C8
5
Port B
B
e.g. System interface

Port A
6 (+) D1
RTD1
Ethernet interface
A

(-) D2
D5 COMP12
USB-DIGSI-Interface Interference Suppression Capacitors at the
(+) D3 Relay Contacts, Ceramic, 2.2 nF, 250 V
RTD2
(-) D4
7 (+) D7 Grounding on the case
RTD3
(-) D8
D6 COMP34
(+) D9
RTD4
8 (-) D10
Visio-kl-7SK815-Fig 18-us.pdf

(+) D11
RTD5
(-) D12
D13 COMP5

9 D14 *)

Fig. 7/23Motor protection SIPROTEC 7SK815

*) The shielding of the connecting cable is connected directly to the


shield cap.

10

7/22 SIPROTEC Compact SIEMENS SIP 3.01 Edition 4


Generator and Motor Protection SIPROTEC 7SK81
for Low-Power CT and VT Applications - Connection diagrams

1
F1 IA BO1 C11
VA-N C9
C10
F2 IB
BO2 C1 4

F3
VB-N
IC
C13
C12
2
VC-N
BO3 E1
F4 IN, INS
E2
BO4 E3
E4
BO5 E5
E6
3

C3 Life Contact E10


C4
BI1
E8
E7 4
C5 BI2
C6 = +
(~) C1
Power Supply
C7 BI3
=
- C2
C8
5
Port B
B
e.g. System interface

Port A
(+) D1
RTD1
Ethernet interface
A
6
(-) D2
D5 COMP12
USB-DIGSI-Interface
Interference Suppression Capacitors at the
(+) D3
Relay Contacts, Ceramic, 2.2 nF, 250 V
RTD2
(-) D4

(+) D7 Grounding on the case 7


RTD3
(-) D8
D6 COMP34
(+) D9
RTD4
(-) D10
8
Visio-kl-7SK816-Fig 19-us.pdf

(+) D11
RTD5
(-) D12
D13 COMP5

D14 *)
9
Fig. 7/24Motor protection SIPROTEC 7SK816

*) The shielding of the connecting cable is connected directly to the


shield cap.

10

SIPROTEC Compact SIEMENS SIP 3.01 Edition 4 7/23


Generator and Motor Protection SIPROTEC 7SK81
for Low-Power CT and VT Applications - Connection examples

Standard connection capabilities

1 52 52 52 Flush Mounting Housing

F1
IA

F2

2 IB

F3
IC

Visio-Figure-20-M-us.pdf
* * * F4
IN

3 A B C SIPROTEC

M
4
Fig. 7/25Connection to 3 low-power CTs, normal circuit layout,
appropriate for all networks

5
52 52 52 Flush Mounting Housing

F1
6 IA
F2
IB
F3
IC

Visio-Figure-21-us.pdf
F4
* * * IN

SIPROTEC
A B C

8
*

9
Fig. 7/26Connection to 3 low-power CTs - additional low-power CT
for sensitive ground fault detection INS - only for isolated or
compensated networks

10

7/24 SIPROTEC Compact SIEMENS SIP 3.01 Edition 4


Generator and Motor Protection SIPROTEC 7SK81
for Low-Power CT and VT Applications - Connection examples

Standard connection capabilities

52 52 52
1
LPCT/LPVT Flush Mounting Housing
R1 1) R2
F1

*
VA-N
IA
2
*

LPCT/LPVT
R1 1) R2
F2
3

*
VB-N
IB
*

LPCT/LPVT 4
R1 1) R2
F3

*
VC-N
IC
* 5

Visio-Figure-22-us.pdf
F4
A B C IN

SIPROTEC 6
*
LPCT

1) R1 and R2 represent the primary voltage divider. 7


Important! Cable Shield Grounding must be done on the Cable Side!

Fig. 7/27Connection for combined low-power current and voltage


transformers in phase L1, L2 and L3
8

10

SIPROTEC Compact SIEMENS SIP 3.01 Edition 4 7/25


Generator and Motor Protection SIPROTEC 7SK81
for Low-Power CT and VT Applications - Connection examples

Standard connection capabilities

1 52 52 52
LPVT Flush Mounting
Housing
R1 1) R2 RJ45 Y-Cable
F1 VA-N
IA

2 R1 1) R2
LPVT

RJ45 Y-Cable
F2 VB-N
IB

LPVT

3 R1 1) R2 RJ45 Y-Cable
F3 VC-N
IC

SIP.Com_001_en ai
F4
LPCT LPCT LPCT IN
A B C

SIPROTEC

5 LPCT

1) R1 and R2 represent the primary voltage divider.

Important! Cable Shield Grounding must be done on the Cable Side!

6 Fig. 7/28 C
 onnection to low-power transformers for 3 phase currents, sensitive
ground current INS and 3 phase-to-ground voltages.
The LPCT and the LPVT are connected to SIPROTEC 7SK81 through a
Y-cable (refer to Fig. 7/29)

7 To 7SJ81/7SK81

RJ45 plug
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

8
1)
1)

9
1)
1)
Visio-Y-cable_us.pdf

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
RJ45 socket RJ45 socket

10 From low-power VT
(Voltage divider)
From low-power CT

1) The connections 5, 6, 7 and 8 are optional, but not mandatory.

Fig. 7/29 Y
 -cable for a connection of LPCT and LPVT with SIPROTEC 7SK81

7/26 SIPROTEC Compact SIEMENS SIP 3.01 Edition 4


Voltage and Frequency Protection 7RW80
SIPROTEC Compact
Voltage and Frequency Protection SIPROTEC 7RW80

Page
1
Description 8/3

Function overview 8/4

2 Applications 8/5

Application sheets 8/6

Application examples 8/8

Selection and ordering data 8/10

3 Connection diagrams 8/12

Connection examples 8/14

10
You will find a detailed overview of the technical data
(extract of the manual) under:
http://www.siemens.com/siprotec

8/2 SIPROTEC Compact SIEMENS SIP 3.01 Edition 4


Voltage and Frequency Protection SIPROTEC 7RW80
Description

Description
The SIPROTEC 7RW80 is a numerical, multi-function relay for
connection to voltage transformers. It can be used in distri- 1
bution systems, on transformers and for electrical machines.
If the SIPROTEC Compact 7RW80 detects any deviation from
the permitted voltage, frequency or overexcitation values, it
will respond according to the values set. The relay can also
be applied for the purposes of system decoupling and for 2
load shedding if ever there is a risk of a system collapse as a
result of inadmissibly large frequency drops. An integrated
load restoration function allows the re-establishment of the
power system after recovery of the system frequency.

LSP3.01-0028.eps
The SIPROTEC 7RW80 features flexible protection functions.
Up to 20 additional protection functions can be created by
the user. For example, a rate of change of frequency function
3
or a reverse power function can be created.
The relay provides circuit-breaker control, additional primary
switching devices (grounding switches, transfer switches
and isolating switches) can also be controlled from the relay. 4
Automation or PLC logic functionality is also implemented in
the relay.
The integrated programmable logic (CFC) allows the user
to add own functions, e.g. for the automation of switchgear
(including: interlocking, transfer and load shedding
Fig. 8/1 SIPROTEC 7RW80 front view
5
schemes). The user is also allowed to generate user-defined
messages. The communication module is independent from
the protection. It can easily be exchanged or upgraded to
future communication protocols.
6
Highlights
Pluggable current and voltage terminals
Binary input thresholds settable using DIGSI (3 stages)
9 programmable function keys 7
6-line display
Buffer battery exchangeable from the front
USB front port
LSP3.01-0029.eps

2 additional communication ports 8


Integrated switch for low-cost and redundant optical
Ethernet rings
Ethernet redundancy protocols RSTP, PRP and HSR for
highest availability
Relay-to-relay communication through Ethernet with
9
IEC 61850 GOOSE
Millisecond-accurate time synchronization through
Ethernet with SNTP.
Fig.8/2 SIPROTEC 7RW80 rear view

10

SIPROTEC Compact SIEMENS SIP 3.01 Edition 4 8/3


Voltage and Frequency Protection SIPROTEC 7RW80
Function overview

Protection functions IEC ANSI


Undervoltage/overvoltage protection V<, V> 27/59
1 Rate-of-voltage-change protection V E, V 0> 59N 1)
Overfrequency/underfrequency protection f<, f> 81O/U
Load restoration 81LR
Jump of voltage vector Dj>
2 Overexcitation protection V/f 24
Phase-sequence-voltage supervision V2>, phase sequence 47
Synchrocheck 25
Rate-of-frequency-change protection df / dt 81R
Rate-of-voltage-change protection dV / dt 27R/59R
3 Trip circuit supervision AKU 74TC
Lockout 86

Table 8/1 Function overview

4 Control functions/programmable logic Communication interfaces


Commands for the ctrl. of CB, disconnect switches System/service interface
(isolators/isolating switches) IEC 61850 Edition 1 and 2
IEC 60870-5-103
5 Control through keyboard, binary inputs, DIGSI 4 or
SCADA system PROFIBUS-DP
DNP 3.0
User-defined PLC logic with CFC (e.g. interlocking).
MODBUS RTU
Monitoring functions Ethernet redundancy protocols RSTP, PRP and HSR

6 Operational measured values V, f


Ethernet interface for DIGSI 4
USB front interface for DIGSI 4.
Minimum and maximum values
Trip circuit supervision Hardware
Fuse failure monitor 3 voltage transformers
7 8 oscillographic fault records. 3/7 binary inputs (thresholds configurable using software)
5/8 binary outputs (2 changeover)
1 life contact
Pluggable terminal blocks.
8

10

1) Not available if function package Q or E (synchrocheck) is selected.

8/4 SIPROTEC Compact SIEMENS SIP 3.01 Edition 4


Voltage and Frequency Protection SIPROTEC 7RW80
Applications

The SIPROTEC 7RW80 unit is a numerical protection device Line protection


that can perform control and monitoring functions and
therefore provide the user with a cost-effective platform for
For the enhancement of the feeder protection the 7RW80
provides several stages for voltage and frequency protection. 1
power system management, that ensures reliable supply of
electrical power to the customers. The ergonomic design Generator and transformer protection
makes control easy from the relay front panel. A large, easy-
to-read display was a key design factor. Through implemented voltage, frequency and overexcitation

Control
protection the SIPROTEC 7RW80 can be used for generators
and transformers in case of defective voltage or frequency
2
control, full load rejection or operation in islanding genera-
The integrated control function permits control of discon-
tion systems.
nect devices, grounding switches or circuit-breakers through
the integrated operator panel, binary inputs, DIGSI 4 or the System decoupling and load shedding
control or automation system (e.g. SICAM)

Programmable logic
For system decoupling and load shedding the SIPROTEC
7RW80 provides voltage, frequency, rate-of-frequency- 3
change and rate-of-voltage-change protection.
The integrated logic characteristics (CFC) allow the user to
add own functions for automation of switchgear (e.g. inter- Load restoration
locking) or switching sequence. The user can also generate
user-defined messages. This functionality can form the base For power system recovery, frequency protection and load
restoration are available in SIPROTEC 7RW80.
4
to create extremely flexible transfer schemes.

Operational measured value Switchgear cubicles for high/medium voltage


All units are designed specifically to meet the requirements
Extensive measured values (e.g. I, V), metered values
(e.g.Wp,Wq) and limit values (e.g. for voltage, frequency) of high / medium-voltage applications. In general, no
separate measuring instruments (e.g., for current, voltage,
5
provide improved system management.
frequency, ) or additional control components are neces-
Operational indication sary.
Event logs, trip logs, fault records and statistics documents
are stored in the relay to provide the user or operator with all
6
the key data required to operate modern substations.

8
Busbar

Local/remote control CFC logic Operational measured values


52 25 Synchrocheck
Commands/Feedbacks
Limits
74TC Trip circuit supervision

9
AND Mean value
V/f
V/f dV/dt df/dt
86 Lock out min/max-memory
27R
24 81R
59R
Operation Communication module
Metered energy: as counting pulses f<, f> V> V<
81U/O 59 27
RS232/485/FO/ Fault recording
Esc Enter
Ethernet
IEC 60870-5-103 > LR
7 8 9
4 5 6 IEC 61850
PROFIBUS-DP Vector jump Load Restoration
Visio-SIP-0001-us.pdf

1 2 3
Fn 0 .
DNP 3.0 47 Phase sequence
MODBUS RTU

59N VN>
1) 10
1) Not available if function package Q (synchrocheck) is selected.

Fig. 8/3 Function diagram

SIPROTEC Compact SIEMENS SIP 3.01 Edition 4 8/5


Voltage and Frequency Protection SIPROTEC 7RW80
Application sheets

Protection functions Overexcitation protection (ANSI 24)


The overexcitation protection serves for detection of an un-
1 Undervoltage protection (ANSI 27)
permissible high induction (proportional to V/f) in generators
The two-element undervoltage protection provides protec- or transformers, which leads to thermal overloading. This
tion against dangerous voltage drops (especially for electric may occur when starting up, shutting down under full load,
machines). Applications include the isolation of generators with weak systems or under isolated operation. The inverse
or motors from the network to avoid undesired operating characteristic can be set via eight points derived from the
2 conditions and a possible loss of stability. Proper operating manufacturer data. In addition, a definite-time alarm stage
conditions of electrical machines are best evaluated with and an instantaneous stage can be used. For calculation of
the positive-sequence quantities. The protection function the V/f ratio, frequency and also the highest of the three
is active over a wide frequency range of 25 to 70 Hz. The line-to-line voltages are used. The frequency range that can
function can operate either with phase-to-phase, phase-to- be monitored comprises 25 to 70 Hz.
ground or positive phase-sequence voltage. Three-phase
3 and single-phase connections are possible. In addition a
user definable curve with up to 20 value pairs is available.
Jump of voltage vector
Monitoring the phase angle in the voltage is a criterion for
identifying an interrupted infeed. If the incoming line should
Overvoltage protection (ANSI 59)
fail, the abrupt current discontinuity leads to a phase angle
The two-element overvoltage protection detects unwanted jump in the voltage. This is measured by means of a delta
4 network and machine overvoltage conditions. The function
can operate either with phase-to-phase, phase-to-ground,
process. The command for opening the generator or coupler
circuit-breaker will be issued if the set threshold is exceeded.
positive phase-sequence or negative phase-sequence volt-
age. Three-phase and single-phase connections are possible. Flexible protection functions
In addition, a user definable curve with up to 20 value pairs SIPROTEC 7RW80 enables the user to easily add up to 20
5 is available. additional protection functions. Parameter definitions are
used to link standard protection logic with any chosen
Frequency protection (ANSI 81O/U)
characteristic quantity (measured or calculated quantity).
Frequency protection can be used for overfrequency and un- The standard logic consists of the usual protection elements
derfrequency protection. Electric machines and parts of the such as the pickup set point, the set delay time, the TRIP
6 system are protected from unwanted frequency deviations. command, a block function, etc.
Unwanted frequency changes in the network can be de-
tected and the load can be removed at a specified frequency
setting. Frequency protection can be used over a wide
frequency range of 25 to 70 Hz. There are four e
lements
7 (individually set as overfrequency, underfrequency or OFF)
and each element can be delayed separately. Blocking of the
frequency protection can be performed by activating
a binary input or by using an undervoltage element.

8 Load restoration
The load restoration function provides an automatic recon-
nection of power system parts when the system frequency
has recovered after load shedding. Four load restoration dV/dt

9 stages are available. They can be switched on and off SIP-0002.en.ai

separately. If the frequency conditions allow the assumption


Fig. 8/4 Flexible protection functions
of sufficient generation resources, the load restoration
function will consecutively reconnect small load parts at The mode of operation for voltage quantities can be three-
specified time intervals. phase or single-phase. Almost all quantities can be operated
with ascending or descending pickup stages (e.g. under and
overvoltage). All stages operate with protection priority or
speed.

10

8/6 SIPROTEC Compact SIEMENS SIP 3.01 Edition 4


Voltage and Frequency Protection SIPROTEC 7RW80
Application sheets

Protection functions/stages available are based on the Further functions


available measured analog quantities:
Function ANSI
Measured values
1
V<, V>, VE> 27, 59, 59N The r.m.s. values are calculated from the acquired voltages
3V0>, V1> <, V2> < 59N, 47 along with the frequency. The following functions are avail-
able for measured value processing:
f > < 81O, 81U
df / dt > <
dV / dt
81R
27R/59R
Voltages VL1, VL2, VL3, VL1L2, VL2L3, VL3L1
Symmetrical components V1, V2, V0
2
Frequency
Table 8/2 Available flexible protection functions
Mean as well as minimum and maximum voltage values
For example, the following can be implemented: Operating hours counter
Rate-of-frequency-change protection (ANSI 81R) Limit value monitoring
Rate-of-voltage-change protection (ANSI 27R/59R). Limit values can be monitored using programmable logic 3
in the CFC. Commands can be derived from this limit value
Synchrocheck, synchronizing function (ANSI 25) indication
When closing a circuit-breaker, the units can check Zero suppression
whether two separate networks are synchronized. Voltage-,
frequency- and phase-angle-differences are checked to
In a certain range of very low measured values, the value
is set to zero to suppress interference. 4
determine whether synchronous conditions exist.
Commissioning
Lockout (ANSI 86) Commissioning could not be easier and is supported by
All binary output statuses can be memorized. The LED reset
key is used to reset the lockout state. The lockout state is
DIGSI 4. The status of the binary inputs can be read individu-
ally and the state of the binary outputs can be set individu-
5
also stored in the event of supply voltage failure. Reclosure ally. The operation of switching elements (circuit-breakers,
can only occur after the lockout state is reset. disconnect devices) can be checked using the switching
functions of the relay. The analog measured values are
Trip circuit supervision (ANSI 74TC)
One or two binary inputs can be used for monitoring the
represented as wide-ranging operational measured values.
To prevent transmission of information to the control center
6
during maintenance, the communications can be disabled
circuit-breaker trip coil including its incoming cables. An alarm
to prevent unnecessary data from being transmitted. During
signal is generated whenever the circuit is interrupted.
commissioning, all indications with test tag for test purposes
Customized functions can be connected to a control and protection system.
7
Additional functions can be implemented using CFC or Test operation
flexible protection functions.
During commissioning, all indications with test tag can be
passed to a control system for test purposes.
8

10

SIPROTEC Compact SIEMENS SIP 3.01 Edition 4 8/7


Voltage and Frequency Protection SIPROTEC 7RW80
Application examples

Line feeder with load shedding


In unstable power systems (e.g. Overexcitation protection
1 solitary systems, emergency power 52
V>
V>> V/f=f(t)
supply in hospitals), it may be neces- 59 24
sary to isolate selected consumers 7RW80
from the power system in order to
protect the overall system. V< V>

2 The overcurrent protection functions


f<>
81
V<<
27
V>>
59

are effective only in the case of a 7RW80

short-circuit.
Overloading of the generator can be Network coupling 52
measured as a frequency or voltage
drop. 52 52 52
3 > f<>
V<
V<<
V>
V>> LR f<>
V<
V<<
V>
V>>

SIP-0015a-en.pdf
Vector jump 81 27 59 Load Restoration 81 27 59

7RW80 7RW80 M
Network decoupling Load shedding
4
Fig. 8/5 Application example 7RW80

5
50
Load shedding with rate-of-
Hz
frequency-change protection
f

6 From the measured frequency, the


frequency difference is determined fm
t
over a time interval. It corresponds to
the momentary frequency change. 49
fa
It is thus possible to quickly detect
7 any major load drops in the power
system, to disconnect certain
fb

SIP-0016.de.ai
consumers from the system, and fc
to restore the system to stability.
Unlike frequency protection, rate-of- 48
0 1 2 3 4 5
8 frequency-change-protection already
reacts before the pickup threshold of Fig. 8/6 Load shedding
t

the frequency protection is reached.


The pickup value depends on the ap-
plication, and follows the conditions
9 of the power system. The rate-of-
frequency-change protection function
can also be used for the purposes of
system decoupling.

10

8/8 SIPROTEC Compact SIEMENS SIP 3.01 Edition 4


Trafo 2 Wickl mit Erdung
Voltage and Frequency Protection SIPROTEC 7RW80
Application examples

Synchrocheck
Where two system sections are inter-
connected, the synchrocheck Busbar 1
determines whether the connection
is permissible without danger to V2
the stability of the power system. In Closing Signal
the example, load is supplied from 52
a generator to a busbar through a 1
2
transformer. The vector group of
the transformer can be considered
by means of a programmable angle
Local/remote
adjustment, so that no external control
Transformer
adjustment elements are necessary. V1 1)
2
Synchrocheck can be used for 25 SYN
3

SIP C-0022-en.pdf
2)
auto-reclosure, as well as for control
81 AR
functions (local or remote). Infeed G

1)

2)
Synchrocheck
Automatic reclosing
4
Fig. 8/7Measurement of busbar and feeder voltage
for synchronization
5

10

SIPROTEC Compact SIEMENS SIP 3.01 Edition 4 8/9


Voltage and Frequency Protection SIPROTEC 7RW80
Selection and ordering data

Product description Order No. Short code


123 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

1 7RW80 0- - +

Housing, binary inputs and outputs


Housing 1/6 19", 3x V, 3 BI, 5 BO 1) , 1 life contact 1
2 Housing 1/6 19", 3x V, 7 BI, 8 BO 1) , 1 life contact 2
see
next
Rated auxiliary voltage
page
DC 24 V / 48 V 1
DC 60 V / 110 V / 125 V / 220 V / 250 V, AC 115 V, AC 230 V 5

3 Unit version
Surface mounting housing, screw-type terminal B
Flush mounting housing, screw-type terminal E

4
Region-specific default- and language settings
Region DE, IEC, language German 2), standard front A
Region World, IEC/ANSI, language English 2), standard front B
Region US, ANSI, language US-English 2), US front C
Region FR, IEC/ANSI, language French 2), standard front D

5 Region World, IEC/ANSI, language Spanish 2), standard front


Region World, IEC/ANSI, language Italian 2), standard front
E
F
Region RUS, IEC/ANSI, language Russian 2), standard front G
Region CHN, IEC/ANSI, language Chinese 3), chinese front K

6 Port B (at bottom of device, rear)


No port 0
IEC 60870-5-103 or DIGSI 4/modem, electrical RS232 1
IEC 60870-5-103 or DIGSI 4/modem, electrical RS485 2
IEC 60870-5-103 or DIGSI 4/modem, optical 820 nm, ST connector 3

7 PROFIBUS DP slave, electrical RS485


PROFIBUS DP slave, optical, double ring, ST connector
9
9
L 0 A
L 0 B
MODBUS, electrical RS485 9 L 0 D
MODBUS, optical 820 nm, ST connector 9 L 0 E
DNP 3.0, electrical RS485 9 L 0 G

8 DNP 3.0, optical 820 nm, ST connector


IEC 61850, 100 Mbit Ethernet, electrical, double, RJ45 connector
9
9
L 0 H
L 0 R
IEC 61850, 100 Mbit Ethernet, optical, double, LC connector 9 L 0 S

Port A (at bottom of device, front)


9 No port 0
With Ethernet interface (DIGSI, not IEC 61850), RJ45 connector 6

Measuring / fault recording


With fault recording, average values, min/max values 1

Conformal Coating
for 7RW801 Z Y 1 5
for 7RW802 Z Y 1 6

10
1) 2 changeover/Form C.
2) Language selectable
3) Language not changeable

You will find a detailed overview of the technical data (extract of the manual) under: http://www.siemens.com/siprotec

8/10 SIPROTEC Compact SIEMENS SIP 3.01 Edition 4


Voltage and Frequency Protection SIPROTEC 7RW80
Selection and ordering data

ANSI No. Product description Order No. Short code


123 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
7RW80 0- - D 0+
1
Voltage and frequency protection A
27 / 59 Under/Overvoltage
64 / 59N Displacement voltage
81U / O
47
Under/Overfrequency
Phase rotation
2
74TC Trip circuit supervision
86 Lockout
Parameter changeover
Monitoring functions
Control of circuit-breaker
27R / 59R / 81R Flexible protection functions (voltage parameters): Rate-of-frequency
change, rate-of-voltage change
Voltage, frequency protection and load restoration B 3
27 / 59 Under/Overvoltage
64 / 59N Displacement voltage
81U / O Under/Overfrequency
Load restoration
47
74TC
86
Phase rotation
Trip circuit supervision
Lockout
4
Parameter changeover
Monitoring functions
Control of circuit-breaker
27R / 59R / 81R Flexible protection functions (voltage parameters):
Rate-of-frequency change, rate-of-voltage change
Voltage, frequency protection and synchrocheck C
5
27 / 59 Under/Overvoltage
81U / O Under/Overfrequency
25 Synchrocheck
47 Phase rotation
74TC
86
Trip circuit supervision
Lockout 6
Parameter changeover
Monitoring functions
Control of circuit-breaker
27R / 59R / 81R Flexible protection functions (voltage parameters): Rate-of-frequency

7
change, rate-of-voltage change
Voltage, frequency, overexcitation protection and vector jump D
27 / 59 Under/Overvoltage
64 / 59N Displacement voltage
81U / O Under/Overfrequency
24 Overexcitation

8
Vector jump
47 Phase rotation
74TC Trip circuit supervision
86 Lockout
Parameter changeover
Monitoring functions
Control of circuit-breaker
27R / 59R / 81R Flexible protection functions (voltage parameters):
Rate-of-frequency change, rate-of-voltage change 9
Voltage, frequency, overexcitation protection and vector jump, E
load restoration and synchrocheck
27 / 59 Under/Overvoltage
81U / O Under/Overfrequency
24 Overexcitation
Vector jump
Load restoration
25 Synchrocheck
47 Phase rotation
74TC Trip circuit supervision
86 Lockout
Parameter changeover
Monitoring functions
10
Control of circuit-breaker
27R / 59R / 81R Flexible protection functions (voltage parameters): Rate-of-frequency
change, rate-of-voltage change

SIPROTEC Compact SIEMENS SIP 3.01 Edition 4 8/11


Voltage and Frequency Protection SIPROTEC 7RW80
Connection diagrams

1
E9 Q2 VA, VAB, Vph-n BO1 C11
C9
E11 VB, VBC C10
E12
BO2 C14
2 E13
E14
VC, VN, Vsyn, VX C13
C12

C3 BI1 BO3 E1
C4 E2
C5 BI2 BO4 E3
C6 E4

3 C7
C8
BI3 BO5 E5
E6

Life Contact E10


E8

4
E7

= + C1
Power Supply (~)
=
- C2

5
Port B
B
e.g. System interface

Port A

Contacts, Ceramic, 2.2 nF,


A

Interference Suppression
Ethernet interface

Capacitors at the Relay


6 USB-DIGSI-Interface
8_8_SIP-0011us.pdf

250 V
7 Grounding on the case

Fig. 8/8 Voltage and frequency protection SIPROTEC 7RW801

10

8/12 SIPROTEC Compact SIEMENS SIP 3.01 Edition 4


Voltage and Frequency Protection SIPROTEC 7RW80
Connection diagrams

1
E9 Q2 VA, VAB, Vph-n BO1 C11
C9
E11 VB, VBC C10
E12
BO2 C14
E13
E14
VC, VN, Vsyn, VX C13
C12 2
C3 BI1 BO3 E1
C4 E2
C5 BI2 BO4 E3
C6 E4
C7
C8
BI3 BO5 E5
E6 3
BO6 D9
D1 BI4 D10
D2
BO7 D11
D3 BI5
D4
D5
BO8
D12
D13 4
BI6 D14
D6
D7 BI7
D8 Life Contact E10
E8
E7 5
= + C1
Power Supply (~)
=
- C2

Port B
B
6
e.g. System interface

Port A
A
Ethernet interface
Contacts, Ceramic, 2.2 nF, 7
Interference Suppression
Capacitors at the Relay

USB-DIGSI-Interface
8_9_SIP-0012us.pdf

Grounding on the case


8
250 V

Fig. 8/9Voltage and frequency protection SIPROTEC 7RW802

10

SIPROTEC Compact SIEMENS SIP 3.01 Edition 4 8/13


Voltage and Frequency Protection SIPROTEC 7RW80
Connection examples

Standard connection
A

1 B
C
Surface-/Flush Mounting
Housing
52 52 52

E9 VA

2 A B
E11 VB

E12

8_10_SIP-0006us.pdf
a b VC
E13
E14

SIPROTEC
A B C

3 Fig. 8/10Example for connection type "VAN, VBN, VCN" load-side voltage connection

A
B

4 A
C

B
da

dn

5 52 52 52 b
a

Surface-/Flush Mounting Housing

8_11_SIP-0007us.pdf
6 E9 VA-B

E11 VC-B E12

E14 VN E13

A B C SIPROTEC

7 Fig. 8/11Voltage transformer connections to two voltage transformers


(phase-to-phase voltages) and broken data winding (da-dn)

A
Connection Vx
8
B
C
Surface-/Flush Mounting
Housing
52 52 52

E9 VA-B

9 A B
E12
VC-B
E11
5_12_SIP-0008us.pdf

a b Vx
E13
E14

SIPROTEC

10 A B
a b

A B C

Fig. 8/12Example for connection type "VAB, VBC, Vx"

8/14 SIPROTEC Compact SIEMENS SIP 3.01 Edition 4


Voltage and Frequency Protection SIPROTEC 7RW80
Connection examples

Connection for synchrocheck


A

1
B
C
A B
Surface-/Flush Mounting
a b Housing
52 52 52
VA-B
E9
A B
E12
VC-B
2
E11

8_13_SIP-0010us.pdf
a b VSyn
E14
E13

SIPROTEC
A B C
3
Fig. 8/13Example for connection type VAB, VBC, VSYN

A
B 4
C
A

52 52 52 B
Surface-/Flush Mounting
b Housing 5
a E9 VPh-N
A B

a b E12
V-Transformer2
E11
6

8_14_SIP-0009us.pdf
VSyn
E13
E14

A B C SIPROTEC

Fig. 8/14Example for connection type "Vph-n, Vsyn".


The connection can be established at any one of the three phases.
7
The phase must be the same for Vph-n and Vsyn.

10

SIPROTEC Compact SIEMENS SIP 3.01 Edition 4 8/15


Voltage and Frequency Protection SIPROTEC 7RW80

10

8/16 SIPROTEC Compact SIEMENS SIP 3.01 Edition 4


Feeder Protection 7SC80
SIPROTEC Compact
Feeder Protection SIPROTEC 7SC80

Page
1
Description 9/3

Function overview 9/4

2 Applications 9/5

Construction and hardware 9/6

Transformers 9/7

Function description 9/8

3 Application examples 9/14

Selection and ordering data 9/20

Connection diagrams 9/22

4 Connection examples 9/26

Connection types 9/30

SNTP Server/Master 9/31


5

10
You will find a detailed overview of the technical data
(extract of the manual) under:
http://www.siemens.com/siprotec

9/2 SIPROTEC Compact SIEMENS SIP 3.01 Edition 4


Feeder Protection SIPROTEC 7SC80
Description

Description
The SIPROTEC 7SC80 feeder protection can be used for
protection and automation of medium-voltage distribution 1
feeders with grounded, low-resistance grounded, isolated,
or compensated neutral.
The SIPROTEC 7SC80 features flexible protection functions.
20 additional protection functions can be created by the
user. For example, a rate of change of frequency function or 2
a reverse power function can be created. The relay provides
circuit-breaker control. Additional primary switching devices
(grounding switches, transfer switches and isolating
switches) can also be controlled from the relay. Automation
or PLC logic functionality is also implemented in the device.
The integrated programmable logic (CFC) allows the user to 3

SIP-COM-01.tif
add own functions, e.g. for the automation of switchgear
(including: interlocking, transfer and load shedding
schemes). The user is also allowed to generate user-defined
messages.
The upgrade of device and communication firmware is also 4
possible via Ethernet.

Highlights
Support of feeder automation applications, e.g. fault isolation
and service restauration
Fig. 9/1 SIPROTEC 7SC80 front view with HMI
5
Designed for harsh environment
Extended temperature range 50 C up to 85 C
Open for all different communication technologies, e.g.
radio, which are used for feeder automation 6
Integrated GPS or IRIG/B module is available for time
synchronisation
Remote access for firmware and parameter updates
Fulfills NERC/CIP and BDEW security requirements
A web based HMI provides complete remote control of the
7
device
9 programmable function keys

8
6-line display
Integrated switch for low-cost and redundant optical
rings.
SIP-COM-02.tif

Devices can be connected directly with each other at


electrical modules
Parallel running communication protocols
Redundancy protocols RSTP, PRP and HSR for highest
9
availability
Current Jump detector
Extended CFC capabilities
Fig. 9/2 SIPROTEC 7SC80 side view with detached HMI
24 km Single mode interface
RTU version without protection features
Pluggable terminals Relay-to-relay communication through Ethernet with
IEC61850 GOOSE
Secondary current transformers values (1 A/5 A) settable
using DIGSI Stainless steel housing for flush or surface mounting 10
Buffer battery exchangeable without opening the housing Millisecond-accurate time synchronization through
USB front port Ethernet with SNTP
Inputs for Low power CTs and VTs according IEC 61869-6
(formerly IEC 60044-7 and IEC 60044-8).

SIPROTEC Compact SIEMENS SIP 3.01 Edition 4 9/3


Feeder Protection SIPROTEC 7SC80
Function overview

Protection functions IEC ANSI No.


Definite and inverse time-overcurrent protection (phase/ground) I>, Ip, INp 50, 50N; 51, 51N
1 Directional time-overcurrent protection phase I>, I>>, I>>>, Ip 67
Directional time-overcurrent protection ground IE>, IE>>, IE>>>, IEp 67N
Directional sensitive ground fault protection IEE>, IEE>>, IEEp 67Ns, 50Ns
Overvoltage protection, zero-sequence system V E, V 0> 59N
2 High-impedance restricted ground-fault protection 87N
Inrush restraint
Trip-ciruit supervision TCS 74TC
Undercurrent monitoring I<, P> 37
Overload protection J> 49
3 Undervoltage/overvoltage protection V<, V> 27/59
Overfrequency/underfrequency protection f<, f> 81O/U
Circuit-breaker failure protection CBFP 50BF
Voltage dependent inverse-time overcurrent protection 51V
4 Unbalanced-load protection I 2> 46
Phase-sequence-voltage supervision LA, LB, LC 47
Synchrocheck Sync 25
Automatic reclosing AR 79
5 Fault locator FL FL
Lockout 86
Forward power supervision, reverse power protection P<>, Q<> 32
Power factor cos j 55
6 Rate-of-frequency-change protection df / dt 81R
Rate-of-voltage-change protection dV/dt 27R, 59R

Table 9/1 Function overview

7 Control functions/programmable logic Communication interfaces


Commands for the ctrl. of CB, disconnect Ethernet electrical and optical
switches (isolators/isolating switches) (multimode or singlemode)

8 Control through keyboard, binary inputs,


DIGSI 4 or SCADA system
IEC 61850 Edition 1 and 2
DNP3 TCP
User-defined PLC logic with CFC PROFINET
(e.g. interlocking).
IEC 60870-5-104

9 Monitoring functions Ethernet redundancy protocols RSTP, PRP and HSR


USB front interface for DIGSI 4
Operational measured values V, I, f
Energy metering values Wp, Wq Serial DNP3 RS485 module.
Minimum and maximum values Hardware
Circuit-breaker wear monitoring 4 current transformers
Fuse failure monitor 1/4 voltage transformers
8 oscillographic fault records 12 binary inputs
Trip circuit supervision. 8 binary outputs
10 1 life contact
Pluggable current and voltage terminal blocks
Connection option for low-power current and
voltage transformers.

9/4 SIPROTEC Compact SIEMENS SIP 3.01 Edition 4


Feeder Protection SIPROTEC 7SC80
Applications

The feeder protection SIPROTEC 7SC80 is a numerical Operational indication


protection device that can perform control and monitoring
Event logs, trip logs, fault records and statistics documents
functions and therefore provides the user with a cost-
effective platform for power system management, that
are stored in the relay to provide the user or operator with 1
all the key data required to operate modern substations.
ensures reliable supply of electrical power to the customers.
Device operation was designed according to ergonomic Line protection
aspects. Top priority was given to good display readability
and large function keys. The 32 LEDs allow displaying
numerous states and alarms.
The SIPROTEC 7SC80 units can also be used for line protec-
tion of medium-voltage distribution feeders with grounded, 2
low-resistance grounded, isolated, or compensated neutral.
Control
Transformer protection
The integrated control function permits control of discon-
The device provides all the functions for backup protection
nect devices, grounding switches or circuit-breakers through
for transformer differential protection. The inrush suppres-
the integrated operator panel, binary inputs, DIGSI 4 or the
systems control (e.g. SICAM).
sion effectively prevents unwanted trips that can be caused 3
by inrush currents. The high-impedance restricted ground-
Programmable logic fault protection detects short-circuits and insulation faults
on the transformer.
The integrated logic characteristics (CFC) allow the user to
add own functions for automation of switchgear (e.g. inter-
locking), switching sequence or of the distribution system.
Backup protection 4
As a backup protection the SIPROTEC 7SC80 devices are
The user can also generate user-defined messages.
universally applicable.
Operational measured values
Switchgear cubicles for high/medium voltage
Extensive measured values, metered values and limit
All units are designed specifically to meet the requirements
5
values provide improved system management as well as
of high/medium-voltage applications. In general, no
commissioning.
separate measuring instruments (e.g., for current, voltage,
frequency, ) or additional control components are
necessary.
6
Busbar

Local/remote control CFC logic Vx V< V>


7
Commands/Feedbacks Operational measured values 27 59
74TC Trip Circuit Supervision
mm 52 AND
Limits
25 Synchrocheck
86

8
Lock out Mean value I, V, P, Q,
cos , f
Communication min/max-memory V, f, P
Operation
module
Flexible protection functions
Ethernet P<>, Q<> cos df/dt dV/dt
Metered energy: as counting pulses
IEC 61850 27R
DNP3 TCP Fault recording 32 55 81R 59R
PROFINET IO
IEC60870-5-104
Time
Synchronization
Triple/Single pole
Fault locator f<, f>
81U/O
V>
59
V<
27
9
operation 21FL
- GPS
- SNTP Directional supplement

47 Phase sequence

IN>, IN>>, IN-


IN>, IN>>, I>, I>>, I-
I>, I>>, TOC
TOC
9_3_Visio-FuncDia-us__.pdf

I>>> I-TOC IN>>> IN-TOC BF


I2> > I< 67 67N
InRush
50 51 50N 51N 46 49 50BF 51c 37 51V
BLK

79 Additional Directional ground

10
AR
fault protection
50N 51N 87N
67Ns 59N
IN>, IN>>, IN-TOC REF
IN>>>
INs>, VN>
INs>>,
67Ns-TOC

Fig. 9/3 Function diagram

SIPROTEC Compact SIEMENS SIP 3.01 Edition 4 9/5


Feeder Protection SIPROTEC 7SC80
Construction and hardware

Housing with many advantages


The SIPROTEC 7SC80 has a complete other form factor than
1 all other SIPROTEC Compact devices. All interfaces are at the
left and right hand side of the relay. A small print onto the
enclosure next to the clamps describes each port in detail.
All clamps are pluggable and therefore a pre-wiring and
easy replacement in case of maintenance is possible. A short
2 circuit is integrated in the pluggable CT clamp to avoid any
risk of unclosed secondary CT circuits. The first eight binary
inputs and the second four binary inputs have a common

SIP-COM-04.tif
SIP-COM-03.tif
ground. The threshold is fixed for 24V and higher. The
secondary values of the CTs 1 A or 5 A can be set via DIGSI.

3 Operation panel/HMI
The relay features both a clip-on and a web-based operation
panel/HMI (web monitor) with 32 LEDs and 9 programmable Fig. 9/4  Process termial Fig. 9/5 Current terminal
keys that can be used to configure shortcuts for menu
operations or other applications (see Fig. 9/6).
4 The web monitor can be started just by entering the device
IP address in an internet browser. All device monitoring and
control functions are thus available in real-time through a
communication link. The access rights can be restricted. If
security requirements are more stringent, this function can
5 also be disabled completely.
The second web monitor view provides a graphic display
which represents control displays and also enables control
operations. Additionally, the web monitor gives access to

6 operational indications, protection indications, fault records,


primary and secondary values.
You can print or save this data.
The operation panel/HMI is not mandatory for the correct

SIP-COM-05.tif
functioning of the SIPROTEC 7SC80. It can be attached or
7 detached during operation without any adverse effects. It is
installed either directly on the SIPROTEC 7SC80 base device
or connected detached using a 3 m cable.
Fig. 9/6  WebMonitor
SIPROTEC 7SC80 is suited for panel flush mounting or panel
surface mounting.
8 The SIPROTEC 7SC80 variants are always equipped with at
Current terminals single cables
least one single voltage input Vx. This input can be used e.g.
to detect line voltage of a single phase.
Cable cross-sections AWG 14-12 (2.6 mm2 to 3.3 mm2)
An optional internal GPS module can be ordered to provide
AWG 14-10 (2.6 mm2 to 6.6 mm2)
9
When using lugs
high accuracy time synchronization to the device. The GPS
Permissible tightening torque 2.7 Nm coordinates of the device can e.g. be provided to a control
Stripping length 10 mm to 11 mm (0.39 in to 0.43 in) center.
(for solid conductor) Only solid copper wires may be used.
The SIPROTEC 7SC80 devices can be equipped with either an
Process terminal connections
electrical or an optical Ethernet module. IEC61850 is always
Cable cross-sections AWG 18-12 (1.0 mm2 to 2.5 mm2) available on the module and optionally together with one of
Permissible voltages 300 V the protocolls IEC 60870-5-104, PROFINET IO or DNP3 TCP.
Permissible currents 5A The optical module can be equipped with single mode ports
Only solid copper wires may be used. to bridge distances up to 24 km, the well known integrated
10 Permissible tightening torque
Stripping length
0.4 - 0.5 Nm
7 mm (0.28 in)
Ethernet switch functionality is of course included.
The electrical module can be used in a chain mode to con-
nect another Ethernet based device or 7SC80 directly to a
Table 9/2 Wiring specifications for process connection 7SC80.
As an option a serial DNP3 module is available.

9/6 SIPROTEC Compact SIEMENS SIP 3.01 Edition 4


Feeder Protection SIPROTEC 7SC80
Transformers

Low-power transformer terminals Low-power voltage transformers


The SIPROTEC 7SC80 is available in two hardware configura- Resistive voltage dividers are provided as low-power voltage
tions, featuring 3 inputs for connecting low-power current transformers. You can generally connect all sensors that 1
transformers (if the ground current has to be measured support the following SIPROTEC 7SC80 specifications:
separately, the input Vx can be used) and optionally 3 inputs
for voltage transformers. Here, the low-power voltage Measuring range 100 mV - 250 V AC
(measuring accuracy +/- 1mV at 25C)
transformers are connected to the standard voltage trans-
former inputs. The required measuring range is activated via Input impedance 1.2 MOhms (mismatches can be corrected
in the 7SC80 parameters if necessary)
2
parameter set. Capacitive voltage dividers are supported as
well. Rated voltage 200m V - 40 V
Thermal rating 230 V continuous
Low-power current transformers
Cable 2-pole shielded, open cable end
You can generally connect all sensors to the low-power
current transformer inputs that support the following
SIPROTEC 7SC80 specifications: This enables various rated operating voltage ranges depend-
3
ing on the sensors used.
Measuring range 20 mV - 50 V AC
(measuring accuracy +/- 1 mV at 25C)
Input impedance
Rated voltage
40 kOhms
200 mV - 20 V at rated current
4
Thermal rating 200 V for 10s
Cable 2-pole shielded, open cable end

IC_SG_Spannungssensor_W3.sRGB.png
This enables various rated operating current ranges depend-
ing on the sensors used. To prevent early saturation, the
overcurrents to be expected must also be observed in the
low-power transformers.
6
Fig. 9/8  Voltage transformer

7
IC_SG_Stromsensor_W3_sRGB.png

Fig. 9/7  Current transformer 9


For protection related purpose the usability of the sensors has to be checked.
The following low-power transformers can be ordered directly via MLFB:
Type MLFB Ratio Description

Phase current sensor 6MD2320-0GA00-1AA0 300 A / 225 mV ext. 200% split core transformer for cable systems; internal diameter 55mm;
accuracy1, 5P10; impedance > 20 kOhms
Ground current sensor 6MD2320-0AF00-1AA0 60 A / 225 mV sensor split core transformer for cable systems; internal diameter
120mm; accuracy 1; impedance > 20 kOhms
10
Voltage sensor 10 kV 6MD2320-0AA04-1AA0 10 kV / 3 -> 3.25/3 for T-connector with C-taper; accuracy 1, rated burden 200 kOhms
Voltage sensor 20 kV 6MD2320-0AA07-1AA0 20 kV / 3 -> 3.25/3 for T-connector with C-taper; accuracy 1, rated burden 200 kOhms

Table 9/3 Available low-power transformers

SIPROTEC Compact SIEMENS SIP 3.01 Edition 4 9/7


Feeder Protection SIPROTEC 7SC80
Function description

Protection functions comparison protection, the directional coordinated time-


overcurrent protection is used for complete selective backup
1 Battery monitor protection.
The DC 24/48 V auxiliary voltage version allows monitor- Available inverse-time characteristics
ing an external 24 V or 48 V battery. The DC voltage is
measured directly and provided as measured value. The Characteristics acc. IEC 60255-3 ANSI / IEEE
battery is tested periodically. For this purpose, the external to
2 battery loader is deactivated temporarily, and after a short Normal invers

waiting time, an external load impedance is connected to Short inverse

the battery. The battery voltage before and after the test is
Long inveres
measured. If the voltage difference is higher than a given
Moderately inverse
threshold, a message can be generated. A number of other
Very inverse
battery-related messages is available. The battery status is
3 also indicated by a special battery LED. Extremely inverse

Table 9/4 Available inverse-time characteristics


Overcurrent protection (ANSI 50, 50N, 51, 51N, 51V)


This function is based on the phase-selective measurement Moreover there are further recloser inverse-time characteris-
of the three phase currents and the ground current (four tic curves available.
4 transformers). Three definite time-overcurrent protection
elements (DMT) are available both for the phase and the Directional time-overcurrent protection (ANSI 67, 67N)
ground elements. The current threshold and the delay
Directional phase and ground protection are separate functions.
time can be set in a wide range. 4 inverse-time overcurrent
They operate in parallel to the non-directional overcurrent ele-
protection characteristics (IDMTL) are available and can also
5 be selected and activated independently.
ments. Their pickup values and delay times can be set separately.
Definite-time and inverse-time characteristics are offered.
Reset characteristics The tripping characteristic can be rotated by 180 degrees.
Time coordination with electromechanical relays are made By making use of the voltage memory, the directionality
easy with the inclusion of the reset characteristics according can be determined reliably even for close-in (local) faults.
6 to ANSI C37.112 and IEC 60255-3/BS 142 standards. When
using the reset characteristic (disk emulation), the reset pro-
If the primary switching device closes onto a fault and the
voltage is too low to determine direction, the direction is
cess is initiated after the fault current has disappeared. This determined using voltage from the memorized voltage. If no
reset process corresponds to the reverse movement of the voltages are stored in the memory, tripping will be accord-
Ferraris disk of an electromechanical relay (disk emulation). ing to the set characteristic.
7 Inrush restraint
For ground protection, users can choose whether the
direction is to be calculated using the zero-sequence or
The relay features second harmonic restraint. If second negative-sequence system quantities (selectable). If the
harmonic content is detected during the energization of zero-sequence voltage tends to be very low due to the
a transformer, the pickup of stages (I>, Ip, I>dir and Ip dir is zero-sequence impedance it will be better to use the nega-
8 blocked. tive- sequence quantities.

Dynamic setting change


The pickup thresholds and the trip times of the directional

9 and non-directional time-overcurrent protection functions


can be changed via binary inputs or by setable time control.

Static parameter switchover


Numerous protection-relevant parameters can be switched
over statically, e.g. via binary contacts, protocol or internal
logic. 8 parameter groups are available.

Directional comparison protection (cross-coupling)


It is used for selective instantaneous tripping of sections
10 fed from two sources, i.e. without the disadvantage of time
delays of the set characteristic. The directional comparison
protection is suitable if the distances between the protection
Fig. 9/9Directional characteristics of the directional
zones are not significant and pilot wires are available for
time-overcurrent protection
signal transmission. In addition to the directional

9/8 SIPROTEC Compact SIEMENS SIP 3.01 Edition 4


Feeder Protection SIPROTEC 7SC80
Function description

(Sensitive) directional ground-fault detection Phase-balance current protection (ANSI 46)


(ANSI 59N/64, 67Ns, 67N) (Negative-sequence protection)
For isolated-neutral and compensated networks, the direc- By measuring current on the high side of the transformer, 1
tion of power flow in the zero sequence is calculated from the two-element phase-balance current/negative-sequence
the zero-sequence current I0 and zero-sequence voltage V0. protection detects high-resistance phase-to-phase faults and
For networks with an isolated neutral, the reactive current phase-to-ground faults on the low side of a transformer. This
component is evaluated; for compensated networks, the function provides backup protection for high-resistance faults
active current component or residual resistive current is through the transformer. 2
evaluated.
(Sensitive) ground-fault detection
For special network conditions, e.g. high-resistance
(ANSI 50Ns, 51Ns / 50N, 51N)
grounded networks with ohmic-capacitive ground-fault
current or lowresistance grounded networks with ohmic- For high-resistance grounded networks, a sensitive input
inductive current, the tripping characteristics can be rotated transformer is connected to a phase-balance neutral current
approximately 45 degrees (see Fig.9/10). transformer (also called core-balance CT). The function can
also be operated in the normal mode as an additional short-
3
Two modes of ground-fault direction detection can be
implemented: tripping or signalling only mode. circuit protection for neutral or residual ground protection.
It has the following functions: Breaker failure protection (ANSI 50BF)
TRIP via the displacement voltage VE
Two instantaneous elements or one instantaneous plus
If a faulted portion of the electrical circuit is not disconnected 4
when a trip command is issued to a circuit-breaker, another
one user-defined characteristic trip command can be initiated using the breaker failure pro-
Each element can be set to forward, reverse or non- tection which trips the circuit-breaker of an upstream feeder.
directional Breaker failure is detected if, after a trip command is issued
The function can also be operated in the insensitive mode the current keeps on flowing into the faulted circuit. It is also 5
as an additional short-circuit protection. possible to make use of the circuit-breaker position contacts
for indication as opposed to the current flowing through the
circuit-breaker.

High-impedance restricted ground-fault protection (ANSI


87N)
6
The high-impedance measurement principle is a simple
and sensitive method to detect ground faults, especially on
transformers. It can also be used on motors, generators and
reactors when they are operated on a grounded network. 7
When applying the high-impedance measurement principle,
all current transformers in the protected area are connected
in parallel and operated through one common resistor of
relatively high R. The voltage is measured across this resistor
(see Fig. 9/11).
8

Fig. 9/10Directional determination using cosine measurements for


compensated networks

10
LSA4115-de.ai

Fig. 9/11High-impedance restricted ground-fault protection

SIPROTEC Compact SIEMENS SIP 3.01 Edition 4 9/9


Feeder Protection SIPROTEC 7SC80
Function description

The voltage is measured by detecting the current through


the (external) resistor R at the sensitive current measure- Measured-value Parameter Standard protection logic

1
processing (simplified diagram)
ment input IEE. The varistor V serves to limit the voltage in Current4 I measured
Pickup
V measured Time
the event of an internal fault. 3I0, I1, I2 OFF-
3V0, V1, V2 t Command
It limits the high instantaneous voltage spikes that can Voltage4 P,Q Threshold

occur at current transformer saturation. At the same time, cos


Function 1
f
this results to smooth the voltage without any noteworthy Function 2

2 reduction of the average value.


df/dt
Function 20

If no faults have occurred and in the event of external or


through faults, the system is at equilibrium, and the voltage
Fig. 9/12 Flexible protection functions
through the resistor is approximately zero. In the event of
internal faults, an imbalance occurs which leads to a voltage
and a current flowing through the resistor R. Protection functions/stages available are based on the avail-
3 The same type of current transformers must be used and
must at least offer a separate core for the high-impedance
able measured analog quantities:
Function ANSI
restricted ground-fault protection. They must have the I>, IE> 50, 50N
same transformation ratio and approximately an identical
V<, V>, VE> 27, 59, 59N
knee-point voltage. They should also have only minimal
4 measuring errors. 3I0>, I1>, I2>, I2 / I1>, 3V0>, V1> <, V2 > <
P> <, Q> <
50N, 46, 59N, 47
32
Auto-reclosure (ANSI 79)
cos j 55
Multiple re-close cycles can be set by the user and lockout
will occur if a fault is present after the last re-close cycle. f>< 81O, 81U

5 The following functions are available:


1/3-pole ARC for all types of faults
df / dt > <
dI / dt > <
81R
current jump function
Separate settings for phase and ground faults Table 9/5 Available flexible protection functions
Multiple ARC, one rapid auto-reclosure (RAR) and up to
For example, the following can be implemented:
6 nine delayed auto-reclosures (DAR)
Initiation of the ARC is dependant on the trip command Reverse power protection (ANSI 32R)
selected (e.g. I2>, I>>, Ip, Idir>) Rate-of-frequency-change protection (ANSI 81R)
The ARC function can be blocked by activating a binary input Rate-of-voltage-change protection (ANSI 27R/59R)
The ARC can be initiated from external or by the PLC logic (CFC) Simplified differential protection via IEC 61850 GOOSE
7 The directional and non-directional elements can either communication.
be blocked or operated non-delayed depending on the
Synchrocheck, synchronizing function (ANSI 25)
auto-reclosure cycle
If the ARC is not ready it is possible to perform a dynamic When closing a circuit-breaker, the units can check

8 setting change of the directional and non-directional


overcurrent elements
whether two separate networks are synchronized. Voltage-,
frequency- and phase-angle-differences are checked to
determine whether synchronous conditions exist.
All types of curves can be combined together with various
overcurrent elements in different ARC cycles Trip circuit supervision (ANSI 74TC)
An additional new input interface is available for entering
9 various ARC parameters.
One or two binary inputs can be used for monitoring the
circuit-breaker trip coil including its incoming cables. An alarm
Flexible protection functions signal is generated whenever the circuit is interrupted.
Trafo 2 Wickl mit Erdung
SIPROTEC 7SC80 devices enables the user to easily add up
Lockout (ANSI 86)
to 20 additional protection functions. Parameter definitions
are used to link standard protection logic with any chosen All binary output statuses can be memorized. The LED reset
characteristic quantity (measured or calculated quantity). key is used to reset the lockout state. The lockout state is
The standard logic consists of the usual protection elements also stored in the event of supply voltage failure. Reclosure
such as the pickup set point, the set delay time, the TRIP can only occur after the lockout state is reset.
command, a block function, etc. The mode of operation for
10 current, voltage, power and power factor quantities can be
three-phase or single-phase. Almost all quantities can be
operated with ascending or descending pickup stages (e.g.
under and over voltage). All stages operate with protection
priority.

9/10 SIPROTEC Compact SIEMENS SIP 3.01 Edition 4


Feeder Protection SIPROTEC 7SC80
Function description

Thermal overload protection (ANSI 49) 1-pole operation


To protect cables and transformers, an overload protection 1-pole operation is optionally possible; switching objects
function with an integrated warning/alarm element for can be opened and closed for each phase. Furthermore, 1
temperature and current can be used. The temperature is 1-pole tripping on a fault and automatic reclosing is possible
calculated using a thermal homogeneous body model (per for each phase.
IEC60255-8), it considers the energy entering the equip- Frequency protection (ANSI 81O/U)
ment and the energy losses. The calculated temperature is
constantly adjusted according to the calculated losses. The
Frequency protection can be used for overfrequency and
underfrequency protection. Electric machines and parts
2
function considers loading history and fluctuations in load.
of the system are protected from unwanted frequency
Settable dropout delay times deviations. Unwanted frequency changes in the network
can be detected and the load can be removed at a specified
If the relays are used in conjunction with electromechanical frequency setting. Frequency protection can be used over
relays, in networks with intermittent faults, the long dropout a wide frequency range (40 to 60 (for 50 Hz), 50 to 70 (for
times of the electromechanical relay (several hundred mil-
liseconds) can lead to problems in terms of time coordination/
60 Hz)). There are four elements (individually set as over- 3
frequency, underfrequency or OFF) and each element can
grading. Proper time coordination/grading is only possible if be delayed separately. Blocking of the frequency protection
the dropout or reset time is approximately the same. This is can be performed by activating a binary input or by using an
why the parameter for dropout or reset times can be defined undervoltage element.
for certain functions such as overcurrent protection, ground
short-circuit and phase-balance current protection. Fault locator (ANSI FL)
4
Undercurrent monitoring (ANSI 37) The integrated fault locator calculates the fault impedance
and the distance to fault. The results are displayed in ,
A sudden drop in current, which can occur due to a reduced
load, is detected with this function. This may be due to shaft
kilometers (miles) and in percent of the line length.
5
that breaks, no-load operation of pumps or fan failure. Customized functions (ANSI 32, 51V, 55 etc.)

Overvoltage protection (ANSI 59) Additional functions, which are not time critical, can be im-
plemented using the CFC measured values. Typical functions
The two-element overvoltage protection (possible per
phase)detects unwanted network and machine overvoltage
include reverse power, voltage controlled overcurrent, phase
angle detection, and zero-sequence voltage detection.
6
conditions. The function can operate either with phase-
to-phase, phase-to-ground, positive phase-sequence or Sectionalizer
negative phase-sequence voltage.
This function can automatically isolate fault current sections
Undervoltage protection (ANSI 27) of a distribution circuit once an upstream breaker or recloser
has interrupted the fault current. The sectionalizer function
7
The two-element undervoltage protection provides protec- has no capacity to break fault current itself, so it is usually
tion against dangerous voltage drops (especially for electric needed as an alignment with recloser. When the recloser
machines). Applications include the isolation of generators opens for the last time, which has been preset to the
or motors from the network to avoid undesired operating
conditions and a possible loss of stability. Proper operating
sectionalizer, the sectionalizer opens and isolates the faulty
section of line.
8
conditions of electrical machines are best evaluated with
the positive-sequence quantities. The protection function is
active over a wide frequency range (45 to 55, 55 to 65 Hz).
Even when falling below this frequency range the function
continues to work, however, with decreased accuracy. The
9
function can operate either with phase-to-phase, phase-
to-ground or positive phase-sequence voltage, and can be
monitored with a current criterion. Three-phase and single-
phase connections are possible.

10

SIPROTEC Compact SIEMENS SIP 3.01 Edition 4 9/11


Feeder Protection SIPROTEC 7SC80
Function description

Further functions Circuit-breaker wear monitoring/


circuit-breaker remaining service life
1 Measured values
The r.m.s. values are calculated from the acquired current
Methods for determining circuit-breaker contact wear or
the remaining service life of a circuit-breaker (CB) allow CB
and voltage along with the power factor, frequency, active maintenance intervals to be aligned to their actual degree of
and reactive power. The following functions are available for wear. The benefit lies in reduced maintenance costs.
measured value processing:
2 Currents IL1, IL2, IL3, IN, IEE
There is no exact mathematical method to calculate the
wear or the remaining service life of a circuit-breaker that
Voltages UL1, UL2, UL3, U12, U23, U31 takes arc-chambers physical conditions into account when
Symmetrical components I1, I2, 3I0; U1, U2, 3U0 the CB opens.
Power Watts, Vars, VA/P, Q, S (P, Q: total and phase selec- This is why various methods of determining CB wear have
tive) evolved which reflect the different operator philosophies.
To do justice to these, the relay offers several methods:
3 Power factor (cos ), (total and phase selective)
Frequency
SI
SIx, with x = 1..3
Energy kWh, kVarh, forward and reverse power flow
Si2t.
Mean as well as minimum and maximum current and

4 voltage values
Operating hours counter
The devices also offer a new method for determining the
remaining service life:
Mean operating temperature of the overload function Two-point method
DC voltage measurement of an external battery The CB manufacturers double-logarithmic switching cycle
diagram (see Fig. 9/13) and the breaking current at the time
5 Measurement of the internal device temperature
Limit value monitoring
of contact opening serve as the basis for this method. After
CB opening, the two-point method calculates the remaining
Limit values can be monitored using programmable logic number of possible switching cycles. Two points P1 and P2
in the CFC. Commands can be derived from this limit value only have to be set on the device. These are specified in the
indication CBs technical data.
6 Zero suppression
In a certain range of very low measured values, the value
All of these methods are phase-selective and a limit value
can be set in order to obtain an alarm if the actual value falls
is set to zero to suppress interference. below or exceeds the limit value during determination of
the remaining service life.
Metered values
7 For internal metering, the unit can calculate an energy me-
tered value from the measured current and voltage values. If
an external meter with a metering pulse output is available,
the 7SC80 can obtain and process metering pulses through
an indication input. The metered values can be displayed
8 and passed on to a control center as an accumulated value
with reset. A distinction is made between forward, reverse,
active and reactive energy.

Binary I/O extension with SICAM I/O-Unit 7XV5673


9 To extend binary inputs and binary outputs for SIPROTEC
7SC80 up to two SICAM I/O-Units 7XV5673 can be added.
Each SICAM I/O-Unit 7XV7653 is equipped with 6 binary
P1: Permissible number
inputs and 6 binary outputs and an Ethernet switch for of operating cycles
cascading. The connection to the protection device can be at rated normal
either through the DIGSI Ethernet service interface Port A or current
through IEC 61850 GOOSE on Port B (System interface with P2: Permissible number
EN100 module). of operating cycles
at rated short-
circuit current
10
Fig. 9/13Permissible number of operating cycles as a function of
breaking current

9/12 SIPROTEC Compact SIEMENS SIP 3.01 Edition 4


Feeder Protection SIPROTEC 7SC80
Function description

Commissioning
Commissioning could not be easier and is supported by
DIGSI 4. The status of the binary inputs can be read individu- 1
ally and the state of the binary outputs can be set individu-
ally. The operation of switching elements (circuit-breakers,
disconnect devices) can be checked using the switching
functions of the relay. The analog measured values are
represented as wide-ranging operational measured values. 2
To prevent transmission of information to the control center
during maintenance, the communications can be disabled
to prevent unnecessary data from being transmitted. During
commissioning, all indications with test tag for test pur-
poses can be connected to a control and protection system.

Test operation 3
During commissioning, all indications can be passed to a
control system for test purposes.

10

SIPROTEC Compact SIEMENS SIP 3.01 Edition 4 9/13


Feeder Protection SIPROTEC 7SC80
Application examples

Infeed Infeed

1 Substation Substation
A B

2 52
27 79 27 79
52

50/50N 51/51N 50/50N 51/51N


OR Start fault isolation OR Start fault isolation

Current-jump detection Current-jump detection

3 Load
Fault localization
jdiff Communication network
Fault localization
jdiff
Load

4 52

79 79
52

50/50N 51/51N 50/50N 51/51N


OR Start fault isolation OR Start fault isolation

Current-jump detection Current-jump detection

5
Fault localization Fault localization
Load Load
jdiff jdiff

6 79
50/50N 51/51N
OR Start fault isolation

Current-jump detection

7 52
Disconnection

Fig. 9/14Ring system application with SIPROTEC 7SC80

10

9/14 SIPROTEC Compact SIEMENS SIP 3.01 Edition 4


Feeder Protection SIPROTEC 7SC80

Radial systems
General hints: 1) Auto-reclosure
The relay at the far end (D) from the (ANSI 79) only with
overhead lines
Infeed 1
infeed has the shortest tripping
2) Unbalanced load
time. Relays further upstream have to protection (ANSI 46) Transformer protection
be time-graded against downstream as backup protection
relays in steps of about 0.3 s. against asymmetrical
faults
A 52
2
Busbar

Further power supply B 52

3
I>t IN>t I2>t AR
51 51N 46 79
2) 1)

Busbar

* C 52
4
I>t IN>t I2>t
51 51N 46

Load
5
Busbar

D 52
*
I>t IN>t I2>t
6
51 51N 46

9_9_LSA4839-us.pdf
Load Load 7
Fig. 9/15Protection concept with overcurrent protection

10

SIPROTEC Compact SIEMENS SIP 3.01 Edition 4 9/15


Feeder Protection SIPROTEC 7SC80
Application examples

Earth-fault detection in isolated or


compensated systems 1) The sensitive current Infeed
1 In isolated or compensated systems,
measurement of
the earth current
an occurred earth fault can be should be made by a
easily found by means of sensitive zero-sequence current
transformer
directional earth-fault detection.
Busbar

2
52

I>> I>t
50 51

3 7XR96
1)
IN>t dir.
67Ns
60/1

Load

4 Fig. 9/16 Protection concept for directional earth-fault detection

Ring-main cable
Infeed Infeed
5 With the directional comparison
protection, 100% of the line can be
52

protected via instantaneous tripping 52 52


in case of infeed from two sources
(ring-main cable).
6
I>t IN>t >t I2>t

For lines with infeed from two sourc- 51 51N 49 46 Direct.Compar.Pickup

es, no selectivity can be achieved with


Overhead line Overhead line Protection as in
a simple definite time-overcurrent

9_10_LSA4841-us.pdf
or cable 1 or cable 2 the case of line
protection. Therefore, the directional I>t IN>t dir. I>t IN>t
or cable 1
definite time-overcurrent protection
7 must be used. A non-directional
67 67N 51 51N

definite time-overcurrent protection


is enough only in the corresponding 52 52

busbar feeders. The grading is done 52


from the other end respectively.
8 Advantage: 100% protection of 52 52
the line via instanta-
neous tripping, and 67 67N 51 51N
Direct.Compar.Pickup
easy setting. I>t IN>t dir. I>t IN>t

9 Disadvantage: Tripping times


increase towards the
Overhead line
or cable 3
Overhead line
or cable 4
Protection as in
the case of line
or cable 3
infeed. I>t IN>t dir. I>t IN>t

67 67N 51 51N

52 52

52

52 52

10 I>t

51
IN>t

51N
>t

49
I2>t

46

Load Load

Fig. 9/17Protection concept of ring power systems

9/16 SIPROTEC Compact SIEMENS SIP 3.01 Edition 4


Feeder Protection SIPROTEC 7SC80
Application examples

Busbar protection by overcurrent


relays with reverse interlocking
Applicable to distribution busbars Infeed
1
without substantial (< 0.25 x IN) Reverse interlocking
backfeed from the outgoing feeders.
I>>t0

50/50N 51/51N
2
52
t0 = 50 ms

Busbar

52 52 52

I>> I>t I>> I>t I>> I>t


3

9_11_LSA4842-us.pdf
50/50N 51/51N 50/50N 51/51N 50/50N 51/51N

4
Fig. 9/18 Busbar protection via overcurrent relays with reverse interlocking

5
Line feeder with load shedding
In unstable power systems (e.g.
solitary systems, emergency power
supply in hospitals), it may be neces-
sary to isolate selected consumers Busbar
6
from the power system in order to
protect the overall system.
V< f<
The overcurrent protection functions 52

7
27 81U
are effective only in the case of a
short-circuit. I>, I>>, IN>,
I>>> IN>> I>, Ip INTOC
Overloading of the generator can be 50 50N 51 51N
9_12_LSA2216a-us.pdf

measured as a frequency or voltage


drop.
8
> I2> Final trip
79M 49 46 86

Fig. 9/19Line feeder with load shedding

10

SIPROTEC Compact SIEMENS SIP 3.01 Edition 4 9/17


Feeder Protection SIPROTEC 7SC80
Application examples

Automatic reclosing
The Automatic reclosing function (AR)
1 has starting and blocking options. In the
52
Stage can
be blocked
Stage get slower executes the
than the fuse or reclosing for
opposite example, the application of the
lower protection the hole feeder
blocking of the high-current stages is devices graduated
represented according to the reclosing
cycles. The overcurrent protection is
2
ON
52 52
graded (stages I, Ip) according to the TRIP

grading plan. If an Automatic reclosing I>, I>>, I>>> I>t, I>>t, Ip

9_13_LSA2219c-us.pdf
function is installed in the incoming 50 51
supply of a feeder, first of all the complete IN>t, IN>>t,
feeder is tripped instantaneously in case IN>> INTOC AR
50N 51N 79
of fault. Arc faults will be extinguished
3 independently of the fault location. Other
protection relays or fuses do not trip
(fuse saving scheme). After successful
Automatic reclosing, all consumers are
supplied with energy again. If there is 52 Fuse opens by

4
unsuccessful reclosing
a permanent fault, further reclosing
cycles will be performed. Depending on I>t, Ip
the setting of the AR, the instantaneous 67
Circuit-breaker opens
by unsuccessful reclosing
tripping stage in the infeed is blocked in
the first, second or third cycle, i.e., now
5 the grading is effective according to the
grading plan. Depending on the fault Fig. 9/20Auto-reclosure
location, overcurrent relays with faster
grading, fuses, or the relay in the infeed
will trip. Only the part of the feeder with
6 the permanent fault will be shut down
definitively.

Reverse power protection with parallel


infeeds Infeed Infeed
A B
7 If a busbar is supplied by two parallel
infeeds and there is a fault in one of the
infeeds, the affected busbar shall be
selectively shut down, so that supply to
the busbar is still possible through the 52 52
9_14_LSA4116-us.pdf

8 remaining infeed. To do this, directional


devices are required, which detect a 67 67N 32R 67 67N 32R

short circuit from the busbar towards the


infeed. In this context, the directional 52
time-overcurrent protection is normally
9
52 52
adjusted over the load current. Low-cur-
rent faults cannot be shut down by this
protection. The reverse power protection
can be adjusted far below rated power,
Feeder Feeder
and is thus also able to detect reverse
power in case of low-current faults far
Fig. 9/21Reverse power protection with parallel infeeds
below the load current. The reverse
power protection is implemented through
the flexible protection functions.

10

9/18 SIPROTEC Compact SIEMENS SIP 3.01 Edition 4


Feeder Protection SIPROTEC 7SC80
Application examples

Synchrocheck
Where two system sections are inter-
connected, the synchrocheck Busbar
1
determines whether the connection V2
is permissible without danger to Closing Signal
the stability of the power system. In mm 52
1
the example, load is supplied from
a generator to a busbar through a 2
transformer. The vector group of
Local/remote
the transformer can be considered Transformer control
by means of a programmable angle VT1 1)

Syncro_7SC80-us ai
3
25 SYN
adjustment, so that no external 2)

adjustment elements are necessary. 79 AR


Infeed G
Synchrocheck can be used for
auto-reclosure, as well as for control
3
1)
functions (local or remote). Synchrocheck
2)
Automatic reclosing

Fig. 9/22 Measurement of busbar and feeder voltage for synchronization 4

Busbar
Protection of a transformer
The high-current stage enables a cur- 59-1 PU ,t
High-voltage
5
59
rent grading, the overcurrent
stages work as backup protection to
subordinate protection devices, and I>, I>> I>t, I>>t, Ip >t I2>t, I2>>t

6
TRIP
the overload function protects the 52 50 51 49 46

transformer from thermal overload. IN>, IN>>


IN>t, IN>>t,
INTOC
Low-current, single-phase faults 50N 51N Inrush blocking

on the low-voltage side, which are


reproduced in the opposite system
on the high-voltage side, can be
detected with the unbalanced load
52 7
protection. The available inrush
blocking prevents pickup caused 87

by the inrush currents of the trans-


former.
e.g.
7UT61
52 8
*

IN>, IN>> IN>t, IN>>t, INTOC


50N 51N

52 9
Busbar
Medium-voltage
TRIP
52 52 52 52
4_17_LSA2203b-us.pdf

I2>>t, I2>t I>, I>> I>t, I>>t, Ip


46 50 51

typical Feeder

10
Unbalanced fault

Fig. 9/23Typical protection concept for a transformer

SIPROTEC Compact SIEMENS SIP 3.01 Edition 4 9/19


Feeder Protection SIPROTEC 7SC80
Selection and ordering data

Description Order No. Short code


123 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19

1 Feeder Protection SIPROTEC 7SC80 7SC80 - -3 +

Housing, binary inputs and outputs


Housing, 12 BI, 8 BO, 1 life contact 2

2 Specification of CT and VT measurement inputs


3 x I LPS / LoPo, 1 x V 1) 1
4 x I 1 A / 5 A, 1 x V 2
3 x I LPS / LoPo, 4 x V 1) 3
4 x I 1 A/5 A, 4 x V 4

3 3 x I 1 A / 5A, 1 x IEE (sensitive) = 0,001 to 1,6 A / 0,005 to 8 A, 1 x V


3 x I 1 A / 5 A, 1 x IEE (sensitive) = 0,001 to 1,6 A / 0,005 to 8 A, 4 x V
5
6

Rated auxiliary voltage


DC 60 V to 250 V; AC 115 V; AC 230 V 1

4 DC 24 V / 48 V
DC 24 V / 48 V, Battery monitoring
2
3

Unit version
Surface mounting housing A

5 Surface/Flush mounting housing with HMI


Surface mounting housing with detached HMI
B
C

Region-specific default and language settings 2)


Region DE, IEC, language German 2) A

6 Region World, IEC/ANSI, language English 2)


Region US, ANSI, language US-English 2)
B
C
Region World, IEC/ANSI, language French 2) D
Region World, IEC/ANSI, language Spanish 2) E
Region World, IEC/ ANSI, language Russian 2) G

7 System interface L
No port 0
100 Mbit Ethernet, electrical, RJ45 connector 9 R
100 Mbit Ethernet, with integrated switch, optical, 2 x LC connector multimode 9 S

8 100 Mbit Ethernet, with integrated switch, optical, 2 x LC connector singlemode 24 km 9 T

Protocol for system interface


IEC 61850 L 0
IEC 61850 + DNP3 TCP L 2

9 IEC 61850 + PROFINET 3)


IEC 61850 + IEC 60870-5-104
L 3
L 4
DNP3, RS485 L 6 G

Additional interfaces
No module 0
IRIG-B optical module 6
GPS-module 7
see
Functionality next

10 MLFB - number 13, 14, 15, 16 for optional features


page

1) The mentioned sensors of SICAM FCM can be used. For protection related purpose the usability of the sensors have to be checked
2) Language selectable
3) Only with 100 Mbit Ethernet electrical and multimode
You will find a detailed overview of the technical data (extract of the manual) under: http://www.siemens.com/siprotec

9/20 SIPROTEC Compact SIEMENS SIP 3.01 Edition 4


Feeder Protection SIPROTEC 7SC80
Selection and ordering data

ANSI No. Description Order No. Short code


123 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
7SC80 - -3 +
1
Software packages Base Package A F A
50 / 51 Time-overcurrent protection phase: I>, I>>, I>>>, Ip
50N / 51N Time-overcurrent protection ground IE >, IE >>, IE >>>, IEP
50N(s) / 51N(s)
50BF
Sensitive ground fault protection IEE>, IEE>>, IEEp 4)
Circuit-breaker failure protection
2
46 Negative sequence/unbalanced load protection
49 Thermal Overload protection
87N High impedance REF 3)
74TC Trip circuit supervision
37 Undercurrent
51c Cold load pickup
81HBL2
86
Inrush restraint
Lockout
3
60CTS CT supervision
Parameter changeover
Jump detector with Delta measurement
Monitoring functions
Control of circuit breaker
Flexible protection functions (current parameters) 4
Under-/overfrequency
Fault recording, average values, min/max values
Sectionalizer function
Base Package B (containing A) 1) F B
67
67N
Directional overcurrent protection phase I>, I>> , I>>>, IEp
Directional overcurrent protection ground IE>, IE>>, I>>>, IEp
5
67Ns Directional sensitive ground fault protection IEE>, IEE>>, IEEp 4)
27/ 59 Under-/overvoltage
81U / O Under-/overfrequency f< ,f>
25 Sync-check
47
64 / 59N
Negative-sequence overvoltage protection
Displacement voltage 6
60VTS VT supervision
32 / 55 / 81R Flexible protection functions (current and voltage parameters)
Protective function for voltage,
power, power factor, frequency change

Base Package N (containing R) 2) 5) FN


7
NTP-server functionality, no protection

Base Package R 2) F R
pure RTU functionality, no protection
Sectionalizer function
8
Additional functions
Without 0
79 With autoreclose 1 9
1)
FL With fault locator 2
79 / FL With autoreclose and fault locator 3
79 / TS With single/triple pole autoreclose 1) 4
79 / TS / FL With single/triple pole autoreclose and fault locator 1) 5

1) Only with position 7 = 3, 4 or 6


2) Only with position 16 = 0
10
3) 87N (REF) only with sensitive ground current input (position 7 = 5 oder 6)
4) Depending On the ground current Input the function will be either sensitive (I EE) or Non-sensitive (I E)
5) Only with position 12 = 7

You will find a detailed overview of the technical data (extract of the manual) under: http://www.siemens.com/siprotec

SIPROTEC Compact SIEMENS SIP 3.01 Edition 4 9/21


Feeder Protection SIPROTEC 7SC80
Connection diagrams

1
72 BI1 + 1

SIP.Com_002_en ai
71 BI2 + 2
70 BI3 + 3
69 BI4 + 4

2 68
67
BI5
BI6
+
+
5
6
66 BI7 + 7
65 BI8 + 8
64 IC - 9
63 10
62 IB/INs BI9 + 11
61 BI10 + 12
3 60
59
IA/INs BI11
BI12
+
+
13
14
58 - 15
57 16
56 Vx/IA BO1 17
55 18
4 54
53
BO2 19
20
52 BO3 21
51 22
50 BO4 23
24
5
49
BO5 25
48
26
46 Life contact BO6 27
28
47
BO7 29

Interference suppression capacitors at the relay


30
6
45
44 BO8 31
43 32
42
41 - contacts, ceramic, 2.2 nF, 250 V
+ BAT IN GPS/IRIG-B connection
40
(optional)

7
39
38 Port F
37 e.g. System interface
36
35 USB-DIGSI interface

34 - =

8 + (~) Power supply


33 = HMI interface

Fig. 9/24Connection diagram SIPROTEC 7SC8021

10

9/22 SIPROTEC Compact SIEMENS SIP 3.01 Edition 4


Feeder Protection SIPROTEC 7SC80
Connection diagrams

1
72 IN, INs BI1 + 1

SIP.Com_003_en ai
71 BI2 + 2
70 IC BI3 + 3
69 BI4 + 4
68
67
IB BI5
BI6
+
+
5
6
2
66 IA BI7 + 7
65 BI8 + 8
64 - 9
63 10
62 BI9 + 11
61 BI10 + 12
60
59
BI11
BI12
+
+
13
14
3
58 - 15
57 16
56 Vx BO1 17
55 18
54
53
BO2 19
20
4
52 BO3 21
51 22
50 BO4 23
24
5
49
BO5 25
48
26
46 Life contact BO6 27
28
47
BO7 29

Interference suppression capacitors at the relay


30
6
45
44 BO8 31
43 32
42
41 - contacts, ceramic, 2.2 nF, 250 V
+ BAT IN GPS/IRIG-B connection
40
(optional)

7
39
38 Port F
37 e.g. System interface
36
35 USB-DIGSI interface

34 - =

8
+ (~) Power supply
33 = HMI interface

Fig. 9/25Connection diagram SIPROTEC 7SC8022 and SIPROTEC


7SC8025

10

SIPROTEC Compact SIEMENS SIP 3.01 Edition 4 9/23


Feeder Protection SIPROTEC 7SC80
Connection diagrams

1
72 BI1 + 1

SIP.Com_004_en ai
71 BI2 + 2
70 BI3 + 3
69 BI4 + 4

2 68
67
BI5
BI6
+
+
5
6
66 BI7 + 7
65 BI8 + 8
64 IC - 9
63 10
62 IB/INs BI9 + 11
61 BI10 + 12
3 60
59
IA/INs BI11
BI12
+
+
13
14
58 - 15
57 16
56 Vx/IA BO1 17
55 18
4 54
53
VC BO2 19
20
52 VB BO3 21
51 22
50 VA BO4 23
24
5
49
BO5 25
48
26
46 Life contact BO6 27
28
47
BO7 29

Interference suppression capacitors at the relay


30
6
45
44 BO8 31
43 32
42
41 -
contacts, ceramic, 2.2 nF, 250 V
+ BAT IN GPS/IRIG-B connection
40
(optional)

7
39
38 Port F
37 e.g. System interface
36
35 USB-DIGSI interface

34 - =

8 + (~) Power supply


33 = HMI interface

Fig. 9/26Connection diagram SIPROTEC 7SC8023

10

9/24 SIPROTEC Compact SIEMENS SIP 3.01 Edition 4


Feeder Protection SIPROTEC 7SC80
Connection diagrams

1
72 IN, INs BI1 + 1

SIP.Com_005_en ai
71 BI2 + 2
70 IC BI3 + 3
69 BI4 + 4
68
67
IB BI5
BI6
+
+
5
6
2
66 IA BI7 + 7
65 BI8 + 8
64 - 9
63 10
62 BI9 + 11
61 BI10 + 12
60
59
BI11
BI12
+
+
13
14
3
58 - 15
57 16
56 Vx BO1 17
55 18
54
53
VC BO2 19
20
4
52 VB BO3 21
51 22
50 VA BO4 23
24
5
49
BO5 25
48
26
46 Life contact BO6 27
28
47
BO7 29

Interference suppression capacitors at the relay


30
6
45
44 BO8 31
43 32
42
41 -
contacts, ceramic, 2.2 nF, 250 V
+ BAT IN GPS/IRIG-B connection
40
(optional)

7
39
38 Port F
37 e.g. System interface
36
35 USB-DIGSI interface

34 - =

8
+ (~) Power supply
33 = HMI interface

Fig. 9/27Connection diagram SIPROTEC 7SC8024 and SIPROTEC


7SC8026

10

SIPROTEC Compact SIEMENS SIP 3.01 Edition 4 9/25


Feeder Protection SIPROTEC 7SC80
A
Connection examples
B

Connection of current C
and voltage transformers Surface-mounting housing/
52 52 52
1 Standard connection
Flush-mounting housing

IA
66 65
For grounded networks, the ground 68 IB 67
current is obtained from the phase IC
70 69
currents by the residual current
2 P2 S2

SIP.Com_006_en ai
circuit.
72 IGnd 71
P1 S1

SIPROTEC

A B C

3 Fig. 9/28Residual current circuit without directional element

B Busbar

4
C
A
52 52 52

B
a

5 b

Surface-mounting housing/
Flush-mounting housing

VA
50 49
VB
52 51
6 54 VC 53

66 IA 65

68 IB 67

70 IC 69

SIP.Com_007_en ai
P2 S2

72 IGnd 71
P1 S1

SIPROTEC

A B C

8 Fig. 9/29Residual current circuit with directional element


A

C
For power systems with small earth Surface-mounting housing/
52 52 52 Flush-mounting housing
currents, e.g. isolated or compen-
9 sated systems, the earth current is
66 IA 65
measured by a zero-sequence current
68 IB 67
transformer.
70 IC 69
P2 S2

P1 S1
SIP.Com_008_en ai

71 IGnd 72
10 P2 S2
SIPROTEC
P1 S1

Fig. 9/30Sensitive ground current detection without directional element

9/26 SIPROTEC Compact SIEMENS SIP 3.01 Edition 4


Feeder Protection SIPROTEC 7SC80
Connection examples

Connection for compensated


A
networks
The figure shows the connection of
B

C
1
two phase-to-ground voltages and A
the VE voltage of the broken delta 52 52 52
winding and a phase-balance neutral
B
current transformer for the ground
current. This connection maintains
da
2
maximum precision for directional dn

ground-fault detection and must be a

used in compensated networks.


b

Surface-mounting housing/
Flush-mounting housing
3
VA
50
VB
52 51
VC
54

66 IA
53

65
4
68 IB 67

70 IC 69
P2 S2

P1 S1
5

SIP.Com_009_en ai
IGnd
72 71
P2 S2

P1 S1
SIPROTEC
6
Fig. 9/31Sensitive directional ground-fault detection with directional
element for phases

Sensitive directional ground-fault A 7


detection. B

C
A
52 52 52

B 8
da

dn

Surface-mounting housing/
Flush-mounting housing

Vgnd
9
54 53

66 IA 65

68 IB 67

70 IC 69
P2 S2

P1 S1
SIP.Com_010_en ai

P2 S2
72
IGnd
71 10
SIPROTEC
P1 S1

Fig. 9/32Sensitive directional ground-fault detection

SIPROTEC Compact SIEMENS SIP 3.01 Edition 4 9/27


Feeder Protection SIPROTEC 7SC80
Connection examples

Connection for the synchrocheck A


function
1 If no directional earth-fault protec-
B

C
tion is used, connection can be A B
done with just two phase current 52 52 52 a b Surface-mounting housing/
transformers. For the directional Flush-mounting housing
2 phase short-circuit protection, the
phase-to-phase voltages acquired A a 50 VAB
with two primary transformers are
sufficient.
B b 51
A a

3 B b
52 Vgnd

Vsync
53
51

66 IA 65

4 68 IB 67

70 IC 69
P2 S2

SIP.Com_011_en ai
72 IGnd 71
P1 S1

5 SIPROTEC

A B C

6
Fig. 9/33Measuring of the busbar voltage and the outgoing feeder
voltage for synchronization
Transformer connections to three
current transformers and three volt-
age transformers A
B Busbar
7 A
C

B
a

8 b

50 VA 49

52 VB 51
9 52 52 52
54 VC 53

56 Vx 55

66 IA 65

68 IB 67

70 IC 69
P2 S2
LSA4792a-en.pdf

IN
P1 S1 72 71

10 A B C SIPROTEC

Fig. 9/34Transformer connections to three current transformers


and three voltage transformers (phase-to-ground voltages),
normal circuit layout appropriate for all networks.

9/28 SIPROTEC Compact SIEMENS SIP 3.01 Edition 4


Feeder Protection SIPROTEC 7SC80
Connection examples

Standard connection capabilities

52 52 52 64
63 IC 1
62
61 IB

60
59 IA 2
* * *

SIP.Com_012_en ai
A B C SIPROTEC

3
Fig. 9/35Standard connection 3 phase currents via LoPo/LPS

10

SIPROTEC Compact SIEMENS SIP 3.01 Edition 4 9/29


Feeder Protection SIPROTEC 7SC80
Connection types

Overview of connection types


Type of network Function Current connection Voltage connection
1 (Low-resistance) grounded
networks
Time-overcurrent protection
phase/ground non-directional
Residual circuit, with 3 phase-
current transformers required,

phase-balance neutral current


transformers possible
(Low-resistance) grounded Sensitive ground-fault protection Phase-balance neutral current

2 networks
Isolated or compensated Overcurrent protection phases
transformers required
Residual circuit, with 3 or 2 phase-
networks non-directional current transformers possible
(Low-resistance) grounded Directional time-overcurrent Residual circuit, with 3 phase- Phase-to-ground connection or
networks protection, phase current transformers possible phase-to-phase connection
Isolated or compensated Directional time- overcurrent Residual circuit, with 3 or 2 phase- Phase-to-ground connection or
networks protection, phase current transformers possible phase-to-phase connection
3 (Low-resistance) grounded Directional time-overcurrent Residual circuit, with 3 phase- Phase-to-ground connection
networks protection, ground-faults current transformers required, required
phase-balance neutral current
transformers possible
Isolated networks Sensitive ground-fault protection Residual circuit, if ground current 3 times phase-to-ground
4 > 0.05 IN on secondary side,
otherwise phase-balance neutral
connection or phase-to-ground
connection with broken delta
current transformers required winding
Compensated networks Sensitive ground-fault protection Phase-balance neutral current 3 times phase-to-ground
cos j measurement transformers required connection or phase-to-ground
connection with broken delta
5 winding

Table 9/5 Overview of connection types

10

9/30 SIPROTEC Compact SIEMENS SIP 3.01 Edition 4


SNTP-Master/Server SIPROTEC 7SC80
Description

The hardware variant of the SIPROTEC 7SC80 integrates an


SNTP server and a GPS module.
With it the first substation hardened SNTP server with GPS
receiver is available for precise time synchronization for all
1
SIPROTEC protection devices and all other SNTP-capable
devices, e.g. SICAM T/Q80 or 3rd-party products. Protection
functions are not provided. The few configuration settings
(e.g. IP-address) will be done with DIGSI 4. 2
The communication redundancy protocols RSTP/PRP/
HSR and IEC 61850 are supported completely. With these

SIP-COM-05.tif
features the SNTP Server with optical interfaces can be
operated directly as part of SIPROTEC ring networks.
A GPS antenna kit with antenna, mounting and 25 m cable
is available separately. 3
Function overview
GPS-antenna interface (SMB-connector)
USB-Port for configuration with DIGSI 4
Default equipped with 2 electrical Ethernet ports RJ45
4
Fig. 9/36 SNTP-Master/Server 7SC80
Dual armed connection in Active-Standby configuration
Equipped with 2 optical Ethernet interfaces (optional)
Detached operation possible, with single-mode inter- Applications
faces up to 24 km With the 7SC80 SNTP time server all Ethernet attached 5
Complete support of redundant ring structures with devices can be synchronized via SNTP protocol (Simple
RSTP/PRP/HSR Protocol Network Time Protocol) at a millisecond accuracy base.
Fulfills EMC requirements in substations The transmitted time is standardized UTC-time or local time.
Extended temperature range -50 C - +85 C
Robust against heavy GOOSE load in IEC 61850 networks
For this application all (protection) devices need a suitable
Ethernet interface, e.g. in SIPROTEC 4 port B (EN100
6
module) is needed.
Can be used as central data concentrator, e.g. recording
of GOOSE messages The GPS antenna is mounted to an outside wall or flat roof
with line of sight to the sky (order separately).
Supports IEC 61850 Edition1 and Edition 2
Integration in IEC 61850 substation controller
The SNTP server will be mounted close to the antenna and 7
(with max. 6 Clients) will be typically supplied with the same auxiliary voltage
as the protective relays. By using the optical interfaces,
Integration in DIGSI 4 IEC 61850 system configurator
any EMC influence is excluded, even with long distances
Additional deployment for automation (CFC) between SNTP Server and protective relays.
Remote Access By using the 7SC80 for time synchronization the typical 8
Optimized for use together with SIPROTEC devices and accuracy is 1 ms. A dedicated network for time synchroni-
EA-Products zation is not necessary.
In accordance with SIPROTEC protective relays. The deployment of 7SC80 in redundant SNTP time server
scenarios is possible as well. The integration in DIGSI-
projects can be done with the complete 7SC80 parameter
9
set; the usage of SNTP.ICD files is no longer necessary.
In the protective relays the time source has to be adjusted to
Ethernet NTP. Local time settings, e.g. summer/winter time
switchover or time offset, can be considered as well.

10

SIPROTEC Compact SIEMENS SIP 3.01 Edition 4 9/31


SNTP-Master/Server SIPROTEC 7SC80
Selection and ordering data

9_SNTP.eps
5 Fig. 9/37 Example of a redundant integration of a 7SC80 SNTP server in an optical SIPROTEC ring network

6 Selection and ordering data

Description Order No. Short code


123 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
SNTP-Master / Server 7SC80 7SC80 2 1 - A B 9 7 - 3 F N O- L
7
Rated auxiliary voltage
DC 60 V to 250 V; AC 115 V; AC 230 V 1
DC 24 V / 48 V 2

8 System interface
100 Mbit Ethernet, electical, 2 x RJ45 connector R
100 Mbit Ethernet, with integrated switch, optical, 2 x LC connector multi-mode S
100 Mbit Ethernet, with integrated switch, optical, 2 x LC connector single-mode 24 km T

9 IEC 61850
IEC 61850 + DNP3 TCP
0
2
IEC 61850 + PROFINET IO 3
IEC 61850 + IEC 60870-5-104 4

GPS antenna kit 7XV56 6 3 - 0 A A 0 0

Indirect lightning protection 7XV56 6 4 - 0 L A 0 0

10

9/32 SIPROTEC Compact SIEMENS SIP 3.01 Edition 4


Attachment
SIPROTEC Compact
Attachment

Page
1
Ordering examples and accessories 10/3

Selection and ordering data 10/4

2 Dimension drawings 10/5

Legal notice 10/7

10

10/2 SIPROTEC Compact SIEMENS SIP 3.01 Edition 4


Attachment
Ordering examples and accessories

Ordering example
Position Description Order No. Short code
12 3 45 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
7RW80 2 0 - 5 E C 9 6 - 1 D A 0 + L 0 G
1
6 Housing 1/6 19", 3xV, 7 BI, 8 BO1), 1 life contact 2

8
9
Rated auxiliary voltage: DC 60 V to 250 V; AC 115 V; AC 230 V
Flush mounting housing, screw-type terminal
5
E
2
10 Region US, language US-English, US front, ANSI C
11 Communication: System interface: DNP 3.0, electrical RS485 9 L 0G
12 Communication: With Ethernet interface (DIGSI, not IEC 61850), RJ45 connector 6
13 Measuring / fault recording 1
14 / 15 Protection function: Voltage and frequency relay DA
3
1) 2 changeover/Form C.

Accessories
4
Product description Variants Order No.
DIGSI 4 Basis 7XS5400-0AA00
Software for projecting and usage of all Basic version with license for 10 computers
Siemens protection devices is running under
32 bit and 64 bit
(authorisation by serial number) 5
Professional 7XS5402-0AA00
MS Windows 7 Ultimate, Enterprise and DIGSI 4 Basis
Professional, + SIGRA (Fault record analysis)
MS Windows Server 2008/R2 + CFC-Editor (Logic-Editor)
+ Display-Editor (Editor for control displays)
+ DIGSI 4 Remote (Remote operation) with license for 6
10 computers (authorisation by serial number)
Professional + IEC 61850 7XS5403-0AA00
Professional version and IEC 61850

7
System configurator
with license for 10 computers
(authorisation by serical number)
Terminals
Voltage terminal block C or block E C53207-A406-D181-1
Voltage terminal block D (inverse printed) C53207-A406-D182-1
Jumper voltage block (6 pice)
Standard USB cable (Type A-Type B)
C53207-A406-D194-1
available in specialist stores
8
Surface console Accessories for flush-mounted variant perform an C53207-A356-D850-1
surface-mounted variant
Mounting bracket set for 19" frame C73165-A63-D200-1

10

SIPROTEC Compact SIEMENS SIP 3.01 Edition 4 10/3


Attachment
Selection and ordering data

Description Order No.

1
SIGRA
Software for graphic visualisation, analysis and evaluation of fault and measurement records
is running under 32- and 64-Bit
MS Windows 7
MS Windows 8.1 Enterprise / MS Windows Server 2008 R2
see product information for supported service packs of operating systems

2 SIGRA for DIGSI


With license for 10 PCs
(authorisation by serial number) For ordering the specification of a DIGSI 4 serial number is required. 7XS5410-0AA00

SIGRA Scientific
Installation without DIGSI 4 only for university-level institutions with license for 10 PCs

3 (authorisation by serial number) 7XS5416-1AA00

Stand Alone Version


Installation without DIGSI 4 with license for 10 PCs (authorisation by serial number)
7XS5416-0AA00

4 SIGRA Trial
Like SIGRA Stand Alone, but only valid for 30 days (test version) 7XS5411-1AA00
(no authorisation required)

Upgrade SIGRA Trial to SIGRA Stand Alone

5
Like SIGRA Stand Alone. For customers who want to unlock their trial version.
With license for 10 PCs 7XS5416-2AA00

10

10/4 SIPROTEC Compact SIEMENS SIP 3.01 Edition 4


Attachment
Dimension drawings

74/2.9
70/2.76
74/2.9
70/2.76
74/2.9
70/2.76
1

SIP C-0019-de.ai
LSA4837a-de.ai

3
Rear view Rear view Rear view Side view Front view Panel cut-out
7RW80 7SJ80, 7SK80 7SJ81, 7SK81
and 7SD80
4
Fig. 10/1 Panel surface and cabinet flush mounting

9
165,1
LSA4834a-de.ai

192,6
199,1
29,7 251,5

Side view 7RW80 Side view 7SJ8, 7SK8, 7SD80 Front view

Fig.10/2 Side views for panel surface mounting


10

Note: Dimensions in mm
Values in Brackets in inches

SIPROTEC Compact SIEMENS SIP 3.01 Edition 4 10/5


Attachment
Dimension drawings

Dimension drawings SIPROTEC 7SC80

Mabilder 7SC80 side.tif


3

9
Mabilder 7SC80 front.tif

10 Fig. 10/3 SIPROTEC 7SC80 dimensions

Note: Dimensions in mm
Values in Brackets in inches

10/6 SIPROTEC Compact SIEMENS SIP 3.01 Edition 4


Attachment
Legal notice

Indication of conformity Copyright

This product complies with the directive of Copyright Siemens AG 2016. All rights reserved.
the Council of the European Communities
on the approximation of the laws of the
The reproduction, transmission or use of this document or its 1
Member States relating to electromagnetic contents is not permitted without express written authority.
compatibility (EMC Council Directive 2004/ Offenders will be liable for damages. All rights, including rights
108/EC) and concerning electrical equipment created by patent grant or registration of a utility model or
for use within specified voltage limits (Low-voltage Directive design, are reserved.
2006/95/EC).
Registered trademarks
2
This conformity has been established by means of tests
conducted by Siemens AG in accordance of the Council SIMATIC, SIMATIC NET, SIPROTEC, DIGSI, SIMEAS ,
Directive in agreement with the generic standards EN61000- SICAM and SINAUT are registered trademarks of SIEMENS AG.
6-2 and EN 61000-6-4 for the EMC directives, and with the All other product and brand names in this manual might be
standard EN 60255-5 for the low-voltage directive. trademarks, the use of which by third persons for their pur-

The device has been designed and produced for industrial use.
The product is conforming to the international standards of the
poses might infringe the rights of their respective owners.
3
series IEC 60255 and the German regulation of VDE 0435.

Disclaimer of liability
This document has been subjected to rigorous technical review
before being published. It is revised at regular intervals, and
4
any modifications and amendments are included in the subse-
quent issues. The content of this document has been compiled
for information purposes only. Although Siemens AG has made
best efforts to keep the document as precise and up-to-date as
possible, Siemens AG shall not assume any liability for defects 5
and damage which result through use of the information
contained herein.
This content does not form part of a contract or of business
relations; nor does it change these. All obligations of
Siemens AG are stated in the relevant contractual agreements. 6
Document version: 04
Release status: 03.2016

10

SIPROTEC Compact SIEMENS SIP 3.01 Edition 4 10/7


Published by
Siemens AG 2016

Energy Management Division


Digital Grid
Automation Products
Humboldtstr. 59
90459 Nuremberg, Germany

www.siemens.com/protection

For more information,


please contact our
Customer Support Center.
Tel.: +49 180 524 7000
Fax: +49 180 524 2471
(Charges depending on provider)
E-mail: support.energy@siemens.com

Article No. EMDG-C10068-00-7600


Printed in Germany
Dispo 06200
PU 80068 KG 06161.0

2016 Siemens. Subject to changes and errors.


The information given in this document only contains general descriptions
and/or performance features which may not always specifically reflect
those described, or which may undergo modification in the course of further
development of the products. The requested performance features are
binding only when they are expressly agreed upon in the concluded
contract.
siemens.com/protection
For all products using security features of OpenSSL the following shall apply:
This product includes software developed by the OpenSSL Project for use in
the OpenSSL Toolkit (www.openssl.org).
This product includes cryptographic software written by Eric Young
(eay@cryptsoft.com).

S-ar putea să vă placă și